NO178541B - Pharmacologically active hydrazine derivatives - Google Patents
Pharmacologically active hydrazine derivatives Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- NO178541B NO178541B NO922611A NO922611A NO178541B NO 178541 B NO178541 B NO 178541B NO 922611 A NO922611 A NO 922611A NO 922611 A NO922611 A NO 922611A NO 178541 B NO178541 B NO 178541B
- Authority
- NO
- Norway
- Prior art keywords
- mmol
- formula
- acid
- phe
- compounds
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 title description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 324
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 69
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 78
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 37
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 26
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 24
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 21
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 21
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 20
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 16
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 102100037486 Reverse transcriptase/ribonuclease H Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000005115 alkyl carbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000006505 p-cyanobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C#N)C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 3
- CREXVNNSNOKDHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azaniumylideneazanide Chemical group N[N] CREXVNNSNOKDHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims 2
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 claims 1
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 claims 1
- -1 sulpho Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 215
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 abstract description 102
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 abstract description 44
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 32
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 18
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 17
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 abstract description 5
- 125000001118 alkylidene group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 4
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 abstract description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 abstract description 4
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract description 3
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 5
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 2
- 229940127557 pharmaceutical product Drugs 0.000 abstract 2
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 2
- RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphur dioxide Chemical group O=S=O RAHZWNYVWXNFOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 abstract 1
- LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl Chemical group [P]=O LFGREXWGYUGZLY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 318
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 141
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 135
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 90
- 238000004992 fast atom bombardment mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 84
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 83
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 75
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 69
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 65
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 60
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 59
- SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylmorpholine Chemical compound CN1CCOCC1 SJRJJKPEHAURKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 58
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 56
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 54
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 51
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 46
- 102100034343 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 45
- 108010092799 RNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 44
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 38
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 36
- 108010037444 diisopropylglutathione ester Proteins 0.000 description 36
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 31
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 27
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 27
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 27
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 25
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 238000011097 chromatography purification Methods 0.000 description 22
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 20
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 19
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 19
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 18
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 18
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 18
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 17
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 17
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 17
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 16
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 15
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 15
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 15
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 13
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 11
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 11
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 11
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 10
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000002924 oxiranes Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 9
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical group NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 235000011121 sodium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 9
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxalyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C(Cl)=O CTSLXHKWHWQRSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 8
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium carbonate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 7
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 101000898643 Candida albicans Vacuolar aspartic protease Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000898783 Candida tropicalis Candidapepsin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000898784 Cryphonectria parasitica Endothiapepsin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 6
- IHYJTAOFMMMOPX-LURJTMIESA-N N-acetyl-L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(C)=O IHYJTAOFMMMOPX-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 6
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101000933133 Rhizopus niveus Rhizopuspepsin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000910082 Rhizopus niveus Rhizopuspepsin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000910079 Rhizopus niveus Rhizopuspepsin-3 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000910086 Rhizopus niveus Rhizopuspepsin-4 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000910088 Rhizopus niveus Rhizopuspepsin-5 Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 101000898773 Saccharomyces cerevisiae (strain ATCC 204508 / S288c) Saccharopepsin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 6
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 6
- 125000005103 alkyl silyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 description 6
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N boron trifluoride Chemical compound FB(F)F WTEOIRVLGSZEPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000001728 carbonyl compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000006518 morpholino carbonyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(C(*)=O)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 5
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001177 retroviral effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940083542 sodium Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003797 solvolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 5
- MUXWWFIMENYPLH-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(morpholine-4-carbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)N1CCOCC1 MUXWWFIMENYPLH-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MCSFPKRAAMXDDL-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[3-(tetrazol-1-yl)propanoylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CCN1C=NN=N1 MCSFPKRAAMXDDL-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010016183 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 p16 protease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical group OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000004292 cyclic ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- NPOMSUOUAZCMBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;ethoxyethane Chemical compound ClCCl.CCOCC NPOMSUOUAZCMBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZWWWLCMDTZFSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethoxyphosphorylformonitrile Chemical class CCOP(=O)(C#N)OCC ZWWWLCMDTZFSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-propyl alcohol Natural products CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940093956 potassium carbonate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- AKEJUJNQAAGONA-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur trioxide Chemical compound O=S(=O)=O AKEJUJNQAAGONA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GSQGGQTWPPNNGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)N1CCSCC1 GSQGGQTWPPNNGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BWJBAZLLMMXKQV-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(2-methylpropoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)COC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O BWJBAZLLMMXKQV-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SZXBQTSZISFIAO-ZETCQYMHSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OC(C)(C)C SZXBQTSZISFIAO-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FJGOZOLLBLTSIJ-LBPRGKRZSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-phenylacetyl)amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 FJGOZOLLBLTSIJ-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SGHMMGZLPUIBJO-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-pyridin-3-ylacetyl)amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 SGHMMGZLPUIBJO-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 3
- NAJOUQZXHNSJHB-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[[methyl(pyridin-2-ylmethyl)carbamoyl]amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)N(C)CC1=CC=CC=N1 NAJOUQZXHNSJHB-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 3
- LZHNESZBAQRHIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(morpholine-4-carbonylamino)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CNC(=O)N1CCOCC1 LZHNESZBAQRHIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(O)=NC2=C1 YEDUAINPPJYDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910015900 BF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000208199 Buxus sempervirens Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosgene Chemical compound ClC(Cl)=O YGYAWVDWMABLBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000006136 alcoholysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001244 carboxylic acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003950 cyclic amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Substances [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanide Chemical compound [CH3-] LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003431 oxalo group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000010948 rhodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium iodide Chemical compound [Na+].[I-] FVAUCKIRQBBSSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- KTPCUGLCFUXJEW-AWEZNQCLSA-N tert-butyl (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-pyridin-3-ylacetyl)amino]butanoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 KTPCUGLCFUXJEW-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SMWQEBOLPZRXIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[(4-fluorophenyl)methylamino]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NNCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 SMWQEBOLPZRXIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DKACXUFSLUYRFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-aminocarbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NN DKACXUFSLUYRFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VMJWVSPIJCGVHQ-SNVBAGLBSA-N (2s)-1-phenylbut-3-en-2-amine Chemical compound C=C[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 VMJWVSPIJCGVHQ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CEFVHPDFGLDQKU-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-(methoxycarbonylamino)-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O CEFVHPDFGLDQKU-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LJJBPOLACJFZFP-KIYNQFGBSA-N (2s)-2-[(3-amino-2-benzyl-3-oxopropanoyl)amino]-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(N)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 LJJBPOLACJFZFP-KIYNQFGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTALALPGMLVHRL-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(quinoline-2-carbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(O)=O)=CC=C21 QTALALPGMLVHRL-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (±)-α-Tocopherol Chemical compound OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Divinylbenzene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C MYRTYDVEIRVNKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AWNXKZVIZARMME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[[5-[2-[(2-chloropyridin-4-yl)amino]pyrimidin-4-yl]-4-(cyclopropylmethyl)pyrimidin-2-yl]amino]-2-methylpropan-2-ol Chemical compound N=1C(NCC(C)(O)C)=NC=C(C=2N=C(NC=3C=C(Cl)N=CC=3)N=CC=2)C=1CC1CC1 AWNXKZVIZARMME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,4-di(pentan-2-yl)phenoxy]acetyl chloride Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1=CC=C(OCC(Cl)=O)C(C(C)CCC)=C1 NGNBDVOYPDDBFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUYBFZWJFOROCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxycarbonyl-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C(C)C)C(O)=O MUYBFZWJFOROCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl carbonochloridate Chemical compound CC(C)COC(Cl)=O YOETUEMZNOLGDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HDXCHHPWEIVZSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methyl-2-(pyridin-2-ylmethylcarbamoyl)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C(C(O)=O)C(=O)NCC1=CC=CC=N1 HDXCHHPWEIVZSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004176 4-fluorobenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1F)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyraldehyde Chemical compound CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical compound CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Pentanol Chemical compound CCCCCO AMQJEAYHLZJPGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JDTWZSUNGHMMJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetylisoleucine Chemical compound CCC(C)C(C(O)=O)NC(C)=O JDTWZSUNGHMMJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Natural products NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylacetone Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(C)=O YRKCREAYFQTBPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005210 alkyl ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical class [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N anisole Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC=C1 RDOXTESZEPMUJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000003849 aromatic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000007860 aryl ester derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005101 aryl methoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 2
- ZMVOHBWKGQTXCR-HNNXBMFYSA-N benzyl (2s)-3-methyl-2-(morpholine-4-carbonylamino)butanoate Chemical compound N([C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1CCOCC1 ZMVOHBWKGQTXCR-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001793 charged compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorocarbonic acid Chemical compound OC(Cl)=O AOGYCOYQMAVAFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OOCUOKHIVGWCTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethyl(trimethyl)silane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCl OOCUOKHIVGWCTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UZEDIBTVIIJELN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromium(2+) Chemical class [Cr+2] UZEDIBTVIIJELN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FNIATMYXUPOJRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylidene Chemical group [C]1CCCCC1 FNIATMYXUPOJRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexylsulfamic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 HCAJEUSONLESMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 2
- UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N docosanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O UKMSUNONTOPOIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- VKOBVWXKNCXXDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl stearic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O VKOBVWXKNCXXDE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006125 ethylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylphosphoric triamide Chemical compound CN(C)P(=O)(N(C)C)N(C)C GNOIPBMMFNIUFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013067 intermediate product Substances 0.000 description 2
- QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopentane Chemical compound CCC(C)C QWTDNUCVQCZILF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000654 isopropylidene group Chemical group C(C)(C)=* 0.000 description 2
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- HTBVGZAVHBZXMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;tris[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy]alumane Chemical compound [Li].[Al+3].CC(C)(C)[O-].CC(C)(C)[O-].CC(C)(C)[O-] HTBVGZAVHBZXMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- XMWFMEYDRNJSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N morpholine-4-carbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)N1CCOCC1 XMWFMEYDRNJSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUQYQPGYEFBITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[chloro(phenoxy)phosphoryl]aniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(=O)(Cl)NC1=CC=CC=C1 ZUQYQPGYEFBITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentachlorophenol Chemical compound OC1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1Cl IZUPBVBPLAPZRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000003016 phosphoric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorus pentachloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)(Cl)Cl UHZYTMXLRWXGPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- NROKBHXJSPEDAR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[K+] NROKBHXJSPEDAR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940086066 potassium hydrogencarbonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003586 protic polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005400 pyridylcarbonyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=C1)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- LOAUVZALPPNFOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinaldic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C(=O)O)=CC=C21 LOAUVZALPPNFOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052703 rhodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodium atom Chemical compound [Rh] MHOVAHRLVXNVSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007659 semicarbazones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicic acid Chemical compound O[Si](O)(O)O RMAQACBXLXPBSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium dithionite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])=O JVBXVOWTABLYPX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;benzenethiolate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C1=CC=CC=C1 RZWQDAUIUBVCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 2
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butoxycarbonyl anhydride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC(=O)OC(C)(C)C DYHSDKLCOJIUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BBLLXQPOZWLFME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(2-methylpropylamino)carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)CNNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C BBLLXQPOZWLFME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OPVJBJKJBHTNCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(benzylamino)carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NNCC1=CC=CC=C1 OPVJBJKJBHTNCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QCPIKVMLLWWWAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(butylamino)carbamate Chemical compound CCCCNNC(=O)OC(C)(C)C QCPIKVMLLWWWAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONWQGXWSSLUZOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-(cyclohexylmethylamino)carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NNCC1CCCCC1 ONWQGXWSSLUZOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSAISGLYKDHPRM-LBPRGKRZSA-N tert-butyl n-[(2s)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-3-oxopropan-2-yl]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 GSAISGLYKDHPRM-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC FPGGTKZVZWFYPV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical class [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000002966 varnish Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M (2r)-2-ethylhexanoate Chemical compound CCCC[C@@H](CC)C([O-])=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-SSDOTTSWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TYWHLHIQMKAANU-SNVBAGLBSA-N (2s)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)but-3-en-2-amine Chemical compound C=C[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 TYWHLHIQMKAANU-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWLLPCOUPOVWGL-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-2-(4-aminobutanoylamino)-4-methylpentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CCCN LWLLPCOUPOVWGL-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKFZJYZYVABSGC-YFKPBYRVSA-N (2s)-2-(methanesulfonamido)-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NS(C)(=O)=O AKFZJYZYVABSGC-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVFCXMDXBIEMQG-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)pentanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 PVFCXMDXBIEMQG-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMVBSINGIVNOSF-AXDSSHIGSA-N (2s)-2-[acetyl-(morpholine-2-carbonylamino)amino]-3-methylbutanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)N(C(C)=O)NC(=O)C1CNCCO1 GMVBSINGIVNOSF-AXDSSHIGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RCXSXRAUMLKRRL-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-2-[(2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxycarbonylamino]propanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 RCXSXRAUMLKRRL-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCSHUNOZULVRRJ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(3-phenylpropanoylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 QCSHUNOZULVRRJ-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRPLYAOFFYZZRJ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(morpholin-4-ylsulfonylazaniumyl)butanoate Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NS(=O)(=O)N1CCOCC1 NRPLYAOFFYZZRJ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJMMIGPLDOVECV-GKAPJAKFSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(oxolan-2-ylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OCC1CCCO1 OJMMIGPLDOVECV-GKAPJAKFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CANZBRDGRHNSGZ-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 CANZBRDGRHNSGZ-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKHPWNHNUXZTFC-QMMMGPOBSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-(thiomorpholine-4-carbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)N1CCSCC1 JKHPWNHNUXZTFC-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZNJCFYYNFONPC-BYPYZUCNSA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2,2,2-trifluoroacetyl)amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(F)(F)F XZNJCFYYNFONPC-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBSPFYGJYMIWQU-JTQLQIEISA-N (2s)-3-methyl-2-[(2-morpholin-4-ylacetyl)amino]butanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CN1CCOCC1 PBSPFYGJYMIWQU-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- YYXGZEBDZGNVKJ-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-4-amino-2-(morpholine-4-carbonylamino)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)N1CCOCC1 YYXGZEBDZGNVKJ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUCKRCGERFLLHP-VIFPVBQESA-N (2s)-4-amino-4-oxo-2-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound NC(=O)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 FUCKRCGERFLLHP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSHYTRKWRSIOEV-NSHDSACASA-N (2s)-4-amino-4-oxo-2-(quinoline-2-carbonylamino)butanoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(=O)N)C(O)=O)=CC=C21 VSHYTRKWRSIOEV-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- APGDKGURVOZQOV-XPUUQOCRSA-N (2s,3s)-3-methyl-2-(propanoylamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)CC APGDKGURVOZQOV-XPUUQOCRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZHYAAVLICZNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-bromophenyl)methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1 CZHYAAVLICZNRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDVFSPNIEOYOQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PDVFSPNIEOYOQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N (9Z,12Z)-9,10,12,13-tetratritiooctadeca-9,12-dienoic acid Chemical compound C(CCCCCCC\C(=C(/C\C(=C(/CCCCC)\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])\[3H])(=O)O OYHQOLUKZRVURQ-NTGFUMLPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NKTAFVCXHYXTQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trichloro-3-methylbutane Chemical compound CC(C)CC(Cl)(Cl)Cl NKTAFVCXHYXTQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Chemical compound CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JQCSUVJDBHJKNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxy-ethyl Chemical group C[CH]OC JQCSUVJDBHJKNG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UUISIJUWFNMZQV-SNVBAGLBSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoro-n-[(2s)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)but-3-en-2-yl]acetamide Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C[C@H](NC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C=C)C=C1 UUISIJUWFNMZQV-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCCBTJNAIQLOOI-SNVBAGLBSA-N 2,2,2-trifluoro-n-[(2s)-1-phenylbut-3-en-2-yl]acetamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)N[C@H](C=C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 FCCBTJNAIQLOOI-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHJGJYXLEPZJPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,5-trichlorophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1Cl LHJGJYXLEPZJPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-2-ylamino)-N-[3-oxo-3-(2,4,6,7-tetrahydrotriazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-5-yl)propyl]pyrimidine-5-carboxamide Chemical compound C1C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)NC1=NC=C(C=N1)C(=O)NCCC(N1CC2=C(CC1)NN=N2)=O VZSRBBMJRBPUNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JECYNCQXXKQDJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methylhexan-2-yloxymethyl)oxirane Chemical compound CCCCC(C)(C)OCC1CO1 JECYNCQXXKQDJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWSFWXSSALIZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-hydroxyacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 BWSFWXSSALIZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(N-morpholiniumyl)ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)CC[NH+]1CCOCC1 SXGZJKUKBWWHRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOXFMYVTSLAQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Pyridinemethanamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=N1 WOXFMYVTSLAQMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIQOAYVCKAHSEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,3-bis(2-hydroxyethoxy)propoxy]ethanol;hexadecanoic acid;octadecanoic acid Chemical compound OCCOCC(OCCO)COCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O OIQOAYVCKAHSEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUJYEGDMJZHLMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1,3,2-benzodioxaphosphole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OP(Cl)OC2=C1 YUJYEGDMJZHLMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OLSFRDLMFAOSIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-1,3,2-dioxaphospholane Chemical compound ClP1OCCO1 OLSFRDLMFAOSIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFMZSMGAMPBRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyisoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)C(=O)C2=C1 CFMZSMGAMPBRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCSGHNKDXGYELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethoxybenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 XCSGHNKDXGYELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GXIURPTVHJPJLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phosphoglyceric acid Chemical compound OCC(C(O)=O)OP(O)(O)=O GXIURPTVHJPJLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQEUFPARIOFOAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-propan-2-ylpropanedioic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O DQEUFPARIOFOAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- MPSXGPCFLAGJOM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-tert-butyl-5-methyl-1,2-oxazol-2-ium;perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.CC1=CC=[N+](C(C)(C)C)O1 MPSXGPCFLAGJOM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- SDXAWLJRERMRKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,5-dimethyl-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound CC=1C=C(C)NN=1 SDXAWLJRERMRKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMTYEYUOSFTJBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(tetrazol-1-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCN1C=NN=N1 WMTYEYUOSFTJBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLDLRDSRCMJKGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[chloro-(2-oxo-1,3-oxazolidin-3-yl)phosphoryl]-1,3-oxazolidin-2-one Chemical compound C1COC(=O)N1P(=O)(Cl)N1CCOC1=O KLDLRDSRCMJKGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJBLUNHMOKFZQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(O)N=NC2=C1 HJBLUNHMOKFZQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RXXCIBALSKQCAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbutoxymethylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)CCOCC1=CC=CC=C1 RXXCIBALSKQCAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006201 3-phenylpropyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 3-phospho-D-glyceric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O OSJPPGNTCRNQQC-UWTATZPHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGNUNYPERJMVRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyridylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CN=C1 WGNUNYPERJMVRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001999 4-Methoxybenzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- STABAPSYCQFWOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chlorobenzenecarboperoxoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 STABAPSYCQFWOK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000242 4-chlorobenzoyl group Chemical group ClC1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 1
- WZWIQYMTQZCSKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-cyanobenzaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 WZWIQYMTQZCSKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOQXIWFBQSVDPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorobenzaldehyde Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 UOQXIWFBQSVDPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluorophenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 XWHHYOYVRVGJJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004217 4-methoxybenzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1OC([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- KECCFSZFXLAGJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylsulfonylphenol Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 KECCFSZFXLAGJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitrophenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 BTJIUGUIPKRLHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KMZWFGHTRHOUOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-diazo-4-phenylcyclohexa-2,4-dien-1-ol Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=C1C(O)C=CC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 KMZWFGHTRHOUOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RHXHGRAEPCAFML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-cyclopentyl-n,n-dimethyl-2-[(5-piperazin-1-ylpyridin-2-yl)amino]pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine-6-carboxamide Chemical compound N1=C2N(C3CCCC3)C(C(=O)N(C)C)=CC2=CN=C1NC(N=C1)=CC=C1N1CCNCC1 RHXHGRAEPCAFML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 244000144725 Amygdalus communis Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000186140 Asperula odorata Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000021357 Behenic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylhydroxytoluene Chemical compound CC1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(O)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 NLZUEZXRPGMBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCEIUDAMUFAQMG-UHFFFAOYSA-M CC(C)(C)O[Cr](O)(=O)=O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O[Cr](O)(=O)=O BCEIUDAMUFAQMG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon disulfide Chemical compound S=C=S QGJOPFRUJISHPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- RENMDAKOXSCIGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroacetonitrile Chemical compound ClCC#N RENMDAKOXSCIGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021554 Chromium(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 240000006766 Cornus mas Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000003363 Cornus mas Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBSCHQHZLSJFNQ-GASJEMHNSA-N D-Glucose 6-phosphate Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O NBSCHQHZLSJFNQ-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-SCSAIBSYSA-N D-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-SCSAIBSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N EEDQ Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C(=O)OCC)C(OCC)C=CC2=C1 GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010053172 Fatal outcomes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000008526 Galium odoratum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VFRROHXSMXFLSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glc6P Natural products OP(=O)(O)OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O VFRROHXSMXFLSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCXXMTOCNZCJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerol trioctadecanoate Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC DCXXMTOCNZCJGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen atom Chemical compound [H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029462 Immunodeficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VTJUNIYRYIAIHF-IUCAKERBSA-N Leu-Pro Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O VTJUNIYRYIAIHF-IUCAKERBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007987 MES buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003612 Meerwein-Ponndorf-Verley reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101100462201 Mus musculus Opn4 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDTWZSUNGHMMJM-FSPLSTOPSA-N N-acetyl-L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(C)=O JDTWZSUNGHMMJM-FSPLSTOPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXNXCEHXYPACJF-ZETCQYMHSA-N N-acetyl-L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(C)=O WXNXCEHXYPACJF-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USPFMEKVPDBMCG-LBPRGKRZSA-N N-benzyloxycarbonyl-L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@@H](C(O)=O)NC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 USPFMEKVPDBMCG-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005662 Paraffin oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- SCKXCAADGDQQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Performic acid Chemical compound OOC=O SCKXCAADGDQQCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEQJQNWXCSUVMA-RYUDHWBXSA-N Phe-Pro Chemical compound C([C@H]([NH3+])C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C([O-])=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WEQJQNWXCSUVMA-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATTZFSUZZUNHBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperonyl sulfoxide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCS(=O)C(C)CC1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 ATTZFSUZZUNHBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-IGMARMGPSA-N Protium Chemical compound [1H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-IGMARMGPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091034057 RNA (poly(A)) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000000231 Sesamum indicum Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910004298 SiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 101710172711 Structural protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000000389 T-cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028530 T-cell lymphoblastic leukemia/lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000534944 Thia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000098338 Triticum aestivum Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VNYDHJARLHNEGA-RYUDHWBXSA-N Tyr-Pro Chemical compound C([C@H](N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VNYDHJARLHNEGA-RYUDHWBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010015780 Viral Core Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 1
- DGYIJVNZSDYBOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C1=CC=NC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C1=CC=NC=C1 DGYIJVNZSDYBOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000205 acacia gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000669 acetylleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001854 alkali hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001339 alkali metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001515 alkali metal fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001341 alkaline earth metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005360 alkyl sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001371 alpha-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000008206 alpha-amino acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-ethylcaproic acid Natural products CCCCC(CC)C(O)=O OBETXYAYXDNJHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOGRDCAXLAAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium isopropoxide Chemical compound [Al+3].CC(C)[O-].CC(C)[O-].CC(C)[O-] SMZOGRDCAXLAAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZXKINMCYCKHYFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminooxidanide Chemical compound [O-]N ZXKINMCYCKHYFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L aspartate group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(=O)[O-])C(=O)[O-] CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940116226 behenic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005605 benzo group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YIRBOOICRQFSOK-NSHDSACASA-N benzyl (2s)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoate Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 YIRBOOICRQFSOK-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWUQVUDPBXFOKF-MERQFXBCSA-N benzyl (2s)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoate;4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1.CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 QWUQVUDPBXFOKF-MERQFXBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DCDGGOAYSNKXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl 2-(morpholine-4-carbonylamino)acetate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COC(=O)CNC(=O)N1CCOCC1 DCDGGOAYSNKXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl alcohol Substances OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004217 benzyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WJKJXKRHMUXQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl glycinate 4-methylbenzenesulfonate salt Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1.NCC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WJKJXKRHMUXQSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-methylpropyl)aluminum Chemical compound CC(C)C[Al]CC(C)C SIPUZPBQZHNSDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YXMVRBZGTJFMLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butylsilane Chemical compound CCCC[SiH3] YXMVRBZGTJFMLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940043430 calcium compound Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001674 calcium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- JXRVKYBCWUJJBP-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium;hydrogen sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OS([O-])(=O)=O.OS([O-])(=O)=O JXRVKYBCWUJJBP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical class OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001364 causal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003610 charcoal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006757 chemical reactions by type Methods 0.000 description 1
- TXHWYSOQHNMOOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro(diethoxy)phosphane Chemical compound CCOP(Cl)OCC TXHWYSOQHNMOOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QABCGOSYZHCPGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro(dimethyl)silicon Chemical compound C[Si](C)Cl QABCGOSYZHCPGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZFVLHQDIIJLJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloromethylsilane Chemical compound [SiH3]CCl AZFVLHQDIIJLJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromate(2-) Chemical compound [O-][Cr]([O-])(=O)=O ZCDOYSPFYFSLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromic acid Substances O[Cr](O)(=O)=O KRVSOGSZCMJSLX-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L chromium(ii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Cr]Cl XBWRJSSJWDOUSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001912 cyanamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KVFDZFBHBWTVID-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanecarbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC1CCCCC1 KVFDZFBHBWTVID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000120 cytopathologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N dTTP Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C(C)=CN1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)C1 NHVNXKFIZYSCEB-XLPZGREQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RCJVRSBWZCNNQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloridooxygen Chemical compound ClOCl RCJVRSBWZCNNQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVCINRPAXRJLEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloro(ethoxy)phosphane Chemical compound CCOP(Cl)Cl PVCINRPAXRJLEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GDTRAYDPXKZJGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorophosphoryl hypochlorite Chemical compound ClOP(Cl)(Cl)=O GDTRAYDPXKZJGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SOCTUWSJJQCPFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichromate(2-) Chemical compound [O-][Cr](=O)(=O)O[Cr]([O-])(=O)=O SOCTUWSJJQCPFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDXABLXNTVBVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethoxyphosphanyl diethyl phosphite Chemical compound CCOP(OCC)OP(OCC)OCC RDXABLXNTVBVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004177 diethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- VLNZUSMTOFYNPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylphosphorylformonitrile Chemical compound CCP(=O)(CC)C#N VLNZUSMTOFYNPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl butane Natural products CCCC(C)C AFABGHUZZDYHJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZRYBYIBLHMWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl(methylidene)-$l^{4}-sulfane Chemical compound CS(C)=C GZRYBYIBLHMWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005982 diphenylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- MKRTXPORKIRPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl azide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(=O)(N=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 MKRTXPORKIRPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000032050 esterification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005886 esterification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012259 ether extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006266 etherification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 1
- MDKXBBPLEGPIRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxyethane;methanol Chemical compound OC.CCOCC MDKXBBPLEGPIRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl acetate;hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC.CCOC(C)=O OAYLNYINCPYISS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl mercaptane Natural products CCS DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LIWAQLJGPBVORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylmethylamine Chemical compound CCNC LIWAQLJGPBVORC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMYNMYVRWWCRPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethynoxyethane Chemical group CCOC#C WMYNMYVRWWCRPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002360 explosive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010265 fast atom bombardment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012894 fetal calf serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005187 foaming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 1
- AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[3,4-b]pyrazine-5,7-dione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C(=O)OC(=O)C2=N1 AWJWCTOOIBYHON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004051 gastric juice Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940045189 glucose-6-phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004997 halocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005826 halohydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910003439 heavy metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229950007593 homonicotinic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000042 hydrogen bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940071870 hydroiodic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 1
- LFKYBJLFJOOKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazol-2-ylidenemethanone Chemical compound O=C=C1N=CC=N1 LFKYBJLFJOOKAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007813 immunodeficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052806 inorganic carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005929 isobutyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950003188 isovaleryl diethylamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 1
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010073472 leucyl-prolyl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004668 long chain fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013310 margarine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003264 margarine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UKVIEHSSVKSQBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane;palladium Chemical compound C.[Pd] UKVIEHSSVKSQBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IZDROVVXIHRYMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic anhydride Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OS(C)(=O)=O IZDROVVXIHRYMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N methanone Chemical compound O=[14CH2] WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxybenzene Substances CCCCOC=C UZKWTJUDCOPSNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WFEHBLPFPORBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 3-methyl-2-(2-morpholin-4-ylethylcarbamoyl)butanoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C(C)C)C(=O)NCCN1CCOCC1 WFEHBLPFPORBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPNBUPJZFJCCIQ-LURJTMIESA-N methyl L-lysinate Chemical compound COC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCCN KPNBUPJZFJCCIQ-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004702 methyl esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002900 methylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004092 methylthiomethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])SC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012452 mother liquor Substances 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWIVICVCHVMHMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-aminoethylmorpholine Chemical compound NCCN1CCOCC1 RWIVICVCHVMHMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKPFBGKZCCBZDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hydroxypiperidine Chemical compound ON1CCCCC1 LKPFBGKZCCBZDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006124 n-propyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- LYGJENNIWJXYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitromethane Chemical compound C[N+]([O-])=O LYGJENNIWJXYER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000510 noble metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000012038 nucleophile Substances 0.000 description 1
- YTJSFYQNRXLOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecylsilane Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[SiH3] YTJSFYQNRXLOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)(=O)O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005416 organic matter Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxoplatinum Chemical compound [Pt]=O MUMZUERVLWJKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003232 p-nitrobenzoyl group Chemical group [N+](=O)([O-])C1=CC=C(C(=O)*)C=C1 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002960 penicillins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002958 pentadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RLZZZVKAURTHCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene-3,4-diol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C(O)C(O)=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 RLZZZVKAURTHCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000015843 photosynthesis, light reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L phthalate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003446 platinum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003495 polar organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011698 potassium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003270 potassium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YWIWIWKNPYGWLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;pyrrol-1-ide Chemical compound [K+].C=1C=C[N-]C=1 YWIWIWKNPYGWLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYTCDABWEGFPLT-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium;sodium;dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[K+] BYTCDABWEGFPLT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940116317 potato starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001500 prolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])(C(=O)[*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003856 quaternary ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002601 radiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052705 radium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001226 reprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000003441 saturated fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004671 saturated fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N schardinger α-dextrin Chemical compound O1C(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(O)C2O)C(CO)OC2OC(C(C2O)O)C(CO)OC2OC2C(O)C(O)C1OC2CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPJALAQPGMAKDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N selenium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Se]=O JPJALAQPGMAKDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Inorganic materials [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000009518 sodium iodide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- GRVFOGOEDUUMBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium sulfide (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[S-2] GRVFOGOEDUUMBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001495 sodium tetrafluoroborate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000638 solvent extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003459 sulfonic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-O sulfonium Chemical compound [SH3+] RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003461 sulfonyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005537 sulfoxonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003464 sulfur compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical class ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021653 sulphate ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001117 sulphuric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006633 tert-butoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RJBVJBGFJIHJSZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N tert-butyl (2s)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoate Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)OC(C)(C)C RJBVJBGFJIHJSZ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- POKKJVNZXJKYSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl n-[(4-cyanophenyl)methylamino]carbamate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)NNCC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 POKKJVNZXJKYSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabutylammonium Chemical class CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;fluoride Chemical compound [F-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC QSUJAUYJBJRLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005106 triarylsilyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940078499 tricalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019731 tricalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000391 tricalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000002889 tridecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- PNQBEPDZQUOCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetyl chloride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(Cl)=O PNQBEPDZQUOCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N triformin Chemical compound O=COCC(OC=O)COC=O UFTFJSFQGQCHQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000025 triisopropylsilyl group Chemical group C(C)(C)[Si](C(C)C)(C(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- GQMVAUFIUVHMBB-UHFFFAOYSA-K trinaphthalen-2-yloxybismuthane Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(O[Bi](OC=3C=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=3)OC=3C=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=3)=CC=C21 GQMVAUFIUVHMBB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- NQSJDHNNJIQPNW-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium;trichloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-] NQSJDHNNJIQPNW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 108010020532 tyrosyl-proline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035899 viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002845 virion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100445 wheat starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N β‐Mercaptoethanol Chemical compound OCCS DGVVWUTYPXICAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C243/00—Compounds containing chains of nitrogen atoms singly-bound to each other, e.g. hydrazines, triazanes
- C07C243/10—Hydrazines
- C07C243/12—Hydrazines having nitrogen atoms of hydrazine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/36—Radicals substituted by singly-bound nitrogen atoms
- C07D213/40—Acylated substituent nitrogen atom
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/16—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
- A61K31/17—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having the group >N—C(O)—N< or >N—C(S)—N<, e.g. urea, thiourea, carmustine
- A61K31/175—Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having the group >N—C(O)—N< or >N—C(S)—N<, e.g. urea, thiourea, carmustine having the group, >N—C(O)—N=N— or, e.g. carbonohydrazides, carbazones, semicarbazides, semicarbazones; Thioanalogues thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
- A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
- A61P31/18—Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C243/00—Compounds containing chains of nitrogen atoms singly-bound to each other, e.g. hydrazines, triazanes
- C07C243/10—Hydrazines
- C07C243/12—Hydrazines having nitrogen atoms of hydrazine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C243/14—Hydrazines having nitrogen atoms of hydrazine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a saturated carbon skeleton
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C243/00—Compounds containing chains of nitrogen atoms singly-bound to each other, e.g. hydrazines, triazanes
- C07C243/10—Hydrazines
- C07C243/12—Hydrazines having nitrogen atoms of hydrazine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C243/16—Hydrazines having nitrogen atoms of hydrazine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton
- C07C243/18—Hydrazines having nitrogen atoms of hydrazine groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an unsaturated carbon skeleton containing rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
- C07C255/49—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
- C07C255/58—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton
- C07C255/60—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing cyano groups and singly-bound nitrogen atoms, not being further bound to other hetero atoms, bound to the carbon skeleton at least one of the singly-bound nitrogen atoms being acylated
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/12—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to hydrogen atoms or to carbon atoms of unsubstituted hydrocarbon radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/22—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by carboxyl groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C281/00—Derivatives of carbonic acid containing functional groups covered by groups C07C269/00 - C07C279/00 in which at least one nitrogen atom of these functional groups is further bound to another nitrogen atom not being part of a nitro or nitroso group
- C07C281/02—Compounds containing any of the groups, e.g. carbazates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C281/00—Derivatives of carbonic acid containing functional groups covered by groups C07C269/00 - C07C279/00 in which at least one nitrogen atom of these functional groups is further bound to another nitrogen atom not being part of a nitro or nitroso group
- C07C281/02—Compounds containing any of the groups, e.g. carbazates
- C07C281/04—Compounds containing any of the groups, e.g. carbazates the other nitrogen atom being further doubly-bound to a carbon atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C311/00—Amides of sulfonic acids, i.e. compounds having singly-bound oxygen atoms of sulfo groups replaced by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C311/01—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C311/02—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton
- C07C311/03—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atoms of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C311/05—Sulfonamides having sulfur atoms of sulfonamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of an acyclic saturated carbon skeleton having the nitrogen atoms of the sulfonamide groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to acyclic carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/54—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/56—Amides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D215/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems
- C07D215/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D215/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing quinoline or hydrogenated quinoline ring systems having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen atoms or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D215/48—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D295/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carbonic acid, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
- C07D295/215—Radicals derived from nitrogen analogues of carbonic acid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/12—Radicals substituted by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
- C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
- C07K5/06—Dipeptides
- C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
- C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
- C07K5/06026—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atom, i.e. Gly or Ala
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C2601/00—Systems containing only non-condensed rings
- C07C2601/12—Systems containing only non-condensed rings with a six-membered ring
- C07C2601/14—The ring being saturated
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
- Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
- Furan Compounds (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
- Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Description
Foreliggende oppfinnelse angår en ny klasse ikke-hydrolyser-bare analoga for av aspartatproteaser spaltbare peptider, nemlig hydrazinderivater. The present invention relates to a new class of non-hydrolysable analogues for peptides cleavable by aspartate proteases, namely hydrazine derivatives.
Forbindelsene finner anvendelse som legemidler eller for fremstilling av farmasøytiske preparater for bekjempelse av vlralt betingede sykdommer. The compounds are used as medicines or for the production of pharmaceutical preparations for combating environmental diseases.
Ved immunsvekningen AIDS ("Aquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome") dreier det seg om en sykdom med dødelig utgang. Denne sykdom sprer seg over hele verden i tiltagende grad, fremfor alt innen visse risikogrupper, men også utover disse risikogrupper. Sykdommen har betydning for millioner av mennesker og dens kausale bekjempelse er et av de viktigste mål for den moderne medisin. Til nu kunne retrovirene HIV-1 og HIV-2 (HIV betyr "Human Immunodeficiency Virus") identifi-seres som årsak for sykdommen og karakteriseres molekylær-biologisk. For terapi er, utover dagens muligheter for lindring av AIDS-symptomene og visse preventive muligheter, spesielt forskningen efter preparater som påvirker utbredel-sen av virusen selv, uten å skade celler og vev hos pasien-ten, spesielt interessant. The immunodeficiency AIDS ("Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome") is a disease with a fatal outcome. This disease is spreading all over the world to an increasing degree, above all within certain risk groups, but also beyond these risk groups. The disease affects millions of people and its causal combat is one of the most important goals of modern medicine. Until now, the retroviruses HIV-1 and HIV-2 (HIV stands for "Human Immunodeficiency Virus") could be identified as the cause of the disease and characterized molecularly biologically. For therapy, beyond the current possibilities for alleviating AIDS symptoms and certain preventive possibilities, research into preparations that affect the spread of the virus itself, without damaging the cells and tissues of the patient, is particularly interesting.
Spesielt synes slike forbindelser lovende som forhindrer prosesseringen av de i de menneskelige celler biosyntetiserte protein-byggeklosser til virusen og dermed også den korrekte sammenbygnlng av disse byggeklosser til komplette, infektiøse virioner. In particular, such compounds seem promising as they prevent the processing of the protein building blocks biosynthesized in the human cells into the virus and thus also the correct assembly of these building blocks into complete, infectious virions.
HIV-1 og HIV-2 oppviser begge i sitt genom et område som koder for en "gag-protease". Denne "gag-protease" er ansvarlig for den korrekte proteolytiske spalting av forløperproteinene som fremgår av de for de "Groiip Specific Antigens" (gag) kodende genomavsnltt. Herved frisettes strukturproteinene til viruskjernen, på engelsk "core". "gag-proteasen" selv er bestanddel i et gjennom pol-genomavsnittet i HIV-1 og HIV-2 kodet forløperprotein som også inneholder avsnittet for den "reverse transkriptase" og "intergrasen" og som antagelig spaltes autoproteolytlsk. HIV-1 and HIV-2 both have a region in their genome that codes for a "gag protease". This "gag-protease" is responsible for the correct proteolytic cleavage of the precursor proteins which appear from the genome fragments coding for the "Groiip Specific Antigens" (gag). This releases the structural proteins of the virus core, in English "core". The "gag protease" itself is a component of a precursor protein encoded through the pol genome section in HIV-1 and HIV-2 which also contains the section for the "reverse transcriptase" and "intergras" and which is presumably cleaved autoproteolytically.
"gag-proteasen" spalter hovedkjerneproteinet ("Major Core Protein") p24 til HIV-1 og HIV-2 fortrinnsvis N-terminalt fra prolinrester, det vil si i de toverdige radikaler Phe—Pro, Leu—Pro eller Tyr—Pro. Det dreier seg om en protease med en katalytisk aktiv aspartatrest 1 det aktive sentrum, en såkalt aspartatprotease. The "gag protease" cleaves the main core protein ("Major Core Protein") p24 of HIV-1 and HIV-2 preferably N-terminally from proline residues, that is in the divalent radicals Phe—Pro, Leu—Pro or Tyr—Pro. It is a protease with a catalytically active aspartate residue in the active center, a so-called aspartate protease.
Når virkningen av "gag-proteasen" kan forhindres, ville de for sammenbygnlng av viruskjernen nødvendige proteiner ikke lenger stå til disposisjon. Dette ville medføre en begrens-ning eller sågar en forhindring av reproduseringen av viruset. Det foreligger således et behov for inhibitorer for "gag-proteasen" for anvendelse som antiviralt middel mot AIDS og ytterligere retrovirale sykdommer. When the action of the "gag protease" can be prevented, the proteins required for assembly of the virus core would no longer be available. This would entail a limitation or even a prevention of the reproduction of the virus. There is thus a need for inhibitors of the "gag protease" for use as an antiviral agent against AIDS and other retroviral diseases.
Det er allerede syntetisert en rekke "gag-protese"-inhibitorer som inneholder sentrale grupper som ikke utgjør proteolytisk spaltbare peptidisosterer. Til nu har det, på tross av intens forskning, dog ikke vært mulig å komme frem til på mennesker anvendbare aspartatproteaseinhlbitorer for bekjempelse av AIDS for en større andel av de infiserte. Dette skyldes 1 det alt vesentlige farmakodynamiske pro-blemer. I tillegg til dette oppviser de fleste til nu kjente "gag-protese"-inhibitorer mer enn to asymmetriske karbonatomer noe som nødvendiggjør relativt kompliserte stereo-speslflkke synteser eller lsomersepareringer. Målet for foreliggende søknad er derfor å tilveiebringe en ny klasse inhibitorer for virale aspartatproteaser med en ny sentral-byggekloss. Syntesen av denne sentrale byggekloss skal 1 tillegg til dette være sterisk enklest mulig. Videre oppviser de nye sentrale byggeklosser amlnogrupper i begge ender, slik at det ved valg av egnede substituenter for eksempel foreligger retro-inversopeptidanaloge strukturer. A number of "gag prosthesis" inhibitors containing central groups that do not form proteolytically cleavable peptide isosteres have already been synthesized. Until now, despite intense research, it has not been possible to find aspartate protease inhibitors that can be used in humans to combat AIDS for a larger proportion of those infected. This is due to the all-important pharmacodynamic problems. In addition to this, most "gag-prosthesis" inhibitors known to date have more than two asymmetric carbon atoms, which necessitates relatively complicated stereo-specific syntheses or isomer separations. The aim of the present application is therefore to provide a new class of inhibitors for viral aspartate proteases with a new central building block. In addition, the synthesis of this central building block must be sterically as simple as possible. Furthermore, the new central building blocks exhibit amlno groups at both ends, so that by choosing suitable substituents, for example, there are retro-inversopeptide analogue structures.
I henhold til dette angår foreliggende oppfinnelse forbindelser med formelen: Accordingly, the present invention relates to compounds with the formula:
der there
Ri og Rg uavhengig av hverandre betyr hydrogen, laverealkanoyl, fenyl-laverealkanoyl, fenyl-laverealkanoyl der laverealkanoylresten er substituert med karbamoyl, morfolino-laverealkanoyl, tio-morfolino-laverealkanoyl, pyridyl-laverealkanoyl, kinolyl-laverealkanoyl, tetrazolyl-laverealkanoyl, amino-laverealkanoyl som er substituert på amin-nitrogenet med N-morfolino- eller N-tiomorfolinokarbonyl, halogen-laverealkanoyl som inneholder opp til 3 halogenatomer, 2-(N-morfolinolaverealkyl-karbamoyl)-laverealkyl, 2-(N-pyridyllaverealkyl-karbamoyl)-laverealkanoyl, laverealkoksy-karbonyl, fenyl-laverealkoksykarbonyl, benzyloksykarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl laverealkoksykarbonyl, laverealkylsulfonyl, morfolinosulfonyl, tiomorfolinosulfonyl, N-pyridyl-laverealkyl-N-laverealkyl-karbamoyl, en acylrest av en aminosyre, valgt blant glycin, alanin, valin, leukin, lsoleukln, glutamlnsyre og asparagin i (D)-, (L)- eller (D,L)-form, der a-aminogruppen er usubstituert eller er acylert med en av de øvrige til nu nevnte R^ eller Rq, forutsatt at høyst en av restene R^ og R9 betyr hydrogen, Ri and Rg independently of each other mean hydrogen, loweralkanoyl, phenyl-loweralkanoyl, phenyl-loweralkanoyl where the loweralkanoyl residue is substituted with carbamoyl, morpholino-loweralkanoyl, thio-morpholino-loweralkanoyl, pyridyl-loweralkanoyl, quinolyl-loweralkanoyl, tetrazolyl-loweralkanoyl, amino-loweralkanoyl which is substituted on the amine nitrogen with N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholinocarbonyl, halogen-lower alkanoyl containing up to 3 halogen atoms, 2-(N-morpholinolower alkyl-carbamoyl)-lower alkyl, 2-(N-pyridyl lower alkyl-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl , lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl lower alkoxycarbonyl, lower alkylsulfonyl, morpholinosulfonyl, thiomorpholinosulfonyl, N-pyridyl-loweralkyl-N-loweralkyl-carbamoyl, an acyl residue of an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, valine, leucine, lsoleukln, glutamic acid and asparagine in (D)-, (L)- or (D,L)-form, where the α-amino group is unsubstituted or is acylated with one of the other ten l now mentioned R^ or Rq, provided that at most one of the residues R^ and R9 means hydrogen,
R2, R4, Re og R8 betyr hydrogen, R2, R4, Re and R8 mean hydrogen,
<R>2» R4. R& °6 ^8 betyr hydrogen, <R>2» R4. R& °6 ^8 means hydrogen,
R3 betyr laverealkyl, cykloheksyl-laverealkyl eller eventuelt med halogen, laverealkoksy eller cyano substituert fenyllaverealkyl, R 3 means lower alkyl, cyclohexyl-lower alkyl or optionally with halogen, lower alkoxy or cyano substituted phenyl lower alkyl,
R5 betyr hydroksy og R5 means hydroxy and
R7 betyr laverealkyl, cykloheksyl laverealkyl eller eventuelt med halogen, laverealkoksy eller cyano substituert fenyl laverealkyl, R7 means lower alkyl, cyclohexyl lower alkyl or optionally with halogen, lower alkoxy or cyano substituted phenyl lower alkyl,
hvorved lavere 1 definisjonene ovenfor betyr at restene Inneholder opp til og med 7 karbonatomer, whereby lower 1 in the definitions above means that the residues contain up to and including 7 carbon atoms,
eller eventuelt et salt derav. or possibly a salt thereof.
Innenfor rammen av oppfinnelsen betyr det ved definisjonen av grupper eller rester som laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, laverealkanoyl og så videre, anvendte uttrykk "lavere" at de således definerte grupper og rester, hvis ikke annet uttrykkelig er sagt, slike med opp til og med 7 og fortrinnsvis til og med 4 karbonatomer. Within the scope of the invention, in the definition of groups or residues such as lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, lower alkanoyl and so on, the term "lower" used means that the groups and residues thus defined, unless otherwise expressly stated, those with up to and including 7 and preferably even 4 carbon atoms.
Så sant Ikke annet er sagt, forekommer substituentene i restene R^, R2» R3, R4, R7, Rs og/eller Rg uavhengig av hverandre en eller flere ganger, særlig en til tre ganger, for eksempel enkeltvis. Unless otherwise stated, the substituents in the residues R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , R s and/or R 8 occur independently of each other one or more times, in particular one to three times, for example singly.
De med R3 og R4 henholdsvis med R5 og Rg substituerte karbonatomer 1 forbindelsene med formel I kan, i den grad de er asymmetriske, på samme måte som eventuelt tilstedeværende ytterligere asymmetriske karbonatomer, foreligge i (R)—, (S)- eller (R,S)-konfigurasjon. Dermed kan de foreliggende forbindelser foreligge som isomere blandinger eller som rene isomerer, spesielt som dlastereomerblandlnger, enantlomerpar eller rene enantiomerer. Foretrukket er forbindelser med formel I der det med R3 eller hydroksy R5 substituerte karbonatom oppviser (S)-konfigurasjon og ytterligere eventuelt tilstedeværende asymmetriske karbonatomer uavhengig av hverandre foreligger i (R)—, (S)- eller (R,S)-konfigurasjon. The carbon atoms 1 substituted by R3 and R4 and R5 and Rg respectively, the compounds of formula I can, to the extent that they are asymmetric, in the same way as any further asymmetric carbon atoms present, be present in (R)—, (S)— or (R ,S) configuration. Thus, the present compounds can exist as isomeric mixtures or as pure isomers, in particular as diastereomer mixtures, enantiomer pairs or pure enantiomers. Compounds of formula I are preferred where the carbon atom substituted by R3 or hydroxy R5 exhibits (S) configuration and any further asymmetric carbon atoms present independently of each other exist in (R)-, (S)- or (R,S) configuration.
De i den foreliggende beskrivelse anvendte generelle uttrykk og betegnelser har fortrinnsvis de følgende betydninger, hvorved det på de forskjellige definisjonsplan av de ovenfor og nedenfor anførte rester kan anvendes hvilke som helst kombinasjoner eller enkeltrester 1 stedet for de generelle definisjoner. The general terms and designations used in the present description preferably have the following meanings, whereby any combinations or single residues can be used in the various definitions of the residues listed above and below instead of the general definitions.
Fortrinnsvis er kun høyst hver gang en av restene R^ og R2 henholdsvis restene Rg og Rq, acyl. Preferably only each time at most one of the residues R 1 and R 2 , respectively the residues R 8 and R 9 , is acyl.
Acylgruppene R^ og Rq er: The acyl groups R^ and Rq are:
laverealkanoyl som formyl, acetyl, proplonyl, butyryl eller pivaloyl, lower alkanoyl such as formyl, acetyl, proplonyl, butyryl or pivaloyl,
fenyllaverealkanoyl, hvori laverealkanoyl kan være usubstltuert eller substituert med karbamoyl, for eksempel fenylacetyl, 3-fenylpropionyl, 2(R,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenylpropionyl, 3-fenyl-2-karbamoylpropionyl, 3-fenyl- eller 3-a—nafty1-2-tert-butylkarbamoyl-proplonyl, phenyl lower alkanoyl, wherein the lower alkanoyl may be unsubstituted or substituted with carbamoyl, for example phenylacetyl, 3-phenylpropionyl, 2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl, 3-phenyl-2-carbamoylpropionyl, 3-phenyl- or 3-a— naphthy1-2-tert-butylcarbamoyl-proplonyl,
2-imidazolinyl-, 2,3—dihydropyridyl—, piperidyl-, pipera-zinyl-, 2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyrazJ.nyl-, morfolinyl-, tiomorfo-linyl-, S,S—diokso-tiomorfolinyl-, indolinyl-, isoindolinyl-, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrolndolyl-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrokinolyl-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisokinolyl-, kromanyl-, tiokromanyl-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-3,1-benzdiazinyl-, 3,4-dihydro-3H-4,1-benzoksazinyl-, 3,4-dihydro-3H-4,1-benztiazinyl-, pyridyl-, kinolyl- eller tetrazolyl-laverealkanoyl, for eksempel pyridylkarbonyl som 2-, 3- eller 4-pyridylkarbonyl, pyridylacetyl som 2-, 3- eller 4-pyridylacetyl, for eksempel kinolylkarbonyl som 2-, 3- eller 4-kinolylkarbonyl, tetra-zolyllaverealkanoyl som 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)propionyl, morfolino-laverealkanoyl, for eksempel morfolinylkarbonyl, som morfolinokarbonyl, tiomorfolino-laverealkanoyl, for eksempel tiomorfolinylkarbonyl som tiomorfolinokarbonyl, særlig spesielt fortrukket morfolinokarbonyl, tiomorfolinokarbonyl, kinolin-2-ylkarbonyl, 3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl eller 2-eller 3-pyridylacetyl; 2-imidazolinyl-, 2,3-dihydropyridyl-, piperidyl-, piperazinyl-, 2,3,5,6-tetrahydropyrazinyl-, morpholinyl-, thiomorpholinyl-, S,S-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl-, indolinyl-, isoindolinyl-, 4,5,6,7-tetrahydrolndolyl-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolyl-, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl-, chromanyl-, thiochromanyl-, 1,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro-3,1-benzdiazinyl-, 3,4-dihydro-3H-4,1-benzoxazinyl-, 3,4-dihydro-3H-4,1-benzthiazinyl-, pyridyl-, quinolyl- or tetrazolyl- lower alkanoyl, for example pyridylcarbonyl as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl, pyridylacetyl as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylacetyl, for example quinolylcarbonyl as 2-, 3- or 4-quinolylcarbonyl, tetrazolyl loweralkanoyl as 3-(tetrazol -l-yl)propionyl, morpholino-lower alkanoyl, for example morpholinocarbonyl, such as morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholino-lower alkanoyl, for example thiomorpholinylcarbonyl such as thiomorpholinocarbonyl, especially particularly preferred morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, quinolin-2-ylcarbonyl, 3-(tetrazol-l-yl) -propionyl or 2-or 3-pyridyl acetyl;
med N-morfolino- eller N-tiomorfolinokarbonyl, på amino-nltrogenet substituert amlnolaverealkanoyl, for eksempel N—morfolino— eller N-tiomorfolino-karbonylamino-laverealkanoyl som N-morfolino— eller N-tiomorfolino-karbonylamino-acetyl, with N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholinocarbonyl, on the amino-nitrogen substituted amlnolavearalkanoyl, for example N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-lavearalkanoyl as N-morpholino- or N-thiomorpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl,
halogenlaverealkanoyl, som fortrinnsvis inneholder opp til 3 halogenatomer, for eksempel a-halogenacetyl som a-fluor-, a—klor—, a—brom-, a—Jod-, a,a,a—trifluor— eller a,a,a-trikloracetyl eller halogenpropionyl som <p>—klor— eller P-brom-proplonyl, halolower alkanoyl, which preferably contains up to 3 halogen atoms, for example α-haloacetyl such as α-fluoro-, α-chloro-, α-bromo-, α-iodo-, α,α,α-trifluoro- or α,α,α -trichloroacetyl or halopropionyl such as <p>—chloro— or P-bromo-proplonyl,
2—(N-morfolinolaverealkyl-karbamoyl)-laverealkanoyl som 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morfolinoetyl)-karbamoyl-3-metyl-butyryl, 2-(N-(pyridyllaverealkyl)-karbamoyl)-laverealkanoyl som 2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmetyl)-karbamoyl)-3-metyl-butyryl; 2-(N-morpholinolower alkyl-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl-3-methyl-butyryl, 2-(N-(pyridyl lower alkyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl as 2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyryl;
laverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel metoksy—, etoksy—, isopropoksy—, isobutoksy— eller tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl som tert-butoksykarbonyl eller isobutoksykarbonyl, fenyl-laverealkoksykarbonyl, særlig foretrukket er btmzyloksy-karbonyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, isobutoxy or tert-lower oxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl or isobutoxycarbonyl, phenyl-lower oxycarbonyl, particularly preferred is btmzyloxycarbonyl,
tetrahydrofuranyllaverealkoksykarbonyl som 2-tetrahydro-furanylmetoksykarbonyl; tetrahydrofuranyl lower oxycarbonyl such as 2-tetrahydrofuranylmethoxycarbonyl;
N-pyridyllaverealkyl-N-laverealkyl-karbamoyl som N-(2-, 3-eller 4-pyridyImetyl)-N-Metyl-karbamoyl; N-pyridyl-lower alkyl-N-lower alkyl-carbamoyl such as N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl)-N-Methylcarbamoyl;
den over en karboksygruppe bundne rest til en aminosyre valgt blant glycin (H-Gly-OH), alanin (H-Ala-OH), valin (H-Val-OH), leucin (H-Leu-OH), isoleucin (H-Ile-OH), glutamin (H-Gln-OH) og asparagin (H-Asn-OH) hvorved (bortsett fra glycin) hver av de nevnte aminosyrer kan foreligge i D-, L- eller (D,L)—, fortrinnsvis (bortsett fra Val, som også kan foreligge i (D)-eller (D.L)-form) kan foreligge i L-form, the residue bonded over a carboxy group to an amino acid selected from glycine (H-Gly-OH), alanine (H-Ala-OH), valine (H-Val-OH), leucine (H-Leu-OH), isoleucine (H -Ile-OH), glutamine (H-Gln-OH) and asparagine (H-Asn-OH) whereby (apart from glycine) each of the aforementioned amino acids can be present in D-, L- or (D,L)—, preferably (apart from Val, which can also be in (D) or (D.L) form) can be in L form,
idet a—aminogruppen kan være usubstituert eller N-acylert med en av de øvrige rester R^ eller R2 bortsett fra en acylrest av en aminosyre som nettopp definert, for eksempel med laverealkanoyl som acetyl, med fenyllaverealkanoyl, der laverealkanoyl er usubstituert eller substituert for eksempel med karbamoyl, og er forgrenet eller lkke-forgrenet, hvorved fenylacetyl, er spesielt foretrukket, med tetrazolyl-, pyridyl-, kinolyl-, morfolino eller tlomorfollno, laverealkanoyl, for eksempel pyridylkarbonyl som 2-, 3- eller 4—pyridylkarbonyl, morfolinokarbonyl, tiomorfolinokarbonyl, kinol-2-ylkarbonyl, pyridylacetyl som 2— eller 3-pyridylacetyl, morfolinoacetyl, pyridylpropionyl som 3—(2- eller 3-pyridyl)propionyl, 3-morfolinopropionyl eller tetra-zolylpropionyl som 3-(tetrazol-1—yl)propionyl, med halogen-laverealkanoyl som inneholder opptil 3 halogenatomer, for eksempel a—halogenacetyl som a-fluor-, a-klor-, a—brom—, a-Jod—, a,a,a-trifluor— eller a,a,a-trikloracetyl eller halogenproplonyl som 3—klor- eller e-brompropionyl, med laverealkoksykarbonyl som tert-butoksykarbonyl, med fenyl-laverealkoksykarbonyl som benzyloksykarbonyl, med tetrahydrofuranyl-laverealkoksykarbonyl som 2-tetrahydrofuranyl-metoksykarbonyl, 2-(N-morfolinolaverealkyl-karbamoyl)-laverealkanoyl som 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morfolinoetyl)-karbamoyl-3-metyl-butyryl eller 2-(N(pyridyllaverealkyl)-karbamoyl)-laverealkanoyl som (2(R,S)(N-(2-pyridylmetyl)-karbamoyl)-3-metyl)-butyryl, wherein the α-amino group can be unsubstituted or N-acylated with one of the other residues R^ or R2 except for an acyl residue of an amino acid as just defined, for example with lower alkanoyl as acetyl, with phenyl lower alkanoyl, where lower alkanoyl is unsubstituted or substituted for example with carbamoyl, and is branched or unbranched, wherein phenylacetyl is particularly preferred, with tetrazolyl-, pyridyl-, quinolyl-, morpholino or tlomorpholno, lower alkanoyl, for example pyridylcarbonyl such as 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, quinol-2-ylcarbonyl, pyridylacetyl as 2- or 3-pyridylacetyl, morpholinoacetyl, pyridylpropionyl as 3-(2- or 3-pyridyl)propionyl, 3-morpholinopropionyl or tetrazolylpropionyl as 3-(tetrazol-1-yl) propionyl, with halogen-lower alkanoyl containing up to 3 halogen atoms, for example α-haloacetyl such as α-fluoro-, α-chloro-, α-bromo-, α-Iodo-, α,α,α-trifluoro- or α,α ,a-trichloroacetyl or haloproplonyl so m 3—Chloro- or e-bromopropionyl, with lower alkoxycarbonyl as tert-butoxycarbonyl, with phenyl-lower oxycarbonyl as benzyloxycarbonyl, with tetrahydrofuranyl-lower oxycarbonyl as 2-tetrahydrofuranyl-methoxycarbonyl, 2-(N-morpholinoloweralkyl-carbamoyl)-loweralkanoyl as 2(R ,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl-3-methyl-butyryl or 2-(N(pyridyl lower alkyl)-carbamoyl)-lower alkanoyl as (2(R,S)(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)- carbamoyl)-3-methyl)-butyryl,
med laverealkylsulfonyl som metyl- eller etylsulfonyl, med morfolinosulfonyl eller med tiomorfolinosulfonyl; with lower alkylsulfonyl such as methyl or ethylsulfonyl, with morpholinosulfonyl or with thiomorpholinosulfonyl;
særlig resten av en usubstituert eller substituert aminosyre valgt blant N-morfolinokarbonylglycin, N-(N-(2-, 3- eller 4-pyridyl)metyl-N-metylaminokarbonyl)glycin, valin, N-(trifluoracetyl)-valin, N-fenylacetyl-valin, N-acetyl-valln, N-(3-fenylpropionyl)-valin, N-(2-karbamoyl-3-fenylpropionyl )-valin, N-(2(R,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenyl-propionyl)-valin, N-(2-, 3- eller 4-pyridylkarbonyl)-valin, N-(2- eller 3-pyridyl- in particular the residue of an unsubstituted or substituted amino acid selected from N-morpholinocarbonylglycine, N-(N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl)methyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl)glycine, valine, N-(trifluoroacetyl)-valine, N- phenylacetyl-valine, N-acetyl-valine, N-(3-phenylpropionyl)-valine, N-(2-carbamoyl-3-phenylpropionyl )-valine, N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl- propionyl)-valine, N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl)-valine, N-(2- or 3-pyridyl-
acetyl)-valin, N-(morfolinoacetyl )-valin, N-(3-(2- eller 3-pyridyl)-propionyl)-valin, N-(3-(morfolino)-proplonyl)-valin, N-tetrahydrofurylmetoksykarbonyl-valin, N—3-(tetrazol-l-yl )-propionyl-valin, N-(kinolin-2-karbonyl)-valin, N-metoksykarbonyl-valin, N-isobutoksykarbonyl-valin, N-tert-butoksykarbonyl-valin, N-benzyloksykarbonyl-valin, N-(morfolinokarbonyl)-valin, N—(tiomorfolinokarbonyl)-valin, N—(N-2-pyridylmetyl-N-metylaminokarbonyl)-valin, N-morfolino-karbonylamino-acetyl-valin, N—metylsulfonyl-valin, N-morfolinosulfonyl-valin, N-(N—2—pyridyImetyl)-N-metyl-amino-karbonyl)-valin, N-acetyl-leucin, N-(2-, 3- eller 4-pyridylkarbonyl)-leucin, N—(4-tiomoforlinokarbonyl)-leucin, N—(4—aminobutyryl)-leucin, N—(benzyloksykarbonyl)-leucin, N—acetyl-isoleucin, N-propionyl-isoleucin, N—benzyloksy-karbonyl-glutamlnsyre, asparagin, N-benzyloksykarbonyl-asparagin, kinolin-2-karbonyl-asparagin og N—(morfolinokarbonyl )-asparagin, hvorved aminosyrerestene fortrinnsvis foreligger i (L)- eller (D.L)-form, når det gjelder valin også i (D)-form; acetyl)-valine, N-(morpholinoacetyl )-valine, N-(3-(2- or 3-pyridyl)-propionyl)-valine, N-(3-(morpholino)-proplonyl)-valine, N-tetrahydrofurylmethoxycarbonyl- valine, N-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl-valine, N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)-valine, N-methoxycarbonyl-valine, N-isobutoxycarbonyl-valine, N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-valine, N-Benzyloxycarbonyl-valine, N-(morpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-(thiomorpholinocarbonyl)-valine, N-(N-2-pyridylmethyl-N-methylaminocarbonyl)-valine, N-morpholino-carbonylamino-acetyl-valine, N— methylsulfonyl-valine, N-morpholinosulfonyl-valine, N-(N-2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-amino-carbonyl)-valine, N-acetyl-leucine, N-(2-, 3- or 4-pyridylcarbonyl) -leucine, N-(4-thiomophorlinocarbonyl)-leucine, N-(4-aminobutyryl)-leucine, N-(benzyloxycarbonyl)-leucine, N-acetyl-isoleucine, N-propionyl-isoleucine, N-benzyloxy-carbonyl-glutamic acid , asparagine, N-benzyloxycarbonyl-asparagine, quinoline-2-carbonyl-asparagine and N-(morpholinocarbonyl )-asparagine, whereby the amino acid residues are preferably in (L)- or (D.L )-form, in the case of valine also in (D)-form;
Ri og Rg er valgt blant laverealkylsulfonyl som metyl-sulfonyl, etylsulfonyl, n—propylsulfonyl eller tert-butyl-sulfonyl, morfolinosulfonyl og tiomorfolinosulfonyl. I spesielt foretrukne utførelsesformer av oppfinnelsen kan morfolino- eller tiomorfolinosulfonyl som substituent være fraværende. Ri and Rg are selected from lower alkylsulfonyl such as methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl or tert-butylsulfonyl, morpholinosulfonyl and thiomorpholinosulfonyl. In particularly preferred embodiments of the invention, the morpholino or thiomorpholinosulfonyl substituent may be absent.
R3 og R7 er valgt blant R3 and R7 are selected from among
laverealkyl, for eksempel metyl, etyl, propyl, isopropyl, n—butyl eller tert-butyl, lower alkyl, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl or tert-butyl,
cykloheksyllaverealkyl som -metyl eller -etyl,, fortrinnsvis cykloheksylmetyl og cyclohexyl lower alkyl such as -methyl or -ethyl,, preferably cyclohexylmethyl and
fenyllaverealkyl som er usubstituert eller substituert med halogen, for eksempel fluor eller klor, laverealkoksy, for phenyl lower alkyl which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen, for example fluorine or chlorine, lower alkoxy, for
eksempel metoksy eller cyano, som benzyl, 2-fenyletyl, 3-fenylpropyl, 4-fluor-, 4-cyano- eller 4-metoksybenzyl, spesielt foretrukket fenyllaverealkyl som nettopp definert, for example methoxy or cyano, such as benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 4-fluoro-, 4-cyano- or 4-methoxybenzyl, particularly preferred phenyl lower alkyl as just defined,
Salter av forbindelser med formel I er særlig syreaddlsjonssalter, salter med baser eller, når det foreligger flere saltdannende grupper, eventuelt også blandede salter eller Indre salter. Salts of compounds of formula I are particularly acid addition salts, salts with bases or, when several salt-forming groups are present, possibly also mixed salts or inner salts.
Salter er 1 første rekke farmasøytisk godtagbare lkke-toksiske salter av forbindelser med formel I. Salts are a first series of pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic salts of compounds of formula I.
Slike salter dannes for eksempel av forbindelser med formel I med en sur gruppe, for eksempel en karboksy-, sulfo- eller av en eller to hydroksygrupper substituert fosforylgruppe og er for eksempel disse salter med egnede baser som lkke-toksiske, fra metaller fra gruppene Ia, Ib, Ila og Ilb 1 periode-systemet avledede metallsalter, i første rekke egnede alkalimetall-, for eksempel litium-, natrium- eller kalium-, eller Jordalkallmetallsalter, for eksempel magnesium- eller kalslumsalter, videre slnksalter eller ammoniumsalter, imidlertid også salter som dannes med organiske aminer, som eventuelt med hydroksy substituert mono-, di- eller trialkyl-amlner, særlig mono-, di- eller trilaverealkylaminer, eller med kvaternsre ammoniumforbindelser, for eksempel med N-metyl-N-etylamin, dletylamln, trietylamin, mono-, bis-eller tris-(2-hydroksylaverealkyl)aminer som mono-, bis-eller tris-(2-hydroksyetyl)amin, 2-hydroksy-tert-butylamin eller tris-(hydroksymetyl)-metylamin, N,N-dilaverealkyl-N-(hydroksylaverealky1)-aminer som N,N-dimetyl-N-(2-hydroksy-etyl)-amin eller tri-(2-hydroksyetyl)-amin, N-metyl-D-glukamin eller kvaternære ammoniumsalter som tetrabutyl-ammoniumsalter. Forbindelsene med formel I med en basisk gruppe, for eksempel en aminogruppe, kan danne syreaddisjonssalter, for eksempel med uorganiske syrer, for eksempel halogenhydrogensyrer, som saltsyre, svovelsyre eller fosforsyre, eller med organiske karbon-, sulfon-, sulfo-eller fosforsyrer eller N-substituerte sulfaminsyrer som for eksempel eddik-, propion-, glykol-, rav-, malein-, hydroksy-malein-, metylmalein-, fumar-, eple-, vin-, glukon-, glukar-, glukuron-, sitron-, benzo-, kanel-, mandel-, salicyl-, 4—amlnosali cy1-, 2—fenoksybenzo-, 2—acetoksybenzo-, embon-, nikotin- eller lsonikotinsyre, videre med aminosyrer som for eksempel de tidligere nevnte ot-amlnosyrer, særlig glutamlnsyre eller asparaginsyre, samt med metan-, etan-, 2-hydroksy-etan-, etan-1,2-di-, benzen-, 4-metylbenzen- eller naftalin-2-sulfonsyre, 2- eller 3-fosfoglycerat, glukose-6-fosfat, N—cykloheksylsulfaminsyre (under dannelse av cyklamatene) eller med andre sure organiske forbindelser som askorbinsyre. Forbindelsene med formel I med sure og basiske grupper kan også danne indre salter. Such salts are formed, for example, by compounds of formula I with an acidic group, for example a carboxy-, sulfo- or phosphoryl group substituted by one or two hydroxy groups, and are, for example, salts with suitable bases that are non-toxic, from metals from groups Ia . formed with organic amines, such as optionally with hydroxy substituted mono-, di- or trialkylamines, especially mono-, di- or trilower alkylamines, or with quaternary ammonium compounds, for example with N-methyl-N-ethylamine, dlethylamine, triethylamine, mono -, bis-or tris-(2-hydroxylower alkyl)amines such as mono-, bis-or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, 2-hydroxy-tert-butylamine or tris-(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, N,N-dilower alkyl -N-(hyd oxylaverealalkylamines such as N,N-dimethyl-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine or tri-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine, N-methyl-D-glucamine or quaternary ammonium salts such as tetrabutylammonium salts. The compounds of formula I with a basic group, for example an amino group, can form acid addition salts, for example with inorganic acids, for example halohydrogen acids, such as hydrochloric, sulfuric or phosphoric acid, or with organic carbonic, sulphonic, sulpho or phosphoric acids or N -substituted sulfamic acids such as acetic, propionic, glycolic, succinic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, methylmaleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, gluconic, glucaric, glucuronic, citric, benzo-, cinnamic, mandelic, salicylic, 4-amlnosalicy1-, 2-phenoxybenzo-, 2-acetoxybenzo-, embonic, nicotinic or lsonicotinic acid, further with amino acids such as the previously mentioned ot-amlnoic acids, in particular glutamic acid or aspartic acid, as well as with methane-, ethane-, 2-hydroxy-ethane-, ethane-1,2-di-, benzene-, 4-methylbenzene- or naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid, 2- or 3-phosphoglycerate, glucose -6-phosphate, N-cyclohexylsulfamic acid (during formation of the cyclamates) or with other acidic organic compounds such as ascorbic acid. The compounds of formula I with acidic and basic groups can also form internal salts.
For isolering eller rensing kan også farmasøytisk uegnede salter finne anvendelse. Pharmaceutically unsuitable salts can also be used for isolation or purification.
Forbindelsene ifølge oppfinnelsen oppviser hemmende virkning på virale aspartatproteaser, særlig en gag-protease-hemmende virkning. I første linje hemmer de i de efterfølgende beskrevne prøver i konsentrasjoner på 10"^ til 10"^ mol/l virkningen av gag-protease fra HIV-1 og HIV-2 og er derfor egnet som middel mot av disse og anvendte retrovirer forårsakede sykdommer, for eksempel mot AIDS. The compounds according to the invention exhibit an inhibitory effect on viral aspartate proteases, in particular a gag protease inhibitory effect. In the first line, in the subsequently described samples, in concentrations of 10"^ to 10"^ mol/l, they inhibit the action of gag protease from HIV-1 and HIV-2 and are therefore suitable as a remedy against diseases caused by these and the retroviruses used , for example against AIDS.
Evnen til forbindelsene med formel I å inhibere den proteolytiske aktivitet av for eksempel HIV-l-protease, kan påvises for eksempel i henhold til den av J. Hansen et al. i "The EMBO Journal", 7, 1785-1791 (1988), beskrevne metode. Derved blir hemmingen av virkningen med gag-protease målt på et substrat som er et i E. coil eksprimert fusjonsprotein fra gag-forløperproteinet og MS-2. Substratet og dettes spalt-nlngsprodukter separeres ved polyakrylamid-gelelektroforese °8 gjøres synlig ved immunoblotting med monoklonale anti-stoffer mot MS-2. The ability of the compounds of formula I to inhibit the proteolytic activity of, for example, HIV-1 protease can be demonstrated, for example, according to that of J. Hansen et al. in "The EMBO Journal", 7, 1785-1791 (1988), described method. Thereby, the inhibition of the action with gag protease is measured on a substrate which is a fusion protein expressed in E. coil from the gag precursor protein and MS-2. The substrate and its cleavage products are separated by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and visualized by immunoblotting with monoclonal antibodies against MS-2.
I en ennu enklere prøve, som muliggjør nøyaktig kvantitative utsagn, anvendes det som substrat for gag-proteasen et syntetisk peptid som tilsvarer spaltlngssetet for gag-forløperprotelnet. Dette substrat og dets spaltlngsprodukter kan måles ved HPLC. In an even simpler test, which enables accurate quantitative statements, a synthetic peptide corresponding to the cleavage site of the gag precursor protein is used as substrate for the gag protease. This substrate and its cleavage products can be measured by HPLC.
For eksempel anvender man som substrat for en rekombinant HIV-1-protease (fremstilling i henhold til S. Billich et al. i "J. Biol. Chem.", 263(34), 17905-17908 (1990)) et syntetisk kromofort peptid (for eksempel HKARVL[N02]FEANleS (Bachem, Sveits) eller et ikosapeptid som RRSNQVSQNYPIVQNIQGRR (fremstilt ved peptidsyntese i henhold til kjente metoder), som tilsvarer et av spaltlngssetene til gag-forløper-protelnet. Dette substrat og dets spaltlngsprodukter kan måles ved HPLC. For example, as a substrate for a recombinant HIV-1 protease (preparation according to S. Billich et al. in "J. Biol. Chem.", 263(34), 17905-17908 (1990)) a synthetic chromophore is used peptide (for example, HKARVL[N02]FEANleS (Bachem, Switzerland) or an icosapeptide such as RRSNQVSQNYPIVQNIQGRR (prepared by peptide synthesis according to known methods), which corresponds to one of the cleavage sites of the gag precursor protein. This substrate and its cleavage products can be measured by HPLC.
For dette formål oppløses en Inhibitor med formel I som skal utprøves i dlmetylsulfoksyd; enzymtesten gjennomføres idet egnede fortynninger av inhibitoren i 20 mM e-morfolinoetan-sulfonsyre (MES)-buffer, pH 6,0, tilsettes til analyse-blandingen av 67,2 pM av det ovenfor angitte kromofore peptid i 0,3M natriumacetat, 0,1M NaCl, pH 7,4 eller 122 pM av det ovenfor nevnte ikosapeptid i 20 mM MES-buffer, pH 6,0. Størrelsen av satsen er 100 pl. Reaksjonen startes ved tilsetning av i det første tilfellet 2 pl, i det andre tilfellet 10 pl HIV-l-protease og stanses i det første tilfellet efter 15 minutter ved tilsetning av 100 pl 0,3M ECIO4, i det andre tilfellet efter en times lnkubering ved 37<*>C under tilsetning av 10 pl 0,3M HCIO4. Reaksjonsproduk-tene kvantifiseres efter avsentrifugering av prøven i 5 minutter ved 10 000 x g i 100 pl (ansats med kromofort peptid) henholdsvis 20 pl (ikosapeptid-ansats) av den oppnådde supernatant og efter at det hele er bragt på en 125 mm x 4,6 mm Nucleosil® C18-5p-HPLC-søyle (Macherey & Nagel, Dtlren) og eluering, på basis av Peak-høyden til spaltingsproduktet ved 280 (kromofort peptid) eller ved 215 nm (ikosapeptid), gradient: 100* El.l -» 505É E1 .1 ./505É El.2 For this purpose, an Inhibitor with formula I to be tested is dissolved in dlmethylsulphoxide; the enzyme test is carried out by adding suitable dilutions of the inhibitor in 20 mM ε-morpholinoethanesulfonic acid (MES) buffer, pH 6.0, to the assay mixture of 67.2 pM of the above-mentioned chromophoric peptide in 0.3 M sodium acetate, 0, 1M NaCl, pH 7.4 or 122 pM of the above-mentioned icosapeptide in 20 mM MES buffer, pH 6.0. The size of the batch is 100 pl. The reaction is started by adding in the first case 2 µl, in the second case 10 µl HIV-1 protease and is stopped in the first case after 15 minutes by the addition of 100 µl 0.3M ECIO4, in the second case after one hour of incubation at 37<*>C while adding 10 µl of 0.3M HCIO4. The reaction products are quantified after centrifugation of the sample for 5 minutes at 10,000 x g in 100 µl (preparation with chromofort peptide) or 20 µl (icosapeptide preparation) respectively of the obtained supernatant and after the whole has been placed on a 125 mm x 4.6 mm Nucleosil® C18-5p-HPLC column (Macherey & Nagel, Dtlren) and elution, on the basis of the Peak height of the cleavage product at 280 (chromofort peptide) or at 215 nm (icosapeptide), gradient: 100* El.l - » 505É E1 .1 ./505É El.2
(El.l: 75* acetonitril, 90* H20, 0,1* trifluoreddiksyre (TFA); El.2: 75* acetonitril, 25* H20, 0,08* TFA) i løpet av 15 minutter; gjennornstrømnlngshastighet 1 ml/min. (El.1: 75* acetonitrile, 90* H 2 O, 0.1* trifluoroacetic acid (TFA); El. 2: 75* acetonitrile, 25* H 2 O, 0.08* TFA) during 15 minutes; normal flow rate 1 ml/min.
Herved fastslår man for forbindelser med formel I fortrinnsvis IC5Q-verdier (IC50 - den konsentrasjon som reduserer aktiviteten til HIV-l-protease i forhold til en kontroll uten inhibitor, med 50*), på ca. 10~<6> til 10~<9>M, særlig på ca. IO-<7> til 10~<8>M. Hereby, IC5Q values (IC50 - the concentration which reduces the activity of HIV-1 protease compared to a control without inhibitor, by 50*) of approx. 10~<6> to 10~<9>M, especially at approx. IO-<7> to 10~<8>M.
I en ytterligere prøve kan det påvises at forbindelsene ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse beskytter celler som normalt er infisert av HIV, fra en slik Infeksjon, eller i det minste sinker en slik infeksjon. Derved blir den menneskelige T-celle-leukemi-cellelinje MT-2 ("Science", 229, 563 (1985)), som er ekstremt ømfintlig overfor den cytopatogene virkning av HIV, inkubert med HIV alene eller med HIV 1 nærvær av oppfinnelsens forbindelser hvorefter levedyktigheten for de således behandlede celler bedømmes efter noen dager. In a further test, it can be demonstrated that the compounds according to the present invention protect cells normally infected by HIV from such an infection, or at least slow down such an infection. Thereby, the human T-cell leukemia cell line MT-2 ("Science", 229, 563 (1985)), which is extremely sensitive to the cytopathogenic effect of HIV, is incubated with HIV alone or with HIV 1 in the presence of the compounds of the invention after which the viability of the thus treated cells is assessed after a few days.
For dette formål blir MT-2-cellene holdt i RPMI 1640-medium (Gibco, Svelts, RPMI 1640 inneholder en aminosyreblanding uten L-Gln) som er supplert med 10* varmeinaktivert fetalt kalveserum, L-glutamin, hepes (2-[4-(2-hydroksyetyl)-l-piperazino]-etansulfonsyre) og standard antibiotika, ved 37°C i fuktet luft med 5* C02. 50 pl av den angjeldende prøve-forbindelse i kulturmedlum og 100 pl HIV-1 i kulturmedium (800 TCID50/ml) (TCID50 - Tissue Culture Infectious Dose 50 - dose som infiserer 50* av MT-2-cellene) bringes på 4xl0<3 >eksponensielt voksne MT-2-celler i 50 pl kulturmedium pr. brønn på 96 hullers mikrotiterplater. Parallelle ansatser på en ytterligere mikrotiterplate med celler og prøveforbindelse inneholder 100 pl kulturmedium uten virus. Efter 4 dagers lnkuberlng i 10 pl cellesupernatant fastslår man den reverse transkriptase-(RT)-aktivitet. RT-aktiviteten bestemmes i 50 mM Tris (a,a,a-tris(hydroksymetyl)-metylamin, Ultra pur, Merck, Forbundsrepublikken Tyskland) pH 7,8, 75 mM KC1, 2 mM ditiotreitol, 5 mM MgCl£; 0,05* Nonidet P-40 (Detergens; Sigma, Svelts), 50 pg/ml polyadenylsyre (Pharmacia, Sverige); 1,6 pg/ml dT( 12-18) (Sigma, Svelts). Blandingen filtreres gjennom et 0,45 pm Acrodlsc-fIlter (Gellman Science Inc., Ann Arbor) og oppbevares ved -20*C. Til allquoter av denne oppløsning settes det 0,1* (v/v) [a-<32>P]dTTP for å oppnå en radioaktiv sluttaktivitet på 10 pCi/ml. 10 pl av kultursuper-natanten overføres på en ny 96-hullers mlkrotlterplate og til denne settes 30 pl av den nevnte RT-cocktail. Efter blanding blir platen inkubert i lfc til 3 timer ved 37<*>C. 5 pl av denne reaksjonsblanding overføres på Whatman DE81-papir (Whatman). Det tørkede filter vaskes tre ganger i 5 minutter med 300 mM NaCl/25 mM trlnatriumcltrat og en gang med 95* etanol og tørkes på ny i luft. Bedømmelsen skjer i en matriks Packard 96-brønners teller (Packard). EDgrj-verdiene regnes ut og defineres som den laveste konsentrasjon av den angjeldende prøveforbindelse som senker RT-aktiviteten med 90* sammen-lignet med celleansatser som Ikke er behandlet med prøve-substansen. RT-aktiviteten er derved et mål på HIV-1-forplantningen. For this purpose, MT-2 cells are maintained in RPMI 1640 medium (Gibco, Svelts, RPMI 1640 contains an amino acid mixture without L-Gln) supplemented with 10* heat-inactivated fetal calf serum, L-glutamine, incubated (2-[4 -(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazino]-ethanesulfonic acid) and standard antibiotics, at 37°C in humidified air with 5* CO 2 . 50 µl of the test compound in question in culture medium and 100 µl of HIV-1 in culture medium (800 TCID50/ml) (TCID50 - Tissue Culture Infectious Dose 50 - dose that infects 50* of the MT-2 cells) are brought to 4xl0<3 >exponentially grown MT-2 cells in 50 pl of culture medium per well of 96-well microtiter plates. Parallel aliquots on an additional microtiter plate with cells and test compound contain 100 µl culture medium without virus. After 4 days of incubation in 10 µl of cell supernatant, the reverse transcriptase (RT) activity is determined. RT activity is determined in 50 mM Tris (α,α,α-tris(hydroxymethyl)-methylamine, Ultra pur, Merck, Federal Republic of Germany) pH 7.8, 75 mM KCl, 2 mM dithiothreitol, 5 mM MgCl£; 0.05* Nonidet P-40 (Detergens; Sigma, Svelts), 50 pg/ml polyadenylic acid (Pharmacia, Sweden); 1.6 pg/ml dT( 12-18) (Sigma, Svelts). The mixture is filtered through a 0.45 µm Acrodlsc filter (Gellman Science Inc., Ann Arbor) and stored at -20°C. To an aliquot of this solution, 0.1* (v/v) [α-<32>P]dTTP is added to achieve a final radioactive activity of 10 pCi/ml. 10 µl of the culture supernatant is transferred onto a new 96-well microliter plate and to this is added 30 µl of the aforementioned RT cocktail. After mixing, the plate is incubated in lfc for 3 hours at 37<*>C. 5 µl of this reaction mixture is transferred onto Whatman DE81 paper (Whatman). The dried filter is washed three times for 5 minutes with 300 mM NaCl/25 mM trisodium chloride and once with 95* ethanol and dried again in air. The assessment takes place in a matrix Packard 96-well counter (Packard). The EDgrj values are calculated and defined as the lowest concentration of the test compound in question which lowers the RT activity by 90* compared to cell approaches that have not been treated with the test substance. The RT activity is thus a measure of HIV-1 propagation.
Oppfinnelsens forbindelser viser herved en EDsg-verdi på ca. IO-<5> til 10-<8> M, fortrinnsvis ca. 5 x IO-<7> til 5 x 10-<8> M. The compounds of the invention thereby show an EDsg value of approx. IO-<5> to 10-<8> M, preferably approx. 5 x IO-<7> to 5 x 10-<8> M.
Ved de nedenfor angitte grupper av forbindelser med formel I kan på fornuftig måte, for eksempel ved å erstatte generelle med mer spesielle definisjoner, definisjoner av rester fra de ovenfor angitte generelle definisjoner settes inn eller definisjoner fra de andre grupper føyes inn eller utelates. For the groups of compounds of formula I indicated below, definitions of residues from the above general definitions can be inserted in a reasonable way, for example by replacing general with more specific definitions, or definitions from the other groups can be added or omitted.
I første rekke foretrukket er forbindelser med formel I, der Ri betyr tert-butoksykarbonyl, benzyloksykarbonyl, den via karboksygruppen bundne monovalente rest av aminosyren valin eller den via karboksygruppen bundne rest av den på nitrogenatomet med en av restene fenylacetyl, 3-pyridylacetyl, morfolinokarbonyl, tiomorfolinylkarbonyl, tert-butoksykarbonyl eller benzyloksykarbonyl acylerte alanin, R2 betyr hydrogen, R3 betyr benzyl, R4 betyr hydrogen, R5 betyr hydroksy, Rg betyr hydrogen, R7 betyr lsobutyl, cykloheksylmetyl eller benzyl, Rg betyr hydrogen og Rg betyr en av de for Ri nevnte rester og de asymmetriske karbonatomer som bærer restene R3 og R5 foreligger 1 S-konfIgurasjon, samt de farmakologisk godtagbare salter av disse forbindelser. First and foremost preferred are compounds of formula I, where Ri means tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, the monovalent residue of the amino acid valine bound via the carboxy group or the residue of it bound via the carboxy group on the nitrogen atom with one of the residues phenylacetyl, 3-pyridylacetyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinylcarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl or benzyloxycarbonyl acylated alanine, R2 means hydrogen, R3 means benzyl, R4 means hydrogen, R5 means hydroxy, Rg means hydrogen, R7 means isobutyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl, Rg means hydrogen and Rg means one of those mentioned for Ri residues and the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the residues R3 and R5 exist in the 1 S configuration, as well as the pharmacologically acceptable salts of these compounds.
Særlig foretrukket er en forbindelse med formel I der Particularly preferred is a compound of formula I there
Ri og Rg betyr en over karboksygruppen bundet og på amin-nitrogenet med benzyloksykarbonyl acylert monovalent rest av aminosyren (L)-valin, Ri and Rg mean a monovalent residue of the amino acid (L)-valine bonded above the carboxy group and acylated on the amine nitrogen with benzyloxycarbonyl,
R2, R4, Rg og Rg betyr hydrogen, R2, R4, Rg and Rg are hydrogen,
R3 betyr benzyl, R3 means benzyl,
R5 betyr hydroksy, R5 means hydroxy,
R7 betyr lsobutyl, og R7 means isobutyl, and
karbonatomene som bærer restene R3 og R5 foreligger i S-konfigurasj on, the carbon atoms carrying the residues R3 and R5 exist in S-configuration,
samt et farmakologisk godtagbart salt av en av disse forbindelser, as well as a pharmacologically acceptable salt of one of these compounds,
eller en forbindelse med formel I, der or a compound of formula I, wherein
Ri og Rg betyr en over karboksygruppen bundet og på amln-nitrogenet med benzyloksykarbonyl acylert monovalent rest av aminosyren (L)-valin, Ri and Rg mean a monovalent residue of the amino acid (L)-valine bonded above the carboxy group and acylated on the amln nitrogen with benzyloxycarbonyl,
<R>2» R4» R6 °6 R8 betyr hydrogen, <R>2» R4» R6 °6 R8 means hydrogen,
R3 betyr benzyl, R3 means benzyl,
R5 betyr hydroksy, R5 means hydroxy,
R7 betyr benzyl, og R7 means benzyl, and
de asymmetriske karbonatomer som bærer restene R3 og R5 foreligger i S-konfigurasjon, the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the residues R3 and R5 exist in S-configuration,
samt farmakologisk godtagbare salter av denne forbindelse, as well as pharmacologically acceptable salts of this compound,
eller en forbindelse med formel I, der or a compound of formula I, wherein
Ri og Rg betyr den over karboksygruppen bundne, på amino-nitrogenatornet med 4-tiomorfolinokarbonyl acsrlerte, monovalente rest av aminosyren (L)-valin, Ri and Rg mean the monovalent residue of the amino acid (L)-valine attached above the carboxy group, on the amino nitrogen atom with 4-thiomorpholinocarbonyl acsrled,
Ro, R4, Ra og Rg betyr hydrogen, Ro, R4, Ra and Rg mean hydrogen,
R3 betyr benzyl, R3 means benzyl,
R5 betyr hydroksy, R5 means hydroxy,
R7 betyr lsobutyl, R7 means isobutyl,
og de asymmetriske karbonatomer som bærer restene R3 og R5 foreligger i S-konfIgurasjon, and the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the residues R3 and R5 exist in S-configuration,
samt farmakologisk godtagbare salter av denne forbindelse, as well as pharmacologically acceptable salts of this compound,
eller en forbindelse med formel I, der or a compound of formula I, wherein
R^ og Rg betyr en over karboksygruppen bundet og på amin-nitrogenet med benzyloksykarbonyl acylert monovalent rest av aminosyren (L)-valin, R^ and Rg mean a monovalent residue of the amino acid (L)-valine bonded above the carboxy group and acylated on the amine nitrogen with benzyloxycarbonyl,
R2, R4, Rg og R8 betyr hydrogen, R 2 , R 4 , R 8 and R 8 mean hydrogen,
R3 betyr benzyl, R3 means benzyl,
R5 betyr hydroksy, R5 means hydroxy,
R7 betyr p-cyanobenzyl, R7 means p-cyanobenzyl,
og de asymmetriske karbonatomer som bærer restene R3 og R5 foreligger i S-konfigurasjon, and the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the residues R3 and R5 exist in S configuration,
samt farmakologisk godtagbare salter av denne forbindelse, as well as pharmacologically acceptable salts of this compound,
eller en forbindelse med formel I, der or a compound of formula I, wherein
Ri og Rg betyr den over karboksygruppen bundne, på amino-nitrogenatomet med 4-tiomorfolinokarbonyl acylerte, monovalente rest av aminosyren (L)-isoleucln, Ri and Rg mean the monovalent residue of the amino acid (L)-isoleukin bonded above the carboxy group, on the amino nitrogen atom with 4-thiomorpholinocarbonyl acylated,
R2, R4. R6 °S R8 betyr hydrogen, R2, R4. R6 °S R8 means hydrogen,
R3 betyr benzyl, R3 means benzyl,
R5 betyr hydroksy, R5 means hydroxy,
R7 betyr lsobutyl, R7 means isobutyl,
og de asymmetriske karbonatomer som bærer restene R3 og R5 foreligger i S-konfigurasjon, and the asymmetric carbon atoms carrying the residues R3 and R5 exist in S configuration,
samt farmakologisk godtagbare salter av denne forbindelse. as well as pharmacologically acceptable salts of this compound.
De aller mest foretrukne forbindelser er de som er nevnt i eksemplene samt deres salter. The most preferred compounds are those mentioned in the examples and their salts.
Forbindelsene med formel I og salter av slike forbindelser med minst en saltdannende gruppe fremstilles på i og for seg kjent måte, for eksempel ved at man The compounds of formula I and salts of such compounds with at least one salt-forming group are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by
a) adderer et hydrazinderivat med formelen: a) adds a hydrazine derivative of the formula:
der restene har den ovenfor angitte betydning, på et where the residues have the above meaning, on a
epoksyd med formelen: epoxy with the formula:
der restene har den ovenfor angitte betydning, hvorved de frie funksjonelle grupper med unntak av de 1 reaksjonen deltagende grupper eventuelt foreligger i beskyttet form, og eventuelt spalter av tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper eller b) kondenserer en amlnoforblndelse med formelen: where the residues have the meaning stated above, whereby the free functional groups, with the exception of the groups participating in the 1 reaction, are possibly present in a protected form, and possibly clefts of the protective groups present or b) condenses an amlnocompound with the formula:
der restene har den nevnte betydning, med en syre med where the residues have the aforementioned meaning, with an acid with
formelen: the formula:
eller et reaksjonsdyktlg syrederlvat derav,, hvori R9 har den nevnte betydning, hvorved de frie funksjonelle grupper med unntak av de 1 reaksjonen deltagende grupper eventuelt or a reactive acid derivative thereof, in which R9 has the aforementioned meaning, whereby the free functional groups with the exception of the 1 reaction participating groups possibly
foreligger i beskyttet form, og spalter av eventuelt tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper, eller is present in protected form, and leaves any protective groups present, or
c) kondenserer en amlnoforbindelse med formelen: c) condenses an amlno compound with the formula:
der restene har den angitte betydning, med en syre med where the residues have the indicated meaning, with an acid with
formelen: the formula:
eller reaksjonsdyktlg derivater derav, der Rj har den angitte betydning, hvorved de frie funksjonelle grupper med unntak av de i reaksjonen deltagende grupper eventuelt foreligger i beskyttet form, og spalter av eventuelt tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper, eller d) for fremstilling av forbindelser med formel I, der R^ og Rg betyr to like rester og de øvrige rester har den angitte betydning, kondenserer en dlamlnoforbindelse med formelen: or reactive derivatives thereof, where Rj has the stated meaning, whereby the free functional groups, with the exception of the groups participating in the reaction, are possibly present in protected form, and clefts of any protective groups present, or d) for the preparation of compounds of formula I, where R^ and Rg mean two identical residues and the other residues have the indicated meaning, condenses a dlamlno compound with the formula:
der restene har den angitte betydning, med en for innføring av de identiske rester Rj og Rg egnede syrer eller reaksjonsdyktige syrederlvater derav, hvori R^ og Rg har den sist angitte betydning, hvorved de frie funk- where the residues have the indicated meaning, with an acid suitable for introducing the identical residues Rj and Rg or reactive acid derivatives thereof, in which R^ and Rg have the last indicated meaning, whereby the free functions
sjonelle grupper med unntak av de 1 reaksjonen deltagende grupper eventuelt foreligger 1 beskyttet form, og eventuelt spalter av tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper, eller functional groups with the exception of the 1 groups participating in the reaction, possibly present in 1 protected form, and possibly gaps of protective groups present, or
e) 1 en forbindelse med formel I<*>: e) 1 a compound of formula I<*>:
der R7' betyr hydrogen og de øvrige rester har den ovenfor angitte betydning, fører inn resten R7 ved substitusjon med en forbindelse med formel: where R7' means hydrogen and the other residues have the above meaning, the residue R7 is introduced by substitution with a compound of formula:
der X betyr en avspaltbar gruppe og R7 betyr laverealkyl; where X means a leaving group and R 7 means lower alkyl;
cykloheksyllaverealkyl; eller fenyllaverealkyl, som er usubstituert eller substituert med halogen, laverealkoksy eller cyano, hvorved de frie funksjonelle grupper med unntak av de som deltar 1 reaksjonen eventiielt foreligger i beskyttet form, og eventuelt spalter av tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper, eller cyclohexyl lower alkyl; or phenyl lower alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with halogen, lower alkoxy or cyano, whereby the free functional groups, with the exception of those participating in the reaction, are possibly present in protected form, and possibly clefts of protective groups present, or
f) i en forbindelse med formel I der substituentene R1-R9 har den ovenfor angitte betydning, forutsatt at, i den f) in a compound of formula I where the substituents R1-R9 have the above-mentioned meaning, provided that, in the
angjeldende forbindelse med formel I, minst en funksjonell gruppe er beskyttet med en beskyttelsesgruppe, spalter av tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper, og subject compound of formula I, at least one functional group is protected with a protecting group, clefts of protecting groups present, and
eventuelt overfører en i henhold til et av trinnene a) til possibly transfer according to one of the steps a) to
f) oppnådd forbindelse med formel I med minst en saltdannende gruppe til det tilsvarende salt eller overfører et oppnådd f) obtained compound of formula I with at least one salt-forming group to the corresponding salt or transfers an obtained
salt til den frie forbindelse eller til et annet salt, salt to the free compound or to another salt,
og/eller eventuelt separerer oppnådde isomerblandlnger, og/eller omdanner en av oppfinnelsens forbindelser med formel I til en annen forbindelse Ifølge oppfinnelsen med formel I. and/or optionally separates obtained isomer mixtures, and/or converts one of the invention's compounds with formula I into another compound according to the invention with formula I.
De ovenfor angitte fremgangsmåter skal beskrives nærmere nedenfor: The methods specified above shall be described in more detail below:
Fremgangsmåte a) (addisjon av et amin på et epoksyd): Method a) (addition of an amine to an epoxide):
Den 1 reaksjonen deltagende amlnogruppe i hydrazinderlvatet med formel III har, alt efter betydningen av R7, fortrinnsvis minst et fritt hydrogenatom; den kan imidlertid også selv være derivatisert for å øke hydrazinderivatets reaksjonsevne. The amlno group participating in the 1 reaction in the hydrazine water with formula III has, depending on the meaning of R7, preferably at least one free hydrogen atom; however, it can also itself be derivatized to increase the reactivity of the hydrazine derivative.
Epoksydet med formel IV har særlig en struktur som lar den endestående addisjon av hydrazinderlvatet skje som foretrukket reaksjon. The epoxide of formula IV in particular has a structure which allows the terminal addition of the hydrazine water to take place as a preferred reaction.
Funksjonelle grupper i utgangsmaterlaler hvis omsetning skal unngås, særlig karboksy-, amino- og hydroksygrupper, kan være beskyttet med egnede beskyttelsesgrupper (konvensjonelle beskyttelsesgrupper), som vanligvis anvendes ved syntese av peptidforbindelser, men også av cefalosporiner og penicil-liner samt nukleinsyrederivater og sukkere. Disse beskyttelsesgrupper kan være til stede allerede i de tidlige trinn og skal beskytte de angjeldende funksjonelle grupper mot uønskede bireaksjoner som acylering, foretring og forestring, oksydasjon, solvolyse og så videre. I spesielle tilfeller kan beskyttelsesgruppene utover dette bevirke et selektivt, for eksempel stereoselektivt omsetnlngsforløp. Karakteristisk for beskyttelsesgrupper er at de lett kan spaltes av, det vil si uten uønskede blreaksjoner, for eksempel på solvolytisk, reduktiv, fotolytisk eller også enzymatisk måte, for eksempel også under fysiologiske betingelser. Beskyttelsesgruppe-analoge rester kan Imidlertid også være til stede i sluttproduktene. Forbindelser med formel I med beskyttede funksjonelle grupper kan oppvise en høyere metabolsk stabilitet eller på annen måte forbedrede farmakodynamiske egenskaper enn de tilsvarende forbindelser med frie funksjonelle grupper. I det ovenfor anførte og i det følgende dreier det seg om beskyttelsesgrupper i snevrere betydning når de angjeldende rester Ikke lenger er til stede i sluttproduktene. Functional groups in starting materials whose conversion is to be avoided, especially carboxy, amino and hydroxy groups, can be protected with suitable protecting groups (conventional protecting groups), which are usually used in the synthesis of peptide compounds, but also of cephalosporins and penicillins as well as nucleic acid derivatives and sugars. These protective groups can already be present in the early stages and must protect the relevant functional groups against unwanted side reactions such as acylation, etherification and esterification, oxidation, solvolysis and so on. In special cases, the protective groups can, in addition to this, cause a selective, for example stereoselective turnover process. Characteristic of protective groups is that they can be easily split off, that is to say without unwanted blreactions, for example in a solvolytic, reductive, photolytic or also enzymatic way, for example also under physiological conditions. However, protecting group-analogous residues may also be present in the final products. Compounds of formula I with protected functional groups may exhibit a higher metabolic stability or otherwise improved pharmacodynamic properties than the corresponding compounds with free functional groups. In the above and in the following, it concerns protective groups in a narrower sense when the relevant residues are no longer present in the end products.
Beskyttelsen av funksjonelle grupper med slike beskyttelsesgrupper, beskyttelsesgruppene selv samt deres avspaltnlngs-reaksjoner er for eksempel beskrevet 1 standardverker som J.F.W. McOmle, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London og New York 1973, i Th.W. Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York 1981, i "The Peptides", bind 3 (E. Gross og J. Meienhofer, utg.), Academic Press, London og New York 1981, i "Methoden der organisenen Chemie", Houben-Weyl, 4. opplag, bind 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974, i H.-D. Jakubke og H. Jescheit, "Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine", Verlag Chemie, Weinneim, Deerfield Beach og Basel 1982 og i Jochen Lehmann, "Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharlde und Derivate", Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974. The protection of functional groups with such protecting groups, the protecting groups themselves as well as their cleavage reactions are described, for example, in standard works such as J.F.W. McOmle, "Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry", Plenum Press, London and New York 1973, in Th.W. Green, "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Wiley, New York 1981, in "The Peptides", Volume 3 (E. Gross and J. Meienhofer, eds.), Academic Press, London and New York 1981, in "The Method of organisenen Chemie", Houben-Weyl, 4th edition, volume 15/1, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974, in H.-D. Jakubke and H. Jescheit, "Aminosauren, Peptide, Proteine", Verlag Chemie, Weinneim, Deerfield Beach and Basel 1982 and in Jochen Lehmann, "Chemie der Kohlenhydrate: Monosaccharlde und Derivate", Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart 1974.
En karboksygruppe er for eksempel beskyttet som en ester-gruppe som selektivt kan spaltes av under skummende betingelser. En i forestret form beskyttet karboksygruppe er i første rekke forestret med en laverealkylgruppe som fortrinnsvis er forgrenet i 1-stilling i laverealkylgruppen eller i 1- eller 2-stllling i laverealkylgruppen ved egnede substituenter. A carboxy group is, for example, protected as an ester group which can be selectively cleaved off under foaming conditions. A carboxy group protected in esterified form is primarily esterified with a lower alkyl group which is preferably branched in the 1-position in the lower alkyl group or in the 1- or 2-position in the lower alkyl group with suitable substituents.
En beskyttet karboksygruppe som er forestret med laverealkylgruppe er for eksempel metoksykarbonyl eller etoksykarbonyl. A protected carboxy group which is esterified with a lower alkyl group is, for example, methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl.
En beskyttet karboksygruppe som er forestret med en laverealkylgruppe som er forgrenet i 1-stilllng i laverealkylgruppen er for eksempel tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl som tert-butoksykarbon<y>l• A protected carboxy group that is esterified with a lower alkyl group that is branched in the 1-position of the lower alkyl group is, for example, tert-lower carboxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl<y>l•
En beskyttet karboksygruppe som er forestret med en laverealkylgruppe som er substituert i 1- eller 2-stilling i laverealkylgruppen med egnede substltuenter er for eksempel arylmetoksykarbonyl med en eller to arylrester, der aryl er usubstituert eller betyr med laverealkyl, for eksempel tert-laverealkyl som tert-butyl; laverealkoksy, for eksempel metoksy, hydroksy, halogen, for eksempel klor og/eller nitro mono-, di- eller trisubstituert fenyl, for eksempel benzyloksykarbonyl, for eksempel 4-nltrobenzyloksykarbonyl eller 4—metoksybenzyloksykarbonyl, difenylmetoksykarbonyl eller med de nevnte substituenter substituert difenylmetoksykarbonyl, for eksempel di-(4-metoksyfenyl)-metoksykarbonyl, videre med en laverealkylgruppe forestret karboksy, hvorved laverealkylgruppen er substituert i 1- eller 2-stilling med egnede substituenter som 1-laverealkoksylaverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel metoksymetoksykarbonyl, 1-metoksyetoksykarbonyl eller 1-etoksyetoksykarbonyl, 1-laverealkyltlolaverealkoksy-karbonyl, for eksempel 1-metyltiometoksykarbonyl eller 1- etyltioetoksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvori aroylgruppen eventuelt for eksempel er med halogen som brom, substituert benzoyl, for eksempel fenacyloksykarbonyl, 2- halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brometoksykarbonyl eller 2-jodetoksy-karbonyl samt 2-(trisubstituert silyl)-laverealkoksykarbonyl, der substituentene uavhengig av hverandre hver har en eventuelt, for eksempel med laverealkyl, laverealkoksy, aryl, halogen og/eller nitro substituert allfatisk, aralifatisk, cykloalifatisk eller aromatisk hydrokarbonrest, for eksempel eventuelt som ovenfor substituert laverealkyl, fenyllaverealkyl, cykloalkyl eller fenyl, for eksempel 2-trilaverealkylsilyllaverealkoksykarbonyl som 2-trilaverealkylsilyletoksy-karbonyl, for eksempel 2-trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-silyl)-etoksykarbonyl eller 2-triaryl-silyletoksykarbonyl som trifenylsilyletoksykarbonyl. A protected carboxy group that is esterified with a lower alkyl group that is substituted in the 1- or 2-position of the lower alkyl group with suitable substituents is, for example, arylmethoxycarbonyl with one or two aryl residues, where aryl is unsubstituted or means with lower alkyl, for example tert-lower alkyl as tert -butyl; lower alkoxy, for example methoxy, hydroxy, halogen, for example chlorine and/or nitro mono-, di- or tri-substituted phenyl, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, for example 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl or 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl or diphenylmethoxycarbonyl substituted with the aforementioned substituents, for e.g. di-(4-methoxyphenyl)-methoxycarbonyl, further with a lower alkyl group esterified carboxy, whereby the lower alkyl group is substituted in the 1- or 2-position with suitable substituents such as 1-lower alkyllower oxycarbonyl, for example methoxymethoxycarbonyl, 1-methoxyethoxycarbonyl or 1-ethoxyethoxycarbonyl, 1 -lower alkyllolavereal oxycarbonyl, for example 1-methylthiomethoxycarbonyl or 1-ethylthioethoxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, in which the aroyl group is optionally, for example, with a halogen such as bromine, substituted benzoyl, for example phenacyloxycarbonyl, 2-halo lower realoxycarbonyl, for example 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2 -bromoethoxycarbon yl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl as well as 2-(trisubstituted silyl)-lower alkylcarbonyl, where the substituents independently each have an optionally, for example with lower alkyl, lower alkoxy, aryl, halogen and/or nitro substituted aliphatic, araliphatic, cycloaliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon residue , for example optionally as above substituted lower alkyl, phenyl lower alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl, for example 2-trilower alkylsilyl lower alkyl oxycarbonyl such as 2-trilower alkylsilylethoxycarbonyl, for example 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl or 2 -triaryl-silylethoxycarbonyl such as triphenylsilylethoxycarbonyl.
En karboksygruppe kan også være beskyttet som organiske silyloksykarbonylgrupper. En organisk silyloksykarbonylgruppe er for eksempel en trilaverealkylsilyloksykarbonylgruppe, for eksempel trlmetylsllyloksykarbonyl. Silisiumatoimet til silyloksykarbonylgruppen kan også være substituert med to laverealkylgrupper, for eksempel metylgrupper, og aminogruppen eller karboksygruppen 1 et andre molekyl med formel I. Forbindelsene med slike beskyttelsesgrupper kan fremstilles for eksempel med dimetylklorsilan som silylerlngs-mlddel. A carboxy group can also be protected as organic silyloxycarbonyl groups. An organic silyloxycarbonyl group is, for example, a lower alkylsilyloxycarbonyl group, for example trimethylsilyloxycarbonyl. The silicon atom of the silyloxycarbonyl group can also be substituted with two lower alkyl groups, for example methyl groups, and the amino group or the carboxyl group 1 a second molecule with formula I. The compounds with such protective groups can be prepared, for example, with dimethylchlorosilane as the silylation solvent.
En beskyttet karboksygruppe er fortrinnsvis tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel tert-butoksykarbonyl, benzyloksykarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmetoksykarbonyl eller difenylmetoksykarbonyl. A protected carboxy group is preferably tert-lower oxycarbonyl, for example tert-butoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl or diphenylmethoxycarbonyl.
En beskyttet aminogruppe kan være beskyttet med en amlnobeskyttelsesgruppe, for eksempel i form av en acylamino-, arylmetylamino-, foretret merkaptoamlno-, 2-acyl-laverealk-l-enylamino- eller slly1aminogruppe eller som azldogruppe. A protected amino group can be protected with an amino-protecting group, for example in the form of an acylamino-, arylmethylamino-, etherified mercaptoamino-, 2-acyl-lower alk-1-enylamino- or sly1amino group or as an azido group.
I en tilsvarende acylaminogruppe er acyl for eksempel acylresten til en organisk karboksylsyre med for eksempel opptil 18 karbonatomer, særlig en eventuelt, for eksempel med halogen eller aryl substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre eller eventuelt, for eksempel med halogen, laverealkoksy eller nitro, substituert benzosyre, eller fortrinnsvis en karbonsyrehalvester. Slike acylgrupper er for eksempel laverealkyl som formyl, acetyl, proplonyl eller pivaloyl, halogen-laverealkanoyl, for eksempel 2-halogenacetyl som 2-klor-, 2-brom-, 2-jod-, 2,2,2-trifluor- eller 2,2,2-trikloracetyl, eventuelt for eksempel med halogen, laverealkoksy eller nitro substituert benzoyl som benzoyl, 4-klorbenzoyl, 4-metoksy-benzoyl eller 4-nitrobenzoyl, laverealkoksykarbonyl, fortrinnsvis i 1-stilling i laverealkylresten forgrenet eller i 1- eller 2-stllling egnet substituert laverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl som tert-butoksykarbonyl, arylmetoksykarbonyl med en, to eller tre arylrester som eventuelt, for eksempel med laverealkyl og særlig tert-laverealkyl som tert-butyl, laverealkoksy som metoksy, hydroksy, halogen som klor, og/eller nitro mono-eller polysubstituert fenyl, for eksempel benzyloksykarbonyl, 4-nltrobenzyloksykarbonyl, difenylmetoksykarbonyl, 9—fluorenylmetoksykarbonyl eller di-(4-metoksyfenyl)-metoksykarbonyl, aroylmetoksykarbonyl, hvori aroylgruppen fortrinnsvis er eventuelt med for eksempel halogen som brom, substituert benzoyl, for eksempel fenacyloksykarbonyl, 2—halogen-1averealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 2-brometoksykarbonyl eller 2-jodetoksy-karbonyl, 2-(trisubstituert silyl)-laverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel 2-trllaverealkylsllyllaverealkoksykarbonyl som 2—trimetylsilyletoksykarbonyl eller 2-(di-n-butyl-metyl-sily1)-etoksykarbonyl som triarylsilyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, for eksempel 2-trifenylsllyletoksykarbonyl. In a corresponding acylamino group, acyl is for example the acyl residue of an organic carboxylic acid with, for example, up to 18 carbon atoms, in particular an optionally, for example with halogen or aryl substituted lower alkane carboxylic acid or optionally, for example with halogen, lower alkoxy or nitro, substituted benzoic acid, or preferably a carboxylic acid half-ester. Such acyl groups are, for example, lower alkyl such as formyl, acetyl, proplonyl or pivaloyl, halogen-lower alkanoyl, for example 2-haloacetyl such as 2-chloro-, 2-bromo-, 2-iodo-, 2,2,2-trifluoro- or 2 ,2,2-trichloroacetyl, optionally for example with halogen, lower alkoxy or nitro substituted benzoyl such as benzoyl, 4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-methoxy-benzoyl or 4-nitrobenzoyl, lower alkoxycarbonyl, preferably in the 1-position in the branched lower alkyl residue or in 1- or 2-position suitable substituted lower alkoxycarbonyl, for example tert-lower alkoxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, arylmethoxycarbonyl with one, two or three aryl residues as optional, for example with lower alkyl and especially tert-lower alkyl as tert-butyl, lower alkoxy as methoxy, hydroxy, halogen as chlorine, and/or nitro mono- or polysubstituted phenyl, for example benzyloxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl or di-(4-methoxyphenyl)-methoxycarbonyl, aroylmethoxycarbonyl, in which the aroyl group is preferably optionally with, for example, halogen such as bromine, substituted benzoyl, for example phenacyloxycarbonyl, 2-halo-1averealoxycarbonyl, for example 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 2-bromomethoxycarbonyl or 2-iodoethoxycarbonyl, 2-(trisubstituted silyl )-lower oxycarbonyl, for example 2-tri-lower alkyl slylylave oxycarbonyl such as 2-trimethylsilylethoxycarbonyl or 2-(di-n-butyl-methyl-silyl)-ethoxycarbonyl such as triarylsilyl lower oxycarbonyl, for example 2-triphenylslylethoxycarbonyl.
I en arylmetylamlnogruppe som for eksempel utgjør en mono-, di- eller særlig triarylmetylaminogruppe, er arylrestene spesielt eventuelt substituerte fenylrester. Slike grupper er for eksempel benzyl-, difenylmetyl- eller særlig tritylamino-grupper. In an arylmethylamino group which, for example, constitutes a mono-, di- or especially triarylmethylamino group, the aryl residues are especially optionally substituted phenyl residues. Such groups are, for example, benzyl, diphenylmethyl or especially tritylamino groups.
I en foretret merkaptoaminogruppe foreligger merkaptogruppen i første rekke som substituert aryltio eller aryllaverealkyl-tio der aryl for eksempel er eventuelt med for eksempel laverealkyl som metyl eller tert-butyl, laverealkoksy som metoksy, halogen som klor, og/eller nitro, substituert fenyl, for eksempel 4-nitrofenyltio. In an etherified mercaptoamino group, the mercapto group is primarily present as substituted arylthio or arylloweralkyl-thio, where aryl is, for example, optionally with, for example, loweralkyl such as methyl or tert-butyl, loweralkyl such as methoxy, halogen such as chlorine, and/or nitro, substituted phenyl, for example 4-nitrophenylthio.
I en som aminobeskyttelsesgruppe anvendbar 2-acyl-laverealk-1-enylrest er acyl for eksempel den tilsvarende rest av en laverealkankarboksylsyre, en eventuelt for eksempel med laverealkyl som metyl eller tert-buty-1, laverealkoksy som metoksy, halogen som klor, og/eller nltro, substituert benzosyre, eller særlig en karbonsyrehalvester som en karbonsyre-laverealkylhalvester. Tilsvarende beskyttelsesgrupper er i første rekke l-laverealkanoyl-laverealk-l-en-2-yl, for eksempel l-laverealkanoyl-prop-l-en-2-yl som 1- acetyl-prop-l-en-2-yl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl-lavere-alk-l-en-2-yl, for eksempel laverealkoksykarbonyl-prop-l-en-2- yl som l-etoksykarbonyl-prop-l-en-2-yl. In a 2-acyl-lower alk-1-enyl residue that can be used as an amino protecting group, acyl is, for example, the corresponding residue of a lower alkane carboxylic acid, one optionally with, for example, lower alkyl such as methyl or tert-butyl-1, lower alkoxy such as methoxy, halogen such as chlorine, and/ or nltro, substituted benzoic acid, or in particular a carboxylic acid half-ester such as a carboxylic acid-lower alkyl half-ester. Corresponding protecting groups are primarily l-lower alkanoyl-lower alk-l-en-2-yl, for example l-lower alkanoyl-prop-l-en-2-yl such as 1-acetyl-prop-l-en-2-yl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl, for example lower alkoxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl such as 1-ethoxycarbonyl-prop-1-en-2-yl.
En sily1aminogruppe er for eksempel en trilaverealkylsilyl-amlnogruppe som trlmetylsilylamlno eller tert-butyl-dimetyl-silylamlno. Slllslumatomet 1 sllylaminogrupperi kan være substituert også kun med to laverealkylgrupper, for eksempel metylgrupper, og amlnogruppen eller karboksylgruppen i et andre molekyl med formel I. Forbindelser med slike beskyttelsesgrupper kan for eksempel fremstilles ved hjelp av de tilsvarende klorsllaner som dlmetylklorsllan som silylerings-mlddel. A silylamino group is, for example, a lower alkylsilylamino group such as trimethylsilylamino or tert-butyldimethylsilylamino. The syllium atom 1 in the sylylamino group can also be substituted only with two lower alkyl groups, for example methyl groups, and the amino group or the carboxyl group in a second molecule of formula I. Compounds with such protective groups can, for example, be prepared using the corresponding chloroslans such as dlmethylchloroslan as silylation agent.
En aminogruppe kan også beskyttes ved overføring til protonert form; som tilsvarende anioner kommer 1 første rekke i betraktning de av sterke uorganiske syrer som svovelsyre, fosforsyre eller halogenhydrogensyrer, for eksempel klor-eller bromanionet, eller av organiske sulfonsyrer som p-toluensulfonsyre. An amino group can also be protected by transfer to the protonated form; As corresponding anions, those of strong inorganic acids such as sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid or hydrohalogenic acids, for example the chlorine or bromine anion, or of organic sulphonic acids such as p-toluenesulphonic acid come into consideration.
Foretrukne aminobeskyttelsesgrupper er laverealkoksykarbonyl, fenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, fluorenyllaverealkoksykarbonyl, 2-laverealkanoyl-laverealk-l-en-2-yl eller laverealkoksykarbonyl-laverealk-l-en-2-yl. Preferred amino protecting groups are lower alkoxycarbonyl, phenyl lower alkyl, fluorenyl lower alkyl, 2-lower alkanoyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl or lower alkoxycarbonyl-lower alk-1-en-2-yl.
En hydroksygruppe kan for eksempel være beskyttet med en acylgruppe, for eksempel med halogen som klor, substituert laverealkanoyl som 2,2-dikloracetyl, eller særlig med en for beskyttede aminogrupper nevnt acylrest av en karbonsyrehalvester. En foretrukken hydroksybeskyttelsesgruppe er for eksempel 2,2,2-trikloretoksykarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, difenylmetoksykarbonyl eller trityl. En hydroksygruppe kan videre være beskyttet med trilaverealkylsilyl, for eksempel trimetylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl eller tert-butyl-dimetylsilyl, en lett avspaltbar foretrende gruppe, for eksempel en alkylgruppe som tert-laverealkyl, for eksempel tert-butyl, en oksa- eller en tia-allfatisk eller -cyklo-allfatlsk, og særlig 2-oksa- eller 2-tiaalifatisk eller -cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest, for eksempel 1-lavere-alkoksylaverealkyl eller 1-laverealkyltlolaverealkyl som metoksymetyl, 1-metoksyetyl, 1-etoksyetyl, metyltiometyl, 1-metyltioetyl eller 1-etyltloetyl eller 2-oksa- eller 2-tla-cykloalkyl med 5 til 7 ringatomer som 2-tetrahydrofuryl eller 2- tetrahydropyranyl eller en tilsvarende tiaanalog, samt med 1-fenyllaverealkyl som benzyl, dlfenylmetyl eller trityl, hvorved fenylresten for eksempel kan være substituert med halogen som klor, laverealkoksy som metoksy, og/eller nitro. A hydroxy group can, for example, be protected with an acyl group, for example with halogen such as chlorine, substituted lower alkanoyl such as 2,2-dichloroacetyl, or in particular with an acyl residue of a carboxylic acid half-ester mentioned for protected amino groups. A preferred hydroxy protecting group is, for example, 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, diphenylmethoxycarbonyl or trityl. A hydroxy group can further be protected with tri-lower alkylsilyl, for example trimethylsilyl, triisopropylsilyl or tert-butyl-dimethylsilyl, an easily cleavable etheric group, for example an alkyl group such as tert-lower alkyl, for example tert-butyl, an oxa- or a thia-alphatic or -cyclo-allphatlic, and in particular 2-oxa- or 2-thialiphatic or -cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue, for example 1-lower-alkylloweralkyl or 1-loweralkyltloloweralkyl such as methoxymethyl, 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl, methylthiomethyl, 1-methylthioethyl or 1 -ethyltloethyl or 2-oxa- or 2-tla-cycloalkyl with 5 to 7 ring atoms such as 2-tetrahydrofuryl or 2-tetrahydropyranyl or a corresponding thia analogue, as well as with 1-phenyllower alkyl such as benzyl, dlphenylmethyl or trityl, whereby the phenyl residue can for example be substituted with halogen such as chlorine, lower alkoxy such as methoxy, and/or nitro.
Et 1 et molekyl forekommende nabopar hydroksy- og aminogruppe, kan for eksempel være beskyttet med toverdige beskyttelsesgrupper som en fortrinnsvis, for eksempel med en eller to laverealkylrester eller okso, substituert metylen-gruppe, for eksempel med usubstituert eller substituert alkylIden, for eksempel laverealkylIden som lsopropyliden, cykloalkyliden som cykloheksyliden, en karbonylgruppe eller benzyliden. A neighboring pair of hydroxy and amino groups occurring in 1 molecule can, for example, be protected with divalent protecting groups such as a preferably, for example with one or two lower alkyl residues or oxo, substituted methylene group, for example with unsubstituted or substituted alkylidene, for example lower alkylidene which isopropylidene, cycloalkylidene such as cyclohexylidene, a carbonyl group or benzylidene.
Som beskyttelsesgruppe, for eksempel karboksybeskyttelses-gruppe, Innenfor oppfinnelsens ånd og ramme skal også særlig nevnes en lett avspaltbar polymer bærer som er forbundet med gruppen, for eksempel karboksygruppen, som skal beskyttes, for eksempel slik de er egnet for Merrifield-syntesen. En slik egnet polymer bærer er for eksempel en ved kopolymeri-sering med divinylbenzen svakt fornettet polystyrenharpiks som bærer broledd som er egnet for reversibel binding. As a protecting group, for example a carboxy protecting group, Within the spirit and framework of the invention, mention must also be made of an easily cleavable polymer support which is connected to the group, for example the carboxy group, to be protected, for example as they are suitable for the Merrifield synthesis. Such a suitable polymer carrier is, for example, a polystyrene resin weakly cross-linked by copolymerization with divinylbenzene, which carries bridge links that are suitable for reversible bonding.
Addisjonen av forbindelsene med formel III på epoksydene med formel IV skjer fortrinnsvis under de-for addisjon av nukleofiler på epoksyder vanlige reaksjonsbetingelser. The addition of the compounds of formula III to the epoxides of formula IV takes place preferably under the usual reaction conditions for the addition of nucleophiles to epoxides.
Addisjonen skjer særlig i vandig oppløsning og/eller i nærvær av polare oppløsningsmidler som alkoholer, for eksempel metanol, etanol eller etylenglykol, etere som dioksan, amider som dlmetylformamld, eller fenoler som fenol, også under vannfrle betingelser, 1 apolare oppløsninger som benzen eller toluen, eller 1 benzen:vann-emulsjoner, eventuelt 1 nærvær av sure eller basiske katalysatorer, for eksempel lut som natronlut, eller 1 nærvær av med hydrazln doterte fastfase-katalysatorer som aluminiumoksyd, 1 etere, for eksempel dletyleter, generelt ved temperaturer på ca. 0<*>C til den tilsvarende reaks;]onsblandings koketemperatur, fortrinnsvis mellom 20<*>C og 130<*>C, eventuelt under tllbakeløp, under forhøyet trykk som 1 bomberør, hvorved koketemperaturen også kan overskrides, og/eller under lnert gass som nitrogen eller argon, hvorved hver enkelt av de to forbindelser med formlene III og IV kan foreligge i overskudd, for eksempel i mol-forhold 1:1 til 1:100, fortrinnsvis 1:1 til 1:10 og aller helst 1:1 til 1:3. The addition takes place in particular in aqueous solution and/or in the presence of polar solvents such as alcohols, for example methanol, ethanol or ethylene glycol, ethers such as dioxane, amides such as dimethylformamide, or phenols such as phenol, also under anhydrous conditions, 1 apolar solutions such as benzene or toluene . 0<*>C to the corresponding reaction mixture's boiling temperature, preferably between 20<*>C and 130<*>C, possibly under reflux, under elevated pressure such as 1 bomb tube, whereby the boiling temperature can also be exceeded, and/or under lnert gas such as nitrogen or argon, whereby each of the two compounds with the formulas III and IV can be present in excess, for example in a molar ratio of 1:1 to 1:100, preferably 1:1 to 1:10 and most preferably 1: 1 to 1:3.
Frisettingen av de beskyttede grupper skjer eventuelt i henhold til de under fremgangsmåte f) (avspalting av beskyttende grupper) beskrevne metoder. The release of the protected groups takes place according to the methods described under method f) (removal of protective groups).
Frem<g>an<g>småte b) (fremstilling av en amidbinding): Method b) (preparation of an amide bond):
I utgangsmaterlalene i formlene V og VI er funksjonelle grupper med unntak av grupper som skal delta 1 reaksjonen eller som ikke reagerer under reaksjonsbetingelsene, uavhengig av hverandre beskyttet ved en av de under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte beskyttelsesgrupper. In the starting materials in the formulas V and VI, functional groups, with the exception of groups which are to participate in the reaction or which do not react under the reaction conditions, are independently protected by one of the protective groups mentioned under method a).
Forbindelsene med formel VI inneholder en fri karboksy-eller sulfogruppe og reaksjonsdyktlge syrederivater derav, for eksempel de avledede aktiverte estere eller reaksjonsdyktige anhydrider, videre reaksjonsdyktlge cykllske amider. De reaksjonsdyktlge syrederivater kan også dannes in situ. The compounds of formula VI contain a free carboxy or sulfo group and reactive acid derivatives thereof, for example the derived activated esters or reactive anhydrides, further reactive cyclic amides. The reactive acid derivatives can also be formed in situ.
Aktiverte estere av forbindelsene med formel Vi med ende-atående karhoksvariinner er særliff nå forbindelseskarbonatomet Activated esters of the compounds of formula Vi with end-to-end varhox variants are special now the compound carbon atom
1 resten som skal forestres umettede estere, for eksempel av vlnylestertypen som vlnylester (oppnåelig for eksempel ved omsetning av en tilsvarende ester med vinylacetat; metoden med aktivert vlnylester), karbamoylestere (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syren med en lsoksazollumreagens; 1,2-oksazolium- eller Woodward-metoden), eller 1—laverealkoksyvinylester (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med et laverealkoksy-acetylen; etoksyacetylen-metoden), eller estere av amldlno-typen som N,N'-disubstituert amlnoester (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med et egnet N,N<*->disubstituert karbodllmid, for eksempel N,N'-dicyklo-heksylkarbodllmid; karbodlimld-metoden), eller N,N-disubsti-tuerte amldinoestere (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med et N,N-disubstituert cyanamid; cyanamld-metoden), egnede arylestere, særlig med elektron-tiltrekkende substituenter på egnet måte substituerte fenylestere (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med en egnet substituert fenol, for eksempel 4-nitrofenol, 4—metylsulfonylfenol, 2,4,5-triklorfenol, 2,3,4,5,6-pentaklorfenol eller 4—fenyldiazofenol, i nærvær av et kondensasjonsmlddel som (N,N'-dicykloheksylkarbodiimid; metoden med aktivert arylester) cyanmetylester (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med klor-acetonitril i nærvær av en base; cyanmetylester-metoden), tioestere og særlig eventuelt for eksempel med nitro substituert fenyltioester (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med eventuelt, for eksempel med nitro, substituerte tiofenoler, blant annet ved hjelp av anhydrid- eller karbodlimld-metoden; metoden med den aktive tiolester), eller særlig amino- eller amidoestere (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syren med en N-hydroksyamino- henholdsvis N-hydroksyamido-forbindelse, for eksempel N-hydroksysuccinimid, N-hydroksy-piperidin, N-hydroksyftallmid, N-hydroksy-5-norbornen-2,3-dlkarboksylsyrelmld, 1-hydroksybenztriazol eller 3-hydroksy-3,4-dihydro-l,2,3-benztriazin-4-on, for eksempel i henhold til anhydrid- eller karbodlimld-metoden; metoden med aktivert N-hydroksyester). Man kan også anvende indre estere, for eksempel -y-laktoner. 1 the residue to be esterified unsaturated esters, for example of the woolen ester type such as woolen ester (obtainable for example by reacting a corresponding ester with vinyl acetate; the activated woolen ester method), carbamoyl esters (obtainable for example by treating the corresponding acid with an isoxazolum reagent; 1, 2-oxazolium or Woodward method), or 1-lower oxyvinyl ester (obtainable, for example, by treating the corresponding acid with a lower alkoxyacetylene; ethoxyacetylene method), or esters of the amldlno type such as N,N'-disubstituted amlnoester ( obtainable for example by treatment of the corresponding acid with a suitable N,N<*->disubstituted carbodilmid, for example N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodillimide; the carbodilmid method), or N,N-disubstituted amldinoesters (obtainable for for example by treating the corresponding acid with an N,N-disubstituted cyanamide; the cyanamld method), suitable aryl esters, especially with electron-withdrawing substituents suitably substituted pheny esters (obtainable for example by treatment of the corresponding acid with a suitable substituted phenol, for example 4-nitrophenol, 4-methylsulfonylphenol, 2,4,5-trichlorophenol, 2,3,4,5,6-pentachlorophenol or 4-phenyldiazophenol , in the presence of a condensing agent such as (N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; the activated aryl ester method) cyanomethyl ester (obtainable for example by treating the corresponding acid with chloroacetonitrile in the presence of a base; the cyanomethyl ester method), thioesters and in particular optionally for example with nitro substituted phenylthioester (obtainable for example by treating the corresponding acid with optionally, for example with nitro, substituted thiophenols, including by means of the anhydride or carbodilimld method; the method with the active thiol ester), or especially amino or amido esters (obtainable, for example, by treating the corresponding acid with a N -hydroxyamino- or N-hydroxyamido compound, for example N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxy-piperidine, N-hydroxyphthalimide, N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dlcarboxylic acid lmld, 1-hydroxybenztriazole or 3-hydroxy-3, 4-dihydro-1,2,3-benztriazin-4-one, for example according to the anhydride or carbodilimld method; the activated N-hydroxyester method). One can also use internal esters, for example -y-lactones.
Anhydrider av syrer kan være symmetriske eller fortrinnsvis blandede anhydrider av disse syrer, for eksempel anhydrider med uorganiske syrer som syrehalogenider og særlig syre-klorlder (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med tlonylklorid, fosforpentaklorld, fosgen eller oksalylklorld; syrekloridmetoden), azider (oppnåelig for eksempel fra en tilsvarende syreester via det tilsvarende hydrazld og dettes behandling med under salpetersyre; azldmetoden), anhydrider med karbonsyrehalvestere, for eksempel karbonsyrelaverealkylhalvestere (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med klormaur-syrelaverealkylestere eller med et l-laverealkoksykarbonyl-2-laverealkoksy-1,2-dihydrokinolin; metoden med blandet 0—alkylkarbonsyreanhydrid), eller anhydrider med dlhaloge-nerte og særlig diklorerte fosforsyrer (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med fosforyl-oksyklorid; fosforoksykloridmetoden), anhydrider med andre fosforsyrederivater (for eksempel slike som man kan oppnå med fenyl-N-fenylfosforamidokloridat eller ved omsetning av alkylfosforsyreamider i nærvær av sulfonsyreanhydrider og/eller racemiseringsreduserende additiver som N-hydroksy-benztrlazol, eller i nærvær av cyanofosfonsyredietylestere) eller med under fosforsyrederivater eller anhydrider med organiske syrer som blandede anhydrider med organiske karboksylsyrer (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med et eventuelt substituert laverealkan-eller fenyllaverealkankarboksylsyrenalogenid, for eksempel fenyleddik-, pivalin- eller trifluoreddiksyreklorld; metoden med blandede karboksylsyreanhydrider)*eller med organiske sulfonsyrer (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av et salt, for eksempel et alkalimetallsalt, av den tilsvarende syre med et egnet sulfonsyrehalogenid som laverealkan- eller arvl-. for eksenmel metan- eller D-toluensulfonsvreklorid: metode med blandede sulfonsyreanhydrIder) samt symmetriske anhydrider (oppnåelig for eksempel ved kondensasjon av den tilsvarende syre i nærvær av et karbodlimid eller av en dletylamlnopropln; metoden med symmetriske anhydrider). Anhydrides of acids can be symmetrical or preferably mixed anhydrides of these acids, for example anhydrides with inorganic acids such as acid halides and especially acid chlorides (obtainable for example by treating the corresponding acid with thlonyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride, phosgene or oxalyl chloride; the acid chloride method), azides (obtainable for example from a corresponding acid ester via the corresponding hydrazld and its treatment with nitric acid; the azld method), anhydrides with carboxylic acid half-esters, for example carboxylic acid lower alkyl half-esters (obtainable for example by treating the corresponding acid with chloroformic acid lower alkyl esters or with a l-lower oxycarbonyl- 2-lower oxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline; the mixed 0-alkylcarboxylic acid anhydride method), or anhydrides with dihalogenated and especially dichlorinated phosphoric acids (obtainable, for example, by treating the corresponding acid with phosphoryl oxychloride; the phosphoric oxychloride method), anhydrides with other phosphoric acid derivatives vats (for example, such as can be obtained with phenyl-N-phenylphosphoramidochloridate or by reacting alkylphosphoric acid amides in the presence of sulfonic anhydrides and/or racemization-reducing additives such as N-hydroxy-benztrlazole, or in the presence of cyanophosphonic acid diethyl esters) or with phosphoric acid derivatives or anhydrides with organic acids as mixed anhydrides with organic carboxylic acids (obtainable, for example, by treating the corresponding acid with an optionally substituted lower alkane or phenyl lower alkane carboxylic acid halide, for example phenylacetic, pivalinic or trifluoroacetic acid chloride; the method with mixed carboxylic acid anhydrides)*or with organic sulphonic acids (obtainable, for example, by treating a salt, for example an alkali metal salt, of the corresponding acid with a suitable sulphonic acid halide such as lower alkane- or arvl-. for exenmel methane- or D-toluenesulfonic chloride: method with mixed sulphonic acid anhydrides) as well as symmetrical anhydrides (obtainable, for example, by condensation of the corresponding acid in the presence of a carbodiimide or of a dlethylamnolpropln; the method with symmetrical anhydrides).
Egnede cykliske amider er særlig amider med 5-leddede dlazacykler av aromatisk type som amider med imidazoler, for eksempel lmidazol (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av den tilsvarende syre med N,N'-karbonyldilmidazol; lmidazol-metoden), eller pyrazol, for eksempel 3,5-dimetylpyrazol (oppnåelig for eksempel via syrehydrazidet ved behandling med acetylaceton; pyrazolid-metoden). Suitable cyclic amides are in particular amides with 5-membered dlazacycles of the aromatic type such as amides with imidazoles, for example imidazole (obtainable for example by treating the corresponding acid with N,N'-carbonyldilimidazole; the imidazole method), or pyrazole, for example 3,5-dimethylpyrazole (obtainable, for example, via the acid hydrazide by treatment with acetylacetone; the pyrazolid method).
Som nevnt kan derivater av karboksylsyrer som anvendes som acyleringsmldler også dannes ln situ. Således kan man for eksempel danne N,N'-disubstituerte amidinoestere in situ idet man bringer blandingen av utgangsmaterlalet med formel V og den som acyleringsmiddel anvendte syre til reaksjon i nærvær av et egnet N,N'-disubstltuert karbodlimid, for eksempel N,N'-cykloheksylkarbodiimid. Videre kan man danne amino-eller amidoestere av de som acyleringsmldler anvendte syrer i nærvær av utgangsmaterlalet med formel V som skal acyleres, idet man omsetter blandingen av de tilsvarende syre- og amlnoutgangsstoffer i nærvær av et N,N'-disubstituert karbodlimid, for eksempel N,N'-dicykloheksylkarbodiimid og et N-hydroksyamin eller N-hydroksy-amid, for eksempel N-hydroksysuccinimid, eventuelt 1 nærvær av en egnet base som 4-dimetylamlno-pyridin. Videre kan man ved omsetning med N,N,N<*>,N'-tetraalkyluroniumforbindelser som O-benztriazol-1-yl-N,N,N' ,-tetrametyl-uronium-heksafluorfosfat, 0-(l ,2-dihydro-2-okso-l-pyridyl)-N,N,N',N'-tetrametyluronium-tetrafluorborat eller 0-(3,4-dihydro-4-okso-l,2,3-benz-triazolin-3-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetrametyluronium-tetrafluorborat oppnå aktivering in situ. Til slutt kan fosforsyreanhydrider av karboksylsyrene med formel Vi og VII fremstilles in situ Idet et alkylfosforsyreamid som heksametylfosforsyretrlamid omsettes i nærvær av et sulfonsyreanhydrid som 4-toluen-sulfonsyreanhydrld med et salt som et tetrafluorborat, for eksempel natrlumtetrafluorborat, eller med et annet derivat av heksametylfosforsyretrlamlder som benzotriazol-l-yl-oksy-tris-(dlmetylamlno)-fosfonium-heksafluorid, fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et racemlseringssenkende additiv som N-hydroksybenztriazol. As mentioned, derivatives of carboxylic acids that are used as acylating agents can also be formed in situ. Thus, for example, N,N'-disubstituted amidinoesters can be formed in situ by reacting the mixture of the starting material with formula V and the acid used as acylating agent in the presence of a suitable N,N'-disubstituted carbodiimide, for example N,N '-cyclohexylcarbodiimide. Furthermore, amino or amido esters of the acids used as acylating agents can be formed in the presence of the starting material of formula V to be acylated, reacting the mixture of the corresponding acid and amino starting materials in the presence of an N,N'-disubstituted carbodiimide, for example N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide and an N-hydroxyamine or N-hydroxyamide, for example N-hydroxysuccinimide, optionally in the presence of a suitable base such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine. Furthermore, by reaction with N,N,N<*>,N'-tetraalkyluronium compounds such as O-benztriazol-1-yl-N,N,N',-tetramethyl-uronium-hexafluorophosphate, 0-(1,2-dihydro -2-oxo-1-pyridyl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate or O-(3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-1,2,3-benz-triazolin-3-yl )-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate achieve activation in situ. Finally, phosphoric anhydrides of the carboxylic acids of formulas Vi and VII can be prepared in situ by reacting an alkylphosphoric acid amide such as hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide in the presence of a sulfonic acid anhydride such as 4-toluenesulfonic acid anhydride with a salt such as a tetrafluoroborate, for example sodium tetrafluoroborate, or with another derivative of hexamethylphosphoric acid triamide such as benzotriazol-1-yl-oxy-tris-(dlmethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluoride, preferably in the presence of a racemization-decreasing additive such as N-hydroxybenztriazole.
På analog måte kan flere av de ovenfor for karboksylsyre med formel VI angitte reaksjonstyper også gjennomføres for forbindelser med formel III med endestående sulfonylgruppe ved kondensasjon med forbindelser med formel V til sulfon-amider. In an analogous manner, several of the reaction types specified above for carboxylic acid with formula VI can also be carried out for compounds with formula III with a terminal sulfonyl group by condensation with compounds with formula V to form sulfonamides.
Således kan man for eksempel anvende aktiverte sulfonsyre-estere, for eksempel de tilsvarende og særlig med nitro-grupper substituerte arylestere som fenylester, hvorved aminkomponenten med formel V også kan anvendes som alkali-metallamid, for eksempel alkalimetallarylamid som natrium-anlllnamld, eller alkallmetallsalt av nltrogenholdlge heterocykler som kalium-pyrrolid. Thus, for example, activated sulfonic acid esters can be used, for example the corresponding and particularly nitro-group substituted aryl esters such as phenyl ester, whereby the amine component of formula V can also be used as an alkali metal amide, for example an alkali metal aryl amide such as sodium anlllnamld, or an alkali metal salt of Nitrogen-containing heterocycles such as potassium pyrrolide.
Videre kan man anvende reaksjonsdyktlge anhydrider som for eksempel de tilsvarende symmetriske (fremstillbar for eksempel ved omsetning av de alkylsulfonsyresølvsalter med alkylsulfonylklorider) eller fortrinnsvis asymmetriske syreklorider, for eksempel anhydrider med uorganiske syrer som sulfonylhalogenlder og særlig sulfonylklorld (oppnåelig for eksempel ved omsetning av de tilsvarende sulfonsyrer med uorganiske syreklorider som tionylklorid, fosforpentaklorid), med organiske karboksylsyre (oppnåelig for eksempel ved behandling av et sulfonsyrehalogenid med saltet av en karboksylsyre som et alkallmetallsalt, analog den ovenfor nevnte metode med blandede sulfonsyreanhydrider)\ eller azlder (oppnåelig for eksempel fra det tilsvarende sulfon-syreklorid og natriumazid eller via tilsvarende hydrazid og dettes behandling med under salpetersyre analogt den ovenfor angitte azidmetode). Furthermore, one can use reactive anhydrides such as, for example, the corresponding symmetrical ones (producible, for example, by reacting the alkylsulfonic acid silver salts with alkylsulfonyl chlorides) or preferably asymmetric acid chlorides, for example, anhydrides with inorganic acids such as sulfonyl halides and especially sulfonyl chlorides (obtainable, for example, by reacting the corresponding sulfonic acids with inorganic acid chlorides such as thionyl chloride, phosphorus pentachloride), with organic carboxylic acids (obtainable, for example, by treating a sulfonic acid halide with the salt of a carboxylic acid as an alkali metal salt, analogous to the above-mentioned method with mixed sulfonic anhydrides)\ or azlder (obtainable, for example, from the corresponding sulfone -acid chloride and sodium azide or via corresponding hydrazide and its treatment with nitric acid analogously to the azide method indicated above).
Aminogruppen med formel V som deltar 1 reaksjonen bærer fortrinnsvis minst et reaksjonsdyktig hydrogenatom, særlig når den dermed reagerende karboksy-, sulfonyl- eller fosforylgruppe foreligger i reaksjonsdyktig form; de kan imidlertid også selv være derivatisert, for eksempel ved omsetning med en fosfitt som dietylklorfosfitt, 1,2—fenylen-klorfosfitt, etyldiklorfosfitt, etylenklorfosfitt eller tetraetylpyrofosfitt. Et derivat av en slik forbindelse med en aminogruppe er for eksempel også et karbamlnsyreklorld eller et lsocyanat, hvorved den 1 reaksjonen deltagende aminogruppe for eksempel er substituert med halogenkarbonyl som klorkarbonyl eller omdannet som lsocyanatgruppe, hvorved det i det sistnevnte tilfellet kun er tilgjengelige forbindelser med formel I som på nitrogenatornet 1 amldgruppen som er dannet ved reaksjonen, bærer et hydrogenatom. The amino group of formula V which participates in the reaction preferably carries at least one reactive hydrogen atom, particularly when the thus reacting carboxy, sulfonyl or phosphoryl group is present in a reactive form; however, they can also themselves be derivatized, for example by reaction with a phosphite such as diethyl chlorophosphite, 1,2-phenylene chlorophosphite, ethyl dichlorophosphite, ethylene chlorophosphite or tetraethyl pyrophosphite. A derivative of such a compound with an amino group is, for example, also a carbamlnic acid chloride or an isocyanate, whereby the amino group participating in the reaction is, for example, substituted with halocarbonyl as a chlorocarbonyl or converted as an isocyanate group, whereby in the latter case only compounds of the formula are available I as on the nitrogen atom 1 the amld group formed by the reaction carries a hydrogen atom.
Kondensasjonen for fremstilling av en amidblnding kan skje på i og for seg kjent måte, for eksempel som beskrevet i standardverker som "Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organischen Chemie", 4. opplag, bind 15/11 (1974), bind IX (1955), bind E 11 (1985), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, "The Peptides" (E. Gross og J. Neienhofer, Eg.), bind 1 og 2, Academlc Press, London og New York, 1979/1980, eller M. Bodansky, "Principles of Peptide Synthesis", Springer Verlag, Berlin 1984. The condensation to produce an amide mixture can take place in a manner known per se, for example as described in standard works such as "Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organischen Chemie", 4th edition, volume 15/11 (1974), volume IX (1955 ), Volume E 11 (1985), Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart, "The Peptides" (E. Gross and J. Neienhofer, Eg.), Volumes 1 and 2, Academlc Press, London and New York, 1979/1980, or M. Bodansky, "Principles of Peptide Synthesis", Springer Verlag, Berlin 1984.
Kondensasjonen av en fri karboksylsyre med et tilsvarende amin kan fortrinnsvis gjennomføres i nærvær av et av de vanlige kondensasjonsmldler eller under anvendelse av karboksylsyreanhydrider eller -halogenider som -klorider, eller aktiverte karboksylsyreester som p-nitrofenylestere. Vanlige kondensasjonsmldler er for eksempel karbodiimider som dietyl-, dipropyl-, N-etyl-N'-(3-dimetylaminopropyl)-karbodlimid eller særlig dicykloheksylkarbodiimid, videre egnede karbonylforbindelser som karbonyllmidazol, 1,2-oksa-zollumforbindelser, for eksempel 2-etyl-5-fenyl-l,2-oksazolium-3'-sulfonat og 2-tert-butyl-5-metylisoksazoliumper-klorat eller en egnet acylaminoforbindelse som 2-etoksy-l-etoksykarbonyl-l,2-dihydrokinolin, N,N,N',N'-tetraalkyl-uroniumforbindelser som 0-benztrlazol-l-yl-N,N,N'.N'-tetra-metyluronium-heksafluorfosfat, videre aktiverte fosforsyrederivater, for eksempel difenylfosforylazid, dietylfosforyl-cyanid, fenyl-N-fenylfosforoamidokloridat, bis-(2-okso-3-oksazolidinyl)-fosfinsyreklorid eller 1-benztriazolyloksy-tris-(dimetylamino)-fosfonium-heksafluorfosfat. The condensation of a free carboxylic acid with a corresponding amine can preferably be carried out in the presence of one of the usual condensation agents or using carboxylic acid anhydrides or halides such as chlorides, or activated carboxylic acid esters such as p-nitrophenyl esters. Common condensation agents are, for example, carbodiimides such as diethyl-, dipropyl-, N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide or especially dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, further suitable carbonyl compounds such as carbonylimidazole, 1,2-oxazolium compounds, for example 2-ethyl -5-phenyl-1,2-oxazolium-3'-sulfonate and 2-tert-butyl-5-methylisoxazolium perchlorate or a suitable acylamino compound such as 2-ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbonyl-1,2-dihydroquinoline, N,N, N',N'-tetraalkyl-uronium compounds such as O-benztrlazol-1-yl-N,N,N'.N'-tetra-methyluronium hexafluorophosphate, further activated phosphoric acid derivatives, for example diphenylphosphoryl azide, diethylphosphoryl cyanide, phenyl-N- phenylphosphoroamidochloridate, bis-(2-oxo-3-oxazolidinyl)-phosphinic acid chloride or 1-benztriazolyloxy-tris-(dimethylamino)-phosphonium hexafluorophosphate.
Eventuelt tilsetter man en organisk base, fortrinnsvis et tertiært amin, for eksempel et trllaverealkylamln med voluminøse rester, for eksempel etyldllsopropylamln eller trietylamin, og/eller en heterocyklisk base som 4-dimetyl-amlnopyrldin eller fortrinnsvis N-metylmorfolin eller pyridin. Optionally, one adds an organic base, preferably a tertiary amine, for example a lower alkylamine with bulky residues, for example ethyl dlisopropylamine or triethylamine, and/or a heterocyclic base such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine or preferably N-methylmorpholine or pyridine.
Kondensasjonen av aktiverte estere, reaksjonsdyktlge anhydrider eller reaksjonsdyktlge cykllske amider med de tilsvarende aminer gjennomføres vanligvis 1 nærvær av en organisk base, for eksempel enkle trilaverealkylaminer som trietylamin eller tributylamin, eller en av de ovenfor nevnte organiske baser. Eventuelt anvender man 1 tillegg ytterligere et kondensasjonsmlddel slik det er beskrevet for frie karboksylsyrer. The condensation of activated esters, reactive anhydrides or reactive cyclic amides with the corresponding amines is usually carried out in the presence of an organic base, for example simple trilower alkylamines such as triethylamine or tributylamine, or one of the above-mentioned organic bases. Optionally, one additionally uses a condensation agent as described for free carboxylic acids.
Kondensasjonen av syreanhydrider med aminer kan for eksempel skje 1 nærvær av uorganiske karbonater som ammonium- eller alkallmetallkarbonater eller hydrogenkarbonater som natrium-eller kallumkarbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat (hvis ønskelig sammen med et sulfat). The condensation of acid anhydrides with amines can, for example, take place in the presence of inorganic carbonates such as ammonium or alkali metal carbonates or hydrogen carbonates such as sodium or potassium carbonate or hydrogen carbonate (if desired together with a sulfate).
Karboksylsyreklorlder, for eksempel de fra syren med formel VI avledede klorkarbonsyrederivater, eller sulfonsyre-klorider, kondenseres med de tilsvarende aminer fortrinnsvis i nærvær av et organisk amin, for eksempel det ovenfor nevnte trllaverealkylamln eller heterocykliske baser, eventuelt i nærvær av et hydrogensulfat. Carboxylic acid chlorides, for example the chlorocarbonic acid derivatives derived from the acid with formula VI, or sulphonic acid chlorides, are condensed with the corresponding amines preferably in the presence of an organic amine, for example the above-mentioned lower alkylamine or heterocyclic bases, optionally in the presence of a hydrogen sulphate.
Kondensasjonen gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et inert, aprotlsk, fortrinnsvis vannfritt oppløsningsmlddel eller en blanding av slike, for eksempel 1 et karboksylsyreamid som formamld eller dimetylformamid, en halogenert hydrokarbon som metylenklorid, karbontetraklorid eller klorbenzen, et keton som aceton, en cyklisk eter som tetrahydrofuran, en ester som eddiksyreetylester eller et nitril som acetonitril, eller i en blanding derav, eventuelt ved lavere eller høyere temperatur, for eksempel i et temperaturområde fra ca. —40'C til +100<*>C og fortrinnsvis fra -10*C til +50<*>C, når det gjelder arylsulfonylestere også ved ca. +100°C til +200<*>C og eventuelt under inert gass-, for eksempel nitrogen- eller argonatmosfære. The condensation is preferably carried out in an inert, aprotic, preferably anhydrous solvent or a mixture thereof, for example 1 a carboxylic acid amide such as formaldehyde or dimethylformamide, a halogenated hydrocarbon such as methylene chloride, carbon tetrachloride or chlorobenzene, a ketone such as acetone, a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, a ester such as acetic acid ethyl ester or a nitrile such as acetonitrile, or in a mixture thereof, optionally at a lower or higher temperature, for example in a temperature range from approx. -40'C to +100<*>C and preferably from -10*C to +50<*>C, in the case of arylsulfonyl esters also at approx. +100°C to +200<*>C and possibly under an inert gas atmosphere, for example nitrogen or argon.
Også vandige og for det meste alkoholiske, for eksempel etanol, eller aromatiske oppløsnlngsmldler, for eksempel benzen eller toluen, er mulige. Ved nærvær av alkall-hydroksyder som baser kan man eventuelt også tilsettes aceton. Also aqueous and mostly alcoholic, for example ethanol, or aromatic solvents, for example benzene or toluene, are possible. In the presence of alkali hydroxides as bases, acetone can optionally also be added.
Kondensasjonen kan også gjennomføres 1 henhold til den som fastfase-syntese kjente teknikk, som føres tilbake til R. Merrifield og som for eksempel er beskrevet i "Angew. Chem.", 97. 801-812 (1985), "Naturvissenschaften", 71, 252-258 (1984) eller i R.A. Houghten, "Proe. Nati. Acad. Sei.", USA 82, 5131-5136 (1985). The condensation can also be carried out according to the technique known as solid-phase synthesis, which goes back to R. Merrifield and which is described, for example, in "Angew. Chem.", 97. 801-812 (1985), "Naturvissenschaften", 71 , 252-258 (1984) or in R.A. Houghten, "Proe. Nati. Acad. Sei.", USA 82, 5131-5136 (1985).
Alt efter de anvendte utgangsforbindelser kan restene R^ og Rg i de oppnåelige forbindelser med formel I være Identiske eller forskjellige fra hverandre. Depending on the starting compounds used, the residues R^ and Rg in the obtainable compounds of formula I can be identical or different from each other.
Frisetting av beskyttede grupper skjer eventuelt i henhold til den nedenfor under fremgangsmåte f) (avspalting av beskyttende grupper) beskrevne metoder. Release of protected groups takes place according to the methods described below under method f) (removal of protective groups).
Fremgan<g>småte c) (fremstilling av en amidbinding) Process c) (preparation of an amide bond)
I utgangsmaterialene med formlene VII og VIII er funksjonelle grupper med unntak av grupper som skal delta 1 reaksjonen eller som ikke reagerer under reaksjonsbetingelsene, uavhengig av hverandre beskyttet med en av de under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte beskyttelsesgrupper. In the starting materials with the formulas VII and VIII, functional groups, with the exception of groups which are to participate in the reaction or which do not react under the reaction conditions, are independently protected with one of the protective groups mentioned under method a).
Fremgangsmåten er fullstendig analog de under fremgangsmåte b) nevnte, når man 1 stedet for forbindelser med formel V anvender forbindelser med formel VII og i stedet for The procedure is completely analogous to those mentioned under procedure b), when 1 instead of compounds of formula V, compounds of formula VII are used and instead of
forbindelser med formel VI anvender slike med formel VIII og ved acyleringen anvender Rj i stedet for Rg på. forbindelser med formel VII i stedet for forbindelser med formel V. compounds of formula VI use those of formula VIII and in the acylation use Rj instead of Rg on. compounds of formula VII instead of compounds of formula V.
Alt efter anvendte utgangsforbindelser kan restene R^ og Rg i de oppnåelige forbindelser med formel I være like eller forskjellige fra hverandre. Depending on the starting compounds used, the residues R^ and Rg in the obtainable compounds of formula I may be the same or different from each other.
Frisettingen av beskyttede grupper skjer eventuelt i henhold til den nedenfor under fremgangsmåte f) (avspalting av beskyttende grupper) beskrevne metoder. The release of protected groups may take place according to the methods described below under procedure f) (removal of protective groups).
Fremgangsmåte d) (fremstilling av en amidbinding) Method d) (preparation of an amide bond)
I utgangsmaterialene med formel IX og de for innføring av de identiske rester R^ og Rg egnede syrer eller deres reaksjonsdyktlge derivater er funksjonelle grupper som ikke skal delta i reaksjonen eller som ikke reagerer under reaksjonsbetingelsene, uavhengig av hverandre beskyttet med av en av de under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte beskyttelsesgrupper. In the starting materials of formula IX and the acids suitable for the introduction of the identical residues R^ and Rg or their reactive derivatives, functional groups which are not to participate in the reaction or which do not react under the reaction conditions are independently protected by one of the a) said protective groups.
Den for innføring av de identiske rester R^ og Rg egnede syre har fortrinnsvis en av formlene VI eller VIII. The acid suitable for introducing the identical residues R^ and Rg preferably has one of the formulas VI or VIII.
Fortrinnsvis som, eventuelt med beskyttelsesgrupper beskyttet utgangsforblndelser med formel IX er de med formel II som beskrevet under avsnittet om utgangsforblndelsene. Preferably, starting compounds of formula IX, optionally protected with protective groups, are those of formula II as described under the section on the starting compounds.
Fremgangsmåten er fullstendig analog de som er nevnt under fremgangsmåte b), hvorved man 1 stedet for forbindelser med formel V anvender slike med formel IX og 1 stedet for forbindelser med formel VI anvender slike med formlene VI eller VIII. The method is completely analogous to those mentioned under method b), whereby 1 instead of compounds of formula V those of formula IX are used and 1 instead of compounds of formula VI those of formulas VI or VIII are used.
Frisettingen av beskyttede grupper skjer eventuelt i henhold til den nedenfor under fremgangsmåte f) (avspaltlng av beskyttende grupper) beskrevne metoder. The release of protected groups may take place according to the methods described below under method f) (removal of protective groups).
Frem<g>an<g>småte e) (alkylerlng av et sekundært nitrogenatom) Method e) (alkylation of a secondary nitrogen atom)
I utgangsmaterlaler med formel I' og de for innføring av restene R7 egnede forbindelser med formel XII eller deres reaksjonsdyktlge derivater er funksjonelle grupper som ikke skal delta i reaksjonen eller som ikke reagerer under reaksjonsbetingelsene, beskyttet uavhengig av hverandre beskyttet med av en av de under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte beskyttelsesgrupper. In the starting materials of formula I' and the compounds of formula XII suitable for the introduction of the residues R7 or their reactive derivatives, functional groups which are not to participate in the reaction or which do not react under the reaction conditions are protected independently of each other by one of the methods a) said protective groups.
En avspaltbar gruppe X er spesielt en nukleofug avspaltbar gruppe som er valgt blant med sterke organiske eller uorganiske syrer forestret hydroksy, som med en mineralsyre, for eksempel halogenhydrogensyre som saltsyre, bromhydrogen-eller jodhydrogensyre, eller med en sterk organisk syre som en eventuelt med halogen som fluor substituert laverealkan-sulfonsyre eller en aromatisk sulfonsyre, for eksempel en eventuelt med laverealkyl som metyl, halogen som brom og/eller nitro substituert benzensulfonsyre, for eksempel en metansulfon-, p-bromtoluensulfonsyre eller p-toluensulfonsyre forestret hydroksy eller med nitrogenhydrogensyre forestret hydroksy. A cleavable group X is in particular a nucleofuge cleavable group which is selected from hydroxy esterified with strong organic or inorganic acids, such as with a mineral acid, for example hydrohalic acid such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic or hydroiodic acid, or with a strong organic acid such as an optionally with halogen as fluorine-substituted lower alkanesulfonic acid or an aromatic sulfonic acid, for example a benzenesulfonic acid optionally substituted with lower alkyl such as methyl, halogen such as bromine and/or nitro, for example a methanesulfonic, p-bromotoluenesulfonic acid or p-toluenesulfonic acid esterified hydroxy or with nitrogen hydrogen acid esterified hydroxy .
Substitueringen kan skje under betingelsene til en nukleofil substituering av første eller annen grad. The substitution can take place under the conditions of a nucleophilic substitution of the first or second degree.
For eksempel kan man innsette en av forbindelsene med formel XII der X betyr en avspaltbar gruppe med høy polarlserbarhet i elektronskallet, for eksempel Jod, i et polart, aprotlsk oppløsnlngsmlddel som aceton, acetonitril, nitrometan, dimetylsulfoksyd eller dimetylformamid. Reaksjonen kan også gjennomføres 1 vann hvortil det eventuelt som oppløsnings-formldler er satt et organisk oppløsnlngsmlddel, for eksempel etanol, tetrahydrofuran eller aceton. Substituerings-reaksjonen gjennomføres eventuelt ved lavere eller høyere temperatur, for eksempel Innen et temperaturområde fra -40 °C til ca. +100'C, fortrinnsvis ca. -10°C til ca.. +50<*>C og eventuelt under inert gass, for eksempel under nitrogen-eller argonatmosfære. For example, one can insert one of the compounds of formula XII where X means a cleavable group with high polarizability in the electron shell, for example iodine, in a polar, aprotic solvent such as acetone, acetonitrile, nitromethane, dimethylsulfoxide or dimethylformamide. The reaction can also be carried out in water to which, if necessary, an organic solvent, for example ethanol, tetrahydrofuran or acetone, has been added as a solvent. The substitution reaction is optionally carried out at a lower or higher temperature, for example within a temperature range from -40 °C to approx. +100'C, preferably approx. -10°C to approx.. +50<*>C and optionally under inert gas, for example under a nitrogen or argon atmosphere.
Frisettingen av beskyttede grupper skjer eventuelt i henhold til den nedenfor under fremgangsmåte f) (avspalting av beskyttende grupper) beskrevne metoder. The release of protected groups may take place according to the methods described below under procedure f) (removal of protective groups).
Frem<g>an<g>småte f) (avspalting av beskyttende grupper) Method f) (removal of protective groups)
Avspalting av de beskyttende grupper som ikke er en bestanddel av det ønskede sluttprodukt med formel I, for eksempel karboksy-, amino- og/eller hydroksy-beskyttelsesgruppene, skjer på 1 og for seg kjent måte, for eksempel ved solvolyse og særlig hydrolyse, alkoholyse eller azldolyse, eller ved hjelp av reduksjon, særlig hydrogenolyse eller kjemisk reduksjon, samt fotolyse, eventuelt trinnvis eller samtidig, hvorved det også kan anvendes enzymatiske metoder. Avspaltln-gen av beskyttelsesgruppene er for eksempel beskrevet 1 de tidligere i avsnittet "Beskyttelsesgrupper" nevnte standard-verk. Removal of the protective groups which are not a component of the desired end product with formula I, for example the carboxy, amino and/or hydroxy protecting groups, takes place in a manner known per se, for example by solvolysis and especially hydrolysis, alcoholysis or azldolysis, or by means of reduction, in particular hydrogenolysis or chemical reduction, as well as photolysis, possibly stepwise or simultaneously, whereby enzymatic methods can also be used. The separation of the protection groups is described, for example, in the standard works mentioned earlier in the section "Protection groups".
Således kan for eksempel beskyttet karboksy, for eksempel tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl, i 2-stilling med en trisubstituert silylgruppe eller 1 1-stilllng med laverealkoksy eller laverealkyltlo substituert laverealkoksykarbonyl eller eventuelt substituert difenylmetoksykarbonyl ved behandling med en egnet syre som maursyre, saltsyre eller trlfluoreddlk-syre, eventuelt under tilsetning av en nukleofil forbindelse som fenol eller anisol, overfores til fritt karboksy. Fra laverealkoksykarbonyl kan man også sette karboksy fri ved hjelp av baser som hydroksyder, for eksempel alkallmetallhydroksyder som NaOH eller KOH. Eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonyl kan for eksempel settes fri ved hjelp av hydrolyse, det vi si behandling med hydrogen 1 nærvær av metalliske hydrerlngskatalysatorer som en palladium-katalysator. Videre kan egnet substituert benzyloksykarbonyl som 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonyl, også ved reduksjon, for eksempel ved behandling med et alkallmetall som natrlum-ditionitt eller med et reduserende metall, for eksempel sink eller et reduserende metallsalt som et krom(II)salt, for eksempel krom(II)klorid, vanligvis i nærvær av et hydrogenavgivende middel som sammen med metallet kan danne nascerende hydrogen, som en syre, 1 første rekke en egnet karboksylsyre som en eventuelt med hydroksy substituert laverealkankarboksylsyre som eddik-, maur-, glykol-, difenylglykol-, melke-, mandel-, 4-klormandel- eller vinsyre eller en alkohol eller tiol, hvorved man fortrinnsvis tilsetter vann, overføres til fritt karboksy. Ved behandling med et reduserende metall eller metallsalt som beskrevet ovenfor, kan også 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl (eventuelt efter omdanning av en 2-brom-laverealkoksykarbonylgruppe til en tilsvarende 2-jodlavere-alkoksykarbonylgruppe) eller aroylmetoksykarbonyl omdannes til fritt karboksy. Aroylmetoksykarbonyl kan likeledes spaltes ved behandling med en nukleofil, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens som natriumtiofenolat eller natrium-jodid. 2-(trisubstituert silyl)-laverealkoksykarbonyl som 2-trllaverealkylsilyllaverealkoksykarbonyl kan overføres til fri karboksy ved behandling med et salt av flussyre som gir et fluoridanion, for eksempel et alkallmetallfluorid som natrium- eller kaliumfluorid, eventuelt i nærvær av en makrocyklisk polyeter ("krone-eter") eller med et fluorid av en organisk kvaternær base som tetralaverealkylammonium-fluorid eller trllaverealkylaryllaverealkylammonlumfluorid, for eksempel tetraetylammonlumfluorid eller tetrabutyl-ammoniumfluorid, 1 nærvær av et aprotlsk, polart oppløsnlngs-mlddel som dlmetylsulfoksyd eller N,N-dimetylacetamld. Som organisk sily1oksykarbonyl som trilaverealkylsilyloksy-karbonyl, for eksempel trimetylsilyloksykarbonyl, beskyttet karboksy, kan settes fri på vanlig måte som beskrevet ovenfor solvolytisk, for eksempel ved behandling med vann, en alkohol eller syre, eller i tillegg fluorid. Forestret karboksy kan også settes fri enzymatisk, for eksempel med esteraser eller egnede peptidaser, for eksempel forestret arglnln eller lysln som lysinmetylester, ved hjelp av trypsin. Thus, for example, protected carboxy, for example tert-lower oxycarbonyl, in the 2-position with a trisubstituted silyl group or the 1 1-position with lower alkoxy or lower alkyl, can be substituted by lower alkoxycarbonyl or optionally substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonyl by treatment with a suitable acid such as formic acid, hydrochloric acid or trifluoroacetic acid , optionally with the addition of a nucleophilic compound such as phenol or anisole, is transferred to free carboxy. From lower alkoxycarbonyl, carboxy can also be set free with the help of bases such as hydroxides, for example alkali metal hydroxides such as NaOH or KOH. Optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonyl can, for example, be set free by means of hydrolysis, that is to say treatment with hydrogen in the presence of metallic hydrogenation catalysts such as a palladium catalyst. Furthermore, suitable substituted benzyloxycarbonyl such as 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl can, also by reduction, for example by treatment with an alkali metal such as sodium dithionite or with a reducing metal, for example zinc or a reducing metal salt such as a chromium(II) salt, for example chromium( II) chloride, usually in the presence of a hydrogen-releasing agent which together with the metal can form nascent hydrogen, as an acid, firstly a suitable carboxylic acid such as an optionally hydroxy-substituted lower alkane carboxylic acid such as acetic, formic, glycol, diphenylglycol, lactic, mandelic, 4-chloromandelic or tartaric acid or an alcohol or thiol, whereby water is preferably added, is transferred to free carboxy. By treatment with a reducing metal or metal salt as described above, 2-halo-lower oxycarbonyl (possibly after conversion of a 2-bromo-lower oxycarbonyl group to a corresponding 2-iodo-lower alkoxycarbonyl group) or aroylmethoxycarbonyl can also be converted to free carboxyl. Aroylmethoxycarbonyl can likewise be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming reagent such as sodium thiophenolate or sodium iodide. 2-(trisubstituted silyl)-lower alkyl carbonyl such as 2-trilower alkylsilyl lower carboxycarbonyl can be converted to free carboxyl by treatment with a salt of hydrofluoric acid which gives a fluoride anion, for example an alkali metal fluoride such as sodium or potassium fluoride, optionally in the presence of a macrocyclic polyether ("crown- ether") or with a fluoride of an organic quaternary base such as tetralower alkylammonium fluoride or lower alkylaryllower alkylammonium fluoride, for example tetraethylammonium fluoride or tetrabutylammonium fluoride, in the presence of an aprotic, polar solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide or N,N-dimethylacetamide. As organic silyloxycarbonyl such as trilower alkylsilyloxycarbonyl, for example trimethylsilyloxycarbonyl, protected carboxy, can be set free in the usual way as described above solvolytically, for example by treatment with water, an alcohol or acid, or additionally fluoride. Esterified carboxy can also be set free enzymatically, for example with esterases or suitable peptidases, for example esterified arglnln or lysln as lysine methyl ester, with the help of trypsin.
En beskyttet aminogruppe setter man fri på i og for seg kjent og alt efter type beskyttelsesgruppe på forskjellig måte, fortrinnsvis ved hjelp av solvolyse eller reduksjon. Laverealkoksykarbonylamino som tert-butoksykarbonylamino kan spaltes i nærvær av syrer, for eksempel mineralsyrer som halogenhydrogen som hydrogenklorid eller hydrogenbromid, eller med svovel- eller fosforsyre, fortrinnsvis hydrogenklorid, eller av sterke organiske syrer som trihalogeneddik-syre, for eksempel trifluoreddiksyre, eller maursyre, i polare oppløsnlngsmldler som vann, eller etere,, fortrinnsvis cykllske etere som dloksan, 2-halogenlaverealkoksy-karbonylamino (eventuelt Under omdanning av en 2-brom-1averealkoksykarbonylaminogruppe til en 2-jodlaverealkoksy-karbonylgruppe) eller direkte oppløst i en flytende organisk karboksylsyre som maursyre, aroylmetoksykarbonylamino eller 4-nitrobenzyloksykarbonylamino kan for eksempel spaltes ved behandling med et egnet reduksjonsmiddel som sink i nærvær av en egnet karboksylsyre som vandig eddiksyre. Aroylmetoksykarbonylamino kan også spaltes ved behandling med en nukleofil, fortrinnsvis saltdannende reagens som natriumtiofenolat, og 4-nltrobenzyloksykarbonylamino også ved behandling med et alkallmetall-, for eksempel natriumditionitt. Eventuelt substituert difenylmetoksykarbonylamino, tert-laverealkoksykarbonylamino eller 2-(trisubstituert silyl)-laverealkoksykarbonylamino som 2-trilaverealkylsilyllavere-alkoksykarbonylamino, kan settes fri ved behandling med en egnet syre, for eksempel maur- eller trlfluoreddiksyre, eventuelt substituert benzyloksykarbonylamino, for eksempel ved hjelp av hydrogenolyse, det vil si behandling med hydrogen i nærvær av en egnet hydrerlngskatalysator som en platina- eller palladium-katalysator, eventuelt substituert triarylmetylamino eller formylamlno, for eksempel ved behandling med en syre som mineralsyre, for eksempel saltsyre, eller en organisk syre, for eksempel maur-, eddik-eller trlfluoreddiksyre, eventuelt i nærvær av vann, og en som sllylamlno beskyttet aminogruppe, for eksempel ved hjelp av hydrolyse eller alkoholyse. En med 2-halogenacetyl, for eksempel 2-kloracetyl, beskyttet aminogruppe, kan settes fri ved behandling med tiourinstoff i nærvær av en base, eller med et tlolatsalt, som et alkallmetalltlolat av tiourinstoff, og derpå følgende solvolyse som alkoholyse eller hydrolyse, av det oppnådde substltusjonsprodukt, fra trifluoracetylamino settes amino fri for eksempel ved hydrogenolyse med baser som alkallmetallhydroksyder eller -karbonater, som Na£C03 eller K2CO3, 1 polare oppløsnlngsmldler, for eksempel alkoholer som metanol, ved temperaturer mellom 0 og 100°C og særlig ved 40'C til 80"C. En med 2-(trisubstituert silyl)-laverealkoksykarbonyl som 2-trilaverealkylsilyllaverealkoksykarbonyl beskyttet aminogruppe kan også overføres ved behandling med et fluorldanlon dannende salt av flussyre som beskrevet ovenfor i sammenheng med frisettingen av en tilsvarende beskyttet karboksygruppe, til den frie aminogruppe. Likeledes kan man ved hjelp av fluorldioner spalte av silyl som trimetylsilyl som er bundet direkte til et heteroatom som nitrogen. A protected amino group is set free in a known manner and depending on the type of protecting group in different ways, preferably by means of solvolysis or reduction. Lower oxycarbonylamino such as tert-butoxycarbonylamino can be cleaved in the presence of acids, for example mineral acids such as hydrogen halides such as hydrogen chloride or hydrogen bromide, or with sulfuric or phosphoric acid, preferably hydrogen chloride, or by strong organic acids such as trihaloacetic acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid, or formic acid, in polar solvents such as water, or ethers, preferably cyclic ethers such as dloxane, 2-halo-lower oxycarbonylamino (possibly during the conversion of a 2-bromo-1-lower oxycarbonylamino group to a 2-iodolower oxycarbonyl group) or directly dissolved in a liquid organic carboxylic acid such as formic acid, aroylmethoxycarbonylamino or 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino can for example be cleaved by treatment with a suitable reducing agent such as zinc in the presence of a suitable carboxylic acid such as aqueous acetic acid. Aroylmethoxycarbonylamino can also be cleaved by treatment with a nucleophilic, preferably salt-forming reagent such as sodium thiophenolate, and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonylamino also by treatment with an alkali metal, for example sodium dithionite. Optionally substituted diphenylmethoxycarbonylamino, tert-lower alkylcarbonylamino or 2-(trisubstituted silyl)-lower alkylcarbonylamino such as 2-trilower alkylsilyllower alkoxycarbonylamino can be set free by treatment with a suitable acid, for example formic or trifluoroacetic acid, optionally substituted benzyloxycarbonylamino, for example by means of hydrogenolysis , that is, treatment with hydrogen in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst such as a platinum or palladium catalyst, optionally substituted triarylmethylamino or formylamino, for example by treatment with an acid such as mineral acid, for example hydrochloric acid, or an organic acid, for example formic -, acetic or trifluoroacetic acid, optionally in the presence of water, and a slylamlno protected amino group, for example by means of hydrolysis or alcoholysis. An amino group protected with 2-haloacetyl, for example 2-chloroacetyl, can be set free by treatment with thiourea in the presence of a base, or with a tluolate salt, such as an alkali metal tluolate of thiourea, and then subsequent solvolysis such as alcoholysis or hydrolysis, of the obtained substitution product, from trifluoroacetylamino the amino is set free, for example by hydrogenolysis with bases such as alkali metal hydroxides or carbonates, such as Na£C03 or K2CO3, 1 polar solvents, for example alcohols such as methanol, at temperatures between 0 and 100°C and in particular at 40' C to 80"C. An amino group protected with 2-(trisubstituted silyl)-lower carboxycarbonyl such as 2-trilower alkylsilyl lower oxycarbonyl can also be transferred by treatment with a fluoroldanlon-forming salt of hydrofluoric acid as described above in connection with the release of a corresponding protected carboxy group, to the free amino group Likewise, with the help of fluorine ions, silyl can be cleaved such as trimethylsilyl which is b directly to a heteroatom such as nitrogen.
I form av en azidogruppe beskyttet amino overføres for eksempel ved reduksjon til fritt amino, for eksempel ved katalytisk hydrering med hydrogen i nærvær av en hydrerings-katalysator som platlnaoksyd, palladium eller Rajiey-nikkel, ved reduksjon ved hjelp av merkaptoforblndelser som ditio-treltol eller merkaptoetanol, eller også ved behandling med sink 1 nærvær av en syre som eddlksyre. Den katalytiske hydrering gjennomføres fortrinnsvis i et inert oppløsnlngs-mlddel som et halogenert hydrokarbon, for eksempel metylenklorid, eller også 1 vann eller en blanding av vann og et organisk oppløsnlngsmlddel som en alkohol eller dioksan, ved 20<*>C til 25<*>C eller også under avkjøling eller oppvarming. In the form of an azido group protected amino is transferred, for example, by reduction to free amino, for example by catalytic hydrogenation with hydrogen in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum oxide, palladium or Rajiey nickel, by reduction by means of mercapto compounds such as dithiothreltol or mercaptoethanol, or also by treatment with zinc 1 in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid. The catalytic hydrogenation is preferably carried out in an inert solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example methylene chloride, or also 1 water or a mixture of water and an organic solvent such as an alcohol or dioxane, at 20<*>C to 25<*> C or also during cooling or heating.
En med en egnet acylgruppe, en trilaverealkylsilylgruppe eller med eventuelt substituert 1-fenyllaverealkyl beskyttet hydroksygruppe settes fri analogt en tilsvarende beskyttet aminogruppe. En med 2,2-dikloracetyl beskyttet hydroksygruppe settes fri for eksempel ved basisk hydrolyse, en med tert-laverealkyl eller med en 2-oksa- eller 2-tia-alifatisk eller -cykloalifatisk hydrokarbonrest beskyttet hydroksy- henholdsvis merkaptogruppe settes fri ved azidolyse, for eksempel ved behandling med en mineralsyre eller en sterk karboksylsyre, for eksempel trlfluoreddiksyre. Nabostående amino- og hydroksygrupper som sammen er beskyttet ved hjelp av en bivalent beskyttelsesgruppe, fortrinnsvis for eksempel en med laverealkyl en eller to ganger substituert metylen-gruppe, som med laverealkyliden, for eksempel Isopropyliden, cykloalkylIden, for eksempel cykloheksyliden, eller benzyliden, kan settes fri ved sur solvolyse, særlig i nærvær av mineralsyre eller en sterk organisk syre. En trilaverealkylsilylgruppe spaltes likeledes av ved azidolyse, for eksempel med mineralsyre og fortrinnsvis flussyre, eller en sterk karboksylsyre. 2-halogenlaverealkoksykarbonyl fjernes ved hjelp av de ovenfor nevnte reduksjonsmidler, for eksempel reduserende metall som sink, reduserende metallsalter som krom(II)salter eller med svovelforbindelser, for eksempel natriumditlonitt eller fortrinnsvis natriumsulfid og karbonsulfid. A protected hydroxy group with a suitable acyl group, a trilower alkylsilyl group or optionally substituted 1-phenyllower alkyl is set free analogously to a corresponding protected amino group. A hydroxy group protected with 2,2-dichloroacetyl is set free, for example, by basic hydrolysis, a hydroxy or mercapto group protected with a tert-lower alkyl or with a 2-oxa- or 2-thia-aliphatic or -cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon residue is set free by azidolysis, for for example by treatment with a mineral acid or a strong carboxylic acid, for example trifluoroacetic acid. Neighboring amino and hydroxy groups which are together protected by means of a bivalent protecting group, preferably for example a methylene group substituted with lower alkyl once or twice, which with lower alkylidene, for example isopropylidene, cycloalkylidene, for example cyclohexylidene, or benzylidene, can be set free by acid solvolysis, especially in the presence of mineral acid or a strong organic acid. A trilower alkylsilyl group is likewise split off by azidolysis, for example with mineral acid and preferably hydrofluoric acid, or a strong carboxylic acid. 2-halogen lower oxycarbonyl is removed by means of the above-mentioned reducing agents, for example reducing metal such as zinc, reducing metal salts such as chromium (II) salts or with sulfur compounds, for example sodium dithlonite or preferably sodium sulphide and carbon sulphide.
Ved nærvær av flere beskyttede funksjonelle grupper kan hvis ønskelig, beskyttelsesgruppene velges slik at samtidig mer enn en slik gruppe kan spaltes av, for eksempel azldolytlsk, som ved behandling med trlfluoreddiksyre, eller med hydrogen og en hydrerlngskatalysator som en palladium-karbon-katalysator. Omvendt kan gruppene også velges slik at ikke alle samtidig spaltes av, men spaltes av 1 ønsket rekkefølge, hvorved de tilsvarende mellomprodukter oppnås. In the presence of several protected functional groups, if desired, the protecting groups can be selected so that more than one such group can be cleaved off at the same time, for example azldolytically, as by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid, or with hydrogen and a hydrogenation catalyst such as a palladium-carbon catalyst. Conversely, the groups can also be selected so that not all of them are cleaved off at the same time, but are cleaved off in the desired order, whereby the corresponding intermediate products are obtained.
Ytterligere forholdsregler Additional precautions
Ved de ytterligere forholdsregler som eventuelt gjennomføres hvis ønskelig, kan funksjonelle grupper av utgangsforbindelsene som ikke skal delta 1 reaksjonen foreligge 1 ubeskyttet eller i beskyttet form, for eksempel ved en eller flere av de ovenfor under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte beskyttelsesgrupper. Beskyttelsesgruppene kan forbli i sluttproduktene eller spaltes av helt eller delvis i henhold til en av de under fremgangsmåte f) nevnte metoder. In the case of the additional precautions that may be implemented if desired, functional groups of the starting compounds which are not to participate in the reaction may be present unprotected or in protected form, for example by one or more of the protective groups mentioned above under procedure a). The protective groups can remain in the final products or be split off in whole or in part according to one of the methods mentioned under procedure f).
Salter av forbindelser med formel I kan fremstilles med minst en saltdannende gruppe på i og for seg kjent måte. Således kan man danne salter av forbindelser med formel I med sure grupper for eksempel ved behandling med metallforbindelser som alkallmetallsalter av egnede organiske karboksylsyrer, for eksempel natriumsaltet av 2—etylheksansyre, med organiske alkali- eller jordalkallmetallforbindelser som de tilsvarende hydroksyder, karbonater eller hydrogenkarbonater som natrium-og kallumhydroksyd, —karbonat eller -hydrogenkarbonat, med tilsvarende kalslumforbindelser eller med ammoniakk, eller et egnet organisk amin, hvorved man fortrinnsvis anvender støkiometrlske mengder eller kun et lite overskudd av det saltdannende middel. Syreaddisjonssalter av forbindelsene med formel I oppnås på vanlig måte, for eksempel ved behandling med en syre eller med en egnet ionebytter. Indre salter av forbindelsene med formel I som inneholder sure og basiske saltdannende grupper, for eksempel en fri karboksygruppe og en fri aminogruppe, kan dannes for eksempel ved nøytrali-sering av salter som syreaddlsjonssalter ved det lsoelek-trlske punkt, for eksempel med svake baser, eller ved behandling med lonebyttere. Salts of compounds of formula I can be prepared with at least one salt-forming group in a manner known per se. Thus, one can form salts of compounds of formula I with acidic groups, for example by treatment with metal compounds such as alkali metal salts of suitable organic carboxylic acids, for example the sodium salt of 2-ethylhexanoic acid, with organic alkali or alkaline earth metal compounds such as the corresponding hydroxides, carbonates or bicarbonates such as sodium -and potassium hydroxide, -carbonate or -hydrogencarbonate, with corresponding calcium compounds or with ammonia, or a suitable organic amine, preferably using stoichiometric amounts or only a small excess of the salt-forming agent. Acid addition salts of the compounds of formula I are obtained in the usual way, for example by treatment with an acid or with a suitable ion exchanger. Inner salts of the compounds of formula I which contain acidic and basic salt-forming groups, for example a free carboxy group and a free amino group, can be formed, for example, by neutralizing salts such as acid addition salts at the isoelectric point, for example with weak bases, or by treatment with wage-changers.
Salter kan på vanlig måte overføres til de frie forbindelser, metall- og ammoniumsalter for eksempel ved behandling med egnede syrer, og syreaddlsjonssalter for eksempel ved behandling med et egnet basisk middel. Salts can be transferred in the usual way to the free compounds, metal and ammonium salts, for example, by treatment with suitable acids, and acid addition salts, for example, by treatment with a suitable basic agent.
Stereoisomerblandinger, altså blandinger av diastereomerer og/eller enantlomerer som for eksempel racemlske blandinger, kan separeres på i og for seg kjent måte ved egnede sepa-rerlngsmetoder til de tilsvarende isomerer. Således kan dlastereomerblandlnger separeres ved fraksjonert krystalli-ser ing, kromatografi, oppløsnlngsmlddelfordeling, og så videre 1 de enkelte diastereomerer. Racemater kan separeres efter overføring av de optiske antipoder til diastereomerer, for eksempel ved omsetning med optisk aktive forbindelser, for eksempel optisk aktive syrer og baser, ved kromatografi med optisk aktive forbindelser belagt søylematerialer eller ved enzymatiske metoder, for eksempel ved selektiv omsetning kun av en av de to enantlomerer. Denne separering kan finne sted både når det gjelder utgangsprodukter og når det gjelder forbindelser med formel I selv. Stereoisomeric mixtures, i.e. mixtures of diastereomers and/or enantiomers such as racemic mixtures, can be separated in a manner known per se by suitable separation methods into the corresponding isomers. Thus, diastereomer mixtures can be separated by fractional crystallization, chromatography, solvent partitioning, and so on into the individual diastereomers. Racemates can be separated after transfer of the optical antipodes to diastereomers, for example by reaction with optically active compounds, for example optically active acids and bases, by chromatography with optically active compounds coated column materials or by enzymatic methods, for example by selective reaction of only one of the two enantiomers. This separation can take place both in the case of starting products and in the case of compounds of formula I themselves.
På enkelte kiralltetssentere i en forbindelse med formel I kan konfigurasjonen snus målrettet. For eksempel kan man snu konfigurasjonen til asymmetriske karbonatomer som bærer nukleofile substituenter som amino- eller hydroksy, ved nukleofil substitusjon av annen orden, eventuelt efter overføring av de bundne nukleofile substituenter til en egnet nukleofug avgangsgruppe og omsetning med en reagens som innføres den opprinnelige substituent, eller man kan snu konfigurasjonen på karbonatomer med hydroksygrupper som karbonatomer i formel I som bærer R5, ved oksydasjon og reduksjon av forbindelser med formel I som beskrevet nedenfor. At certain chirality centers in a compound of formula I, the configuration can be purposefully reversed. For example, one can reverse the configuration of asymmetric carbon atoms that carry nucleophilic substituents such as amino- or hydroxy, by nucleophilic substitution of a different order, possibly after transfer of the bound nucleophilic substituents to a suitable nucleofuge leaving group and reaction with a reagent that introduces the original substituent, or one can reverse the configuration of carbon atoms with hydroxy groups such as carbon atoms in formula I bearing R5, by oxidation and reduction of compounds of formula I as described below.
Restene hydroksy R5 og hydrogen Rg i en forbindelse med formel I kan oksyderes til en oksogruppe hvorved det fortrinnsvis anvendes slike oksydasjonsmidler som selektivt omdanner hydroksygruppen til en ketogruppe, for eksempel kromsyre eller derivater derav som pyrldlnlumkromat eller tert-butylkromat, dikromat/svovelsyre, svoveltrloksyd i nærvær av heterocykllske baser som pyridin/S03, videre salpetersyre, brunsten eller selendloksyd, eller dimetylsulfoksyd 1 nærvær av oksalylklorid, i vann, vandige eller organiske oppløsningsmidler som halogenerte oppløsnlngs-midler, for eksempel metylenklorid, karboksylsyreamider som dimetylformamid, eller dilaverealkylsulfoksyder som dimetylsulfoksyd, i nærvær eller fravær av basiske aminer, for eksempel trilaverealkylaminer som trietylamin, ved temperaturer mellom -50"C og +100<*>C, fortrinnsvis ved -10°C til +50<*>C, for eksempel som beskrevet i EP-Å-0 236 734. The residues hydroxy R5 and hydrogen Rg in a compound of formula I can be oxidized to an oxo group, whereby such oxidizing agents are preferably used which selectively convert the hydroxy group into a keto group, for example chromic acid or derivatives thereof such as pyridinelum chromate or tert-butyl chromate, dichromate/sulphuric acid, sulfur trioxide in the presence of heterocyclic bases such as pyridine/SO3, further nitric acid, sulphurous or selenium oxide, or dimethylsulfoxide 1 the presence of oxalyl chloride, in water, aqueous or organic solvents such as halogenated solvents, for example methylene chloride, carboxylic acid amides such as dimethylformamide, or dilute alkylsulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide, in presence or absence of basic amines, for example trilower alkylamines such as triethylamine, at temperatures between -50"C and +100<*>C, preferably at -10°C to +50<*>C, for example as described in EP-Å -0 236 734.
Derefter kan man 1 de således oppnådde forbindelser med formel I, der R5 og Rg sammen danner en oksogruppe, redusere denne oksogruppe til en hydroksygruppe. For reduksjon av oksogruppen 1 en forbindelse med formel I egner seg reduk-sjonsmldler som under metodens reaksjonsbetlngelser selektivt eller hurtigere reduserer en isolert ketogruppe enn amid-grupper som er til stede i forbindelsene med formel I. Then, in the thus obtained compounds of formula I, where R5 and Rg together form an oxo group, this oxo group can be reduced to a hydroxy group. For the reduction of the oxo group 1 of a compound of formula I, reducing agents are suitable which, under the reaction conditions of the method, selectively or more quickly reduce an isolated keto group than amide groups that are present in the compounds of formula I.
I første rekke skal her nevnes egnede borhydrider som alkalimetallborhydrider, særlig natriumborhydrid, litiumbor-hydrid eller natriumcyanborhydrid, videre sinkborhydrid eller egnede aluminlumhydrlder som alkalimetalllaverealkoksy-alumlnlumhydrld med voluminøse rester, for eksempel lltium-tris-tert-butoksyaluminiumhydrid. In the first place, mention should be made here of suitable borohydrides such as alkali metal borohydrides, in particular sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride, further zinc borohydride or suitable aluminum hydrides such as alkali metal low-area oxy-aluminum hydride with bulky residues, for example lithium-tris-tert-butoxyaluminium hydride.
Reduksjonen kan også skje med hydrogen 1 nærvær av egnede tungmetallkatalysatorer, for eksempel Raney-nikkel eller platina- eller palladiumkatalysatorer, for eksempel platina-eller palladium-aktivkull, eller 1 henhold til Meerwein-Ponndorf-Verley ved hjelp av alumlniumalkanolater, særlig aluminium-2-propanolat eller —etanolat. The reduction can also take place with hydrogen 1 in the presence of suitable heavy metal catalysts, for example Raney nickel or platinum or palladium catalysts, for example platinum or palladium activated carbon, or 1 according to Meerwein-Ponndorf-Verley with the help of aluminum alkanolates, especially aluminium-2 -propanolate or -ethanolate.
Reduksjonen kan fortrinnsvis gjennomføres med støklometrlske mengder eller et fornuftig tilmålt overskudd av reduksjons-midlet 1 et inert oppløsnlngsmlddel ved temperaturer mellom -80°C og oppløsningsmidlets kokepunkt, for eksempel mellom -20*C og +100<*>C, hvis nødvendig under beskyttelsesgass, for eksempel nitrogen eller argon. Et overskudd av reduksjons-mldlet er særlig da nødvendig, når dette også reagerer med oppløsningsmidlet, for eksempel protonene 1 et protlsk oppløsnlngsmlddel. The reduction can preferably be carried out with stochlometric quantities or a reasonably measured excess of the reducing agent 1 an inert solvent at temperatures between -80°C and the boiling point of the solvent, for example between -20*C and +100<*>C, if necessary under protective gas , for example nitrogen or argon. An excess of the reducing agent is particularly necessary when this also reacts with the solvent, for example the protons 1 a protic solvent.
Ved anvendelse av natriumborhydrid egner seg polare, protlske oppløsningsmidler, for eksempel metanol, etanol eller isopropanol; ved anvendelse av de andre reduksjonsmidler egner seg polare, aprotlske oppløsningsmidler, for eksempel tetrahydrofuran. When using sodium borohydride, polar, protic solvents are suitable, for example methanol, ethanol or isopropanol; when using the other reducing agents, polar, aprotic solvents, for example tetrahydrofuran, are suitable.
I en forbindelse med formel I, der Rj og Rg ikke Inneholder noen arylrester eller ikke meget aktive arylrester, kan man hydrere en i R7 og/eller R3 tilstedeværende fenylrest, for eksempel ved katalytisk hydrering, særlig i nærvær av tungmetalloksyder som rhodium/platlna-blandingsoksyder, for eksempel med Nishlmura-katalysatoren, fortrinnsvis i et polart oppløsnlngsmlddel som en alkohol, for eksempel metanol eller etanol, ved temperaturer mellom 0<*>C og 80'C, særlig mellom 10*C og 40<*>C, og ved et hydrogentrykk på 1 til 10 atmosfærer, for eksempel ved normaltrykk. In a compound of formula I, where Rj and Rg do not contain any aryl residues or not very active aryl residues, a phenyl residue present in R7 and/or R3 can be hydrogenated, for example by catalytic hydrogenation, particularly in the presence of heavy metal oxides such as rhodium/platinum mixed oxides, for example with the Nishlmura catalyst, preferably in a polar solvent such as an alcohol, for example methanol or ethanol, at temperatures between 0<*>C and 80'C, in particular between 10*C and 40<*>C, and at a hydrogen pressure of 1 to 10 atmospheres, for example at normal pressure.
I en forbindelse med formel I kan man acylere en tilstedeværende fri aminogruppe, for eksempel for Innføring av en av de for Ri eller Rg ved definisjonen av forbindelser med formel I nevnte rester. Acyleringen skjer i henhold til de ovenfor under fremgangsmåtene b), c) eller d) for kondensasjonen eller en av de for beskyttelsesgruppene nevnte metoder eller for eksempel 1 henhold til en av de i "Organikum", 17. opplag, VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissen-schaften, Berlin (Øst) 1988, nevnte metoder. In a compound of formula I, a present free amino group can be acylated, for example for the introduction of one of the residues mentioned for Ri or Rg in the definition of compounds of formula I. The acylation takes place according to the above under methods b), c) or d) for the condensation or one of the methods mentioned for the protecting groups or for example 1 according to one of those in "Organikum", 17th edition, VEB Deutscher Verlag der Wissen -schaften, Berlin (East) 1988, mentioned methods.
Alle de ovenfor angitte fremgangsmåtetrlnn kan gjennomføres ved i og for seg kjente og fortrinnsvis de spesielt nevnte reaksjonsbetlngelser, i fra- eller vanligvis nærvær av oppløsnings- eller fortynningsmidler, fortrinnsvis slike som er inerte overfor de anvendte reagenser og oppløser disse, i fra- eller nærvær av katalysatorer, kondensasjonsmldler eller nøytraliserende reagenser, for eksempel ionebyttere som kationbyttere, for eksempel i H+<->form, alt efter type reaksjon og/eller reaksjonsdeltager ved redusert, normal eller forhøyet temperatur, for eksempel i temperaturområdet fra ca. -100'C til ca. 190<*>C, fortrinnsvis ved ca. -80*C til ca. 150<*>C, for eksempel ved -80'C til -60°C, ved romtemperatur, ved -20°C til +40"C eller ved kokepunktet for det anvendte oppløsnlngsmlddel, under atmosfærisk trykk eller 1 en lukket beholder, eventuelt under trykk og/eller 1 en inert atmosfære, for eksempel under en argon- eller nitrogen-atmosfære. All of the above-mentioned methods can be carried out under known per se and preferably the specifically mentioned reaction conditions, in the absence or usually the presence of solvents or diluents, preferably those which are inert to the reagents used and dissolve them, in the absence or presence of catalysts, condensation agents or neutralizing reagents, for example ion exchangers such as cation exchangers, for example in H+<-> form, depending on the type of reaction and/or reaction participant at reduced, normal or elevated temperature, for example in the temperature range from approx. -100'C to approx. 190<*>C, preferably at approx. -80*C to approx. 150°C, for example at -80°C to -60°C, at room temperature, at -20°C to +40°C or at the boiling point of the solvent used, under atmospheric pressure or in a closed container, optionally under pressure and/or in an inert atmosphere, for example under an argon or nitrogen atmosphere.
Ved alle utgangs- og mellomforblndelser kan det, så sant saltdannende grupper er til stede, foreligge salter. Salter kan også foreligge under omsetningen av slike forbindelser så sant reaksjonen ikke forstyrres. In all starting and intermediate compounds, if salt-forming groups are present, salts may be present. Salts can also be present during the reaction of such compounds as long as the reaction is not disturbed.
På alle reaksjonstrinn kan tilstedeværende lsomerblandinger spaltes 1 de enkelte lsomerer, for eksempel diastereomerer eller enantlomerer, eller i hvilke som helst blandinger av lsomerer, for eksempel racemater eller diastereomerblan-dlnger, for eksempel analogt de metoder som er beskrevet under "ytterligere fremgangsmåteforhoLdsregler". At all reaction steps, isomer mixtures present can be separated into the individual isomers, for example diastereomers or enantiomers, or into any mixtures of isomers, for example racemates or diastereomer mixtures, for example analogously to the methods described under "further process conditions".
I spesielle tilfeller, for eksempel ved hydrering, er det mulig å oppnå stereoselektive reaksjoner slik at en lettet oppnåelse av enkelte lsomerer er mulig. In special cases, for example during hydration, it is possible to achieve stereoselective reactions so that an easy attainment of individual isomers is possible.
Til oppløsningsmidlene blant hvilke de egnede velges for hver reaksjon skal for eksempel nevnes vann, estere som laverealkyl eller laverealkanoler, for eksempel eddiksyredietyl-ester, etere som al ifatiske etere, for eksempel dletyleter, eller cykllske etere som tetrahydrofuran, flytende aromatiske hydrokarboner som benzen eller toluen, alkoholer som metanol, etanol eller 1— eller 2—propanol, nitriler som acetonitril, halogenhydrokarboner som metylenklorld, syreamider som dlmetylformamld, baser som heterocykllske nltrogenbaser, for eksempel pyridin, karboksylsyreanhydrider som laverealkan-syreanhydrider, for eksempel acetanhydrid, cykllske, lineære eller forgrenede hydrokarboner som cykloheksan, heksan eller lsopentan, eller blandinger av disse oppløsningsmidler, for eksempel vandige oppløsningsmidler, så langt det ved beskrivelsen av fremgangsmåten Ikke er angitt noe annet. Slike oppløsningsmidler kan også finne anvendelse ved opparbeiding, for eksempel ved kromatograf! eller fordeling. For the solvents from which the suitable ones are selected for each reaction, mention must be made, for example, of water, esters such as lower alkyl or lower alkanols, for example acetic acid diethyl ester, ethers such as aliphatic ethers, for example dlethyl ether, or cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, liquid aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene or toluene, alcohols such as methanol, ethanol or 1- or 2-propanol, nitriles such as acetonitrile, halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride, acid amides such as dlmethylformamide, bases such as heterocyclic nitrogen bases, for example pyridine, carboxylic acid anhydrides such as lower alkane anhydrides, such as acetic anhydride, cyclic, linear or branched hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, hexane or isopentane, or mixtures of these solvents, for example aqueous solvents, as far as the description of the method does not indicate otherwise. Such solvents can also be used in processing, for example in chromatographs! or distribution.
Oppfinnelsen angår også de utførelsesformer av fremgangsmåten ved hvilke man går ut fra et på et hvilket som helst trinn som mellomprodukt oppnådd forbindelse og gjennomfører de manglende trinn, eller avbryter fremgangsmåten på et hvilket som helst trinn eller danner et utgangsstoff under reaksjonsbetingelsene og anvender det i form av et reaksjonsdyktlg derivat eller et salt, eller oppnår en Ifølge oppfinnelsens fremgangsmåte oppnåelig forbindelse under reaksjonsbetingelsene og videre bearbeider dette in situ. Derved går man fortrinnsvis ut fra slike utgangsstoffer som fører til de forbindelser som er angitt ovenfor som foretrukket, særlig som spesielt foretrukket, i første rekke foretrukket og/eller aller mest foretrukket. The invention also relates to the embodiments of the process in which one starts from a compound obtained as an intermediate at any step and carries out the missing steps, or interrupts the process at any step or forms a starting material under the reaction conditions and uses it in the form of a reactive derivative or a salt, or obtains a compound obtainable according to the method of the invention under the reaction conditions and further processes this in situ. Thereby, one preferably starts from such starting materials which lead to the compounds indicated above as preferred, in particular as particularly preferred, primarily preferred and/or most preferred.
Farmasøyt i ske preparater: Pharmacist in spoon preparations:
Oppfinnelsen angår også farmasøytisk preparater Inneholdende forbindelser med formel I. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical preparations containing compounds of formula I.
De farmakologisk anvendbare forbindelser Ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse kan for eksempel anvendes for fremstilling av farmasøytiske preparater som inneholder en virksom mengde av den aktive bestanddel sammen med eller 1 blanding med en signifikant mengde uorganiske eller organiske, faste eller flytende, farmasøytisk anvendbare bærere. The pharmacologically usable compounds according to the present invention can, for example, be used for the production of pharmaceutical preparations containing an effective amount of the active ingredient together with or a mixture with a significant amount of inorganic or organic, solid or liquid, pharmaceutically usable carriers.
Til oppfinnelsen hører også et farmasøytisk preparat som er egnet for administrering til varmblodige dyr, særlig mennesker, for behandling eller lnhiberlng av en sykdom som beror på en lnhiberlng av en retroviral protease, særlig en retroviral aspartatprotease som HIV-I- eller HIV-II-gag-protease, for eksempel en retroviral sykdom som AIDS, omfattende en for lnhiberlng av den retrovirale protease virksom mengde av en forbindelse med formel I eller et farmasøytisk godtagbart salt derav, sammen med minst en farmasøytisk godtagbar bærer. The invention also includes a pharmaceutical preparation which is suitable for administration to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, for the treatment or inhibition of a disease which is due to an inhibition of a retroviral protease, in particular a retroviral aspartate protease such as HIV-I or HIV-II gag protease, for example a retroviral disease such as AIDS, comprising an effective amount for inhibiting the retroviral protease of a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Ved oppfinnelsens farmasøytiske preparater dreier det seg om slike for enteral som nasal, rektal eller oral, eller parenteral som lntramuskulær eller intravenøs, administrering til varmblodige (mennesker og dyr), som inneholder en effektiv dose av den farmakologisk aktive bestanddel alene eller sammen med en signifikant mengde av en farmasøytisk godtagbar bærer. Doseringen av den aktive bestanddel avhenger av art, kroppsvekt, alder og den individuelle tilstand, individuelle farmakokinetlske faktorer, sykdommen som skal behandles samt den tilsiktede applikasjonsmåte. The pharmaceutical preparations of the invention are those for enteral such as nasal, rectal or oral, or parenteral such as intramuscular or intravenous administration to warm-blooded animals (humans and animals), which contain an effective dose of the pharmacologically active ingredient alone or together with a significant amount of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dosage of the active ingredient depends on the species, body weight, age and the individual condition, individual pharmacokinetic factors, the disease to be treated and the intended method of application.
Oppfinnelsens forbindelser anvendes ved behandling av viralt, særlig retroviralt forårsakede sykdommer, for eksempel av AIDS, idet en terapeutisk virksom mengde av oppfinnelsens forbindelser med formel I, administreres til et varmblodig dyr, for eksempel mennesker, som trenger en slik behandling på grunn av en av de nevnte sykdommer og særlig AIDS. Dosene, for eksempel til mennesker med kroppsvekt ca. 70 kg, ligger mellom ca. 3 mg og 3 g, fortrinnsvis mellom ca. 10 mg og 1,5 g, for eksempel ved ca. 300 til 1000 mg pr. person og dag, fordelt fortrinnsvis på 1 til 3 enkeltdoser som for eksempel kan være like store. Vanligvis får barn en halv voksen dose. The compounds of the invention are used in the treatment of virally, particularly retrovirally caused diseases, for example AIDS, in that a therapeutically effective amount of the compounds of the invention with formula I is administered to a warm-blooded animal, for example humans, which needs such treatment due to one of the aforementioned diseases and especially AIDS. The doses, for example for people with a body weight of approx. 70 kg, lies between approx. 3 mg and 3 g, preferably between approx. 10 mg and 1.5 g, for example at approx. 300 to 1000 mg per person and day, preferably divided into 1 to 3 individual doses which can, for example, be the same size. Children usually receive half the adult dose.
De farmasøytiske preparater Inneholder ca. 1 til 95*, og fortrinnsvis 20 til 90* aktiv bestanddel. Farmasøytiske preparater Ifølge oppfinnelsen kan for eksempel foreligge i enhetsdoseform som ampuller eller lignende, suppositorler, dragéer, tabletter eller kapsler. The pharmaceutical preparations contain approx. 1 to 95*, and preferably 20 to 90* active ingredient. Pharmaceutical preparations according to the invention may for example be available in unit dose form as ampoules or the like, suppositories, dragées, tablets or capsules.
De farmasøytiske preparater Ifølge foreliggende oppfinnelse fremstilles i henhold til i og for seg kjente metoder, for eksempel ved hjelp av konvensjonelle oppløsnings-, lyofili-serings-, blande-, granulerings- eller dragéringsmetoder. The pharmaceutical preparations according to the present invention are prepared according to methods known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolution, lyophilisation, mixing, granulation or coating methods.
Fortrinnsvis anvender man oppløsninger av de aktive bestanddeler, i tillegg imidlertid også suspensjoner og særlig isotoniske, vandige oppløsninger eller suspensjoner hvorved disse for eksempel ved lyofiliserte preparater som inneholder den aktive bestanddel alene eller sammen med en bærer som manitt, kan fremstilles før bruk. De farmasøytiske preparater kan være sterilisert og/eller inneholde hjelpestoffer som konserverings-, stabiliserings-, fukte- og/eller emulgerlngsmldler, oppløsningsformidlerer, salter for regulering av det osmotiske trykk og/eller buffere, og fremstilles i henhold til i og for seg kjente metoder, for eksempel ved hjelp av konvensjonelle oppløsnings- eller lyofiliseringsmetoder. De nevnte oppløsninger eller suspensjoner kan inneholde viskositetsforhøyende stoffer som natriumkarboksymetylcellulose, karboksymetylcellulose, dekstran, polyvinylpyrrolidon eller gelatin. Solutions of the active ingredients are preferably used, but in addition also suspensions and especially isotonic, aqueous solutions or suspensions whereby these can be prepared before use, for example in lyophilized preparations containing the active ingredient alone or together with a carrier such as mannitol. The pharmaceutical preparations may be sterilized and/or contain excipients such as preservatives, stabilisers, wetting and/or emulsifying agents, dissolution agents, salts for regulating the osmotic pressure and/or buffers, and are produced according to methods known per se , for example using conventional dissolution or lyophilization methods. The aforementioned solutions or suspensions may contain viscosity-increasing substances such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinylpyrrolidone or gelatin.
Suspensjoner 1 olje inneholder som oljekomponent de for Injeksjonsformål vanlige vegetabilske, syntetiske eller halvsyntetiske oljer. Som slike skal spesielt nevnes flytende fettsyreestere som, som syrekomponent Inneholder en lang-kjedet fettsyre med 8 til 22, og særlig 12 til 22 karbonatomer som for eksempel laurin-, tridecyl-, myristin-, pentadecyl-, palmitin-, margarin-, stearin-, arachidin- eller behensyre eller tilsvarende umettede syrer som for eksempel olje-, elaidin-, eruca-, brasidln- eller linolsyre, eventuelt under tilsetning av antioksydanter som vitamin E, 3-karotln eller 3,5—di-tert-butyl-4-hydroksytoluen. Alkoholkomponenten i disse fettsyreestere har maksimalt 6 karbonatomer og er en— eller flerverdige, for eksempel en-, to- eller treverdige alkohol som metanol, etanol, propanol, butanol eller pentanol eller lsomerer derav, fremfor alt imidlertid glykol eller glycerol. Som fettsyreester skal derved nevnes etyloleat, isopropylmyristat, isopropylpalmitat, "Labrafil M 2375" Suspensions 1 oil contains as an oil component the usual vegetable, synthetic or semi-synthetic oils for injection purposes. As such, special mention should be made of liquid fatty acid esters which, as an acid component, contain a long-chain fatty acid with 8 to 22, and especially 12 to 22 carbon atoms, such as lauric, tridecyl, myristic, pentadecyl, palmitic, margarine, stearin -, arachidic or behenic acid or similar unsaturated acids such as oleic, elaidic, erucic, brasidic or linoleic acid, possibly with the addition of antioxidants such as vitamin E, 3-carotin or 3,5-di-tert-butyl- 4-Hydroxytoluene. The alcohol component in these fatty acid esters has a maximum of 6 carbon atoms and is monohydric or polyhydric, for example monohydric, dihydric or trihydric alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol or pentanol or isomers thereof, above all, however, glycol or glycerol. As fatty acid esters, ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, "Labrafil M 2375" should be mentioned
(polyoksyetylenglyceroltrioleat fra firma Gattefossé, Paris), "Miglyol 812" (triglycerid av mettede fettsyrer med kjede-lengde Cg til C^ fra firma Htlls AG, Tyskland), særlig imidlertid vegetabilske oljer som bomullsfrø-, mandel-, oliven-, ricinus-, sesam- eller soyabønneolje og fremfor alt jordnøttolje. (polyoxyethylene glycerol trioleate from the company Gattefossé, Paris), "Miglyol 812" (triglyceride of saturated fatty acids with chain length Cg to C^ from the company Htlls AG, Germany), especially, however, vegetable oils such as cottonseed, almond, olive, castor- , sesame or soybean oil and above all peanut oil.
Fremstillingen av Injeksjonspreparatene skjer på vanlig måte under sterile betingelser, likeledes oppfyllingen i ampuller eller lignende samt lukking i beholdere. The production of the injection preparations takes place in the usual way under sterile conditions, as well as the filling in ampoules or similar and closing in containers.
Farmasøytiske preparater for oral anvendelse kan oppnås idet den aktive bestanddel kombineres med faste bærere, eventuelt granulerer en oppnådd blanding og, hvis ønskelig eller nødvendig, bearbeider blandingen efter tilsetning av egnede hjelpestoffer til tabletter, dragékjerner eller kapsler. Derved kan man bygge dem inn i plastbærere som på dosert måte avgir den aktive bestanddel eller lar den diffundere. Pharmaceutical preparations for oral use can be obtained by combining the active ingredient with solid carriers, possibly granulating an obtained mixture and, if desired or necessary, processing the mixture after adding suitable excipients into tablets, dragee cores or capsules. Thereby, they can be built into plastic carriers that release the active ingredient in a dosed manner or allow it to diffuse.
Egnede bærere er særlig fyllstoffer som sukker, for eksempel laktose, sakkarose, manltt eller sorbltt, cellulosepreparater, og/eller kalslumfosfater som trlkalslumfosfat eller kalsiumhydrogenfosfat, videre blndemidler som stlvelsesllm under anvendelse av for eksempel mals-, hvete-, ris- eller potetstlvelse, gelatin, tragant, metylcellulose, hydroksy-propylmetylcellulose, natrlumkarboksymetylcellulose og/eller polyvlnylpyrrolldon, og/eller, hvis ønskelig, sprengmidler som de ovenfor nevnte stivelser, videre karboksymetyl-stlvelse, fornettet polyvlnylpyrrolldon, agar, alglnsyre eller et salt derav som natriumalginat. Hjelpemidler er i første rekke risleevneregulerende midler og smøremldler som kiselsyre, talkum, stearinsyre eller salter derav, som magnesium- eller kalslumstearat, og/eller polyetylenglykol. Dragékjerner utstyres med egnede, eventuelt mavesaftresistente overtrekk hvorved man blant annet anvender konsen-trerte sukkeroppløsnInger som eventuelt inneholder arabisk gummi, talkum, polyvlnylpyrrolldon, polyetylenglykol og/eller titandloksyd, lakkoppløsninger i egnede organiske oppløs-ningsmidler eller, for fremstilling av mavesaftresistente overtrekk, oppløsninger av egnede cellulosepreparater som etylcelluloseftalat eller hydroksypropylmetylcelluloseftalat. Kapsler er stikkapsler av gelatin samt myke, lukkede kapsler av gelatin og en mykner som glycerol eller sorbltt. Stikk-kapslene kan Inneholde den aktive bestanddel 1 form av et granulat, for eksempel med fyllstoffer som laktose, blndemidler som stivelse, og/eller glldemidler som talkum- eller magneslumstearat, og eventuelt med stabilisatorer. I myke kapsler er den aktive bestanddel fortrinnsvis oppløst eller suspendert i egnede oljeaktige hjelpestoffer som fete oljer, parafinolje eller flytende polyetylenglykoler, hvorved eventuelt stabilisatorer og/eller antibakterielle midler kan være tilsatt. Tablettene eller dragéovertrekkene og kapsel-hylstrene kan inneholde farvestoffer eller pigmenter, for eksempel for identifisering eller karakterisering av forskjellige doser av aktiv bestanddel. Suitable carriers are in particular fillers such as sugar, for example lactose, sucrose, manat or sorbet, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates such as tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, further mixing agents such as starch using, for example, malt, wheat, rice or potato starch, gelatin , tragacanth, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or, if desired, explosives such as the above-mentioned starches, further carboxymethyl starch, cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, agar, algalic acid or a salt thereof such as sodium alginate. Auxiliaries are primarily rice yield regulating agents and lubricants such as silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol. Dragon cores are equipped with suitable, possibly stomach-juice-resistant coatings whereby, among other things, concentrated sugar solutions are used which may contain gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, lacquer solutions in suitable organic solvents or, for the production of gastric-juice-resistant coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations such as ethyl cellulose phthalate or hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate. Capsules are capsules made of gelatin as well as soft, closed capsules made of gelatin and a plasticizer such as glycerol or sorbitol. The stick capsules can contain the active ingredient 1 in the form of a granule, for example with fillers such as lactose, mixing agents such as starch, and/or thickeners such as talc or magnesium stearate, and possibly with stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable oily excipients such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols, to which possibly stabilizers and/or antibacterial agents may be added. The tablets or dragee coatings and capsule casings may contain dyes or pigments, for example for identification or characterization of different doses of active ingredient.
Utgangsstoffer; Starting materials;
Nye utgangsstoffer og/eller mellomprodukter samt fremgangsmåter for disses fremstilling skal beskrives nærmere. Fortrinnsvis anvendes slike utgangsstoffer og velges reaksjonsbetlngelser slik at man kommer til de forbindelser som er angitt som foretrukket. New starting substances and/or intermediate products as well as methods for their production must be described in more detail. Such starting materials are preferably used and reaction conditions are chosen so that the compounds indicated as preferred are obtained.
Ved fremstilling av alle utgangsstoffer kan frie funksjonelle grupper som Ikke skal delta 1 den angjeldende reaksjon, foreligge ubeskyttet eller 1 beskyttet form, for eksempel beskyttet ved de ovenfor under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte beskyttelsesgrupper. Disse beskyttelsesgrupper kan så settes fri til egnede tidspunkter under de under fremgangsmåte f) beskrevne reaksjoner. In the preparation of all starting materials, free functional groups which are not to participate in the reaction in question can be present unprotected or in a protected form, for example protected by the protective groups mentioned above under method a). These protecting groups can then be set free at suitable times during the reactions described under method f).
Utgangsstoffene 1 fremgangsmåte a) er kjente eller kan, i den grad de er nye, fremstilles ved i og for seg kjente metoder, for eksempel fra hydrazin eller egnede derivater derav, forbindelsene med formel III, videre fra egnede aminosyrer eller deres analoger, for eksempel med en eller to av de nevnte s1dekjeder R3 og R4, forbindelsene med formel IV. The starting materials 1 procedure a) are known or, to the extent that they are new, can be prepared by methods known per se, for example from hydrazine or suitable derivatives thereof, the compounds of formula III, further from suitable amino acids or their analogues, for example with one or two of the aforementioned side chains R3 and R4, the compounds of formula IV.
Forbindelsene med formel III er for eksempel tilgjengelige fra forbindelser med formelen: The compounds of formula III are, for example, accessible from compounds of the formula:
der Rn er hydrogen eller en aminobeskyttelsesgruppe, som beskrevet ovenfor under fremgangsmåte b), særlig tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl som tert-butoksykarbonyl, aryllaverealkoksykarbonyl som benzyloksykarbonyl eller 9-fluorenylmetoksykarbonyl, eller en av de ovenfor nevnte acyl-aminobeskyttelsesgrupper, idet man for fremstilling av en forbindelse med formel I alkylerer under innføring av R7 med en forbindelse med formel XII som beskrevet ovenfor under fremgangsmåte e), eller innfører resten R7 ved reaksjon where Rn is hydrogen or an amino protecting group, as described above under method b), in particular tert-lower alkyl oxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, aryl lower alkyl oxycarbonyl such as benzyloxycarbonyl or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or one of the above-mentioned acyl amino protective groups, while for the preparation of a compound of formula I alkylates while introducing R7 with a compound of formula XII as described above under method e), or introduces the residue R7 by reaction
mellom egnede karbonylforblndelser med den frie aminogruppe 1 forbindelsen med formel VIII eller deres acylerte derivater og derpå følgende reduksjon av det oppnådde hydrazon til hydrazinderlvater med formelen: between suitable carbonyl compounds with the free amino group 1 compound of formula VIII or their acylated derivatives and then the following reduction of the obtained hydrazone to hydrazine adducts with the formula:
hvorved restene i alle nevnte forbindelser har den ovenfor angitte betydning og funksjonelle grupper i de deltagende reagenser som ikke deltar 1 reaksjonen, eventuelt er beskyttet, eventuelt spalter av beskyttelsesgruppen Rn, så sant den ikke tilsvarer en av restene Rq 1 forbindelsene med formel I, og/eller ytterligere beskyttelsesgrupper, og omsetter restene Rq bortsett fra hydrogen ved kondensasjon under de ovenfor under fremgangsmåte b) nevnte betingelser med syrer med formel VI. whereby the residues in all the aforementioned compounds have the above-mentioned meaning and functional groups in the participating reagents that do not participate in the reaction, are optionally protected, optionally split by the protective group Rn, as long as it does not correspond to one of the residues Rq 1 compounds of formula I, and /or further protecting groups, and reacts the residues Rq except for hydrogen by condensation under the conditions mentioned above under method b) with acids of formula VI.
De for fremstilling av forbindelsene med formel XVI anvendte og for innføring av R7 egnede karbonylforblndelser er aldehyder eller ketoner hvis reaktive karbonylgruppe efter omsetning med forbindelsene med formel XV og den derpå følgende reduksjon er en del av en av restene Ry, fortrinnsvis aldehyder, som er egnet for innføring av laverealkyl, cykloheksyllaverealkyl eller fenyl1averealkyl. The carbonyl compounds used for the preparation of the compounds of formula XVI and suitable for the introduction of R7 are aldehydes or ketones whose reactive carbonyl group after reaction with the compounds of formula XV and the subsequent reduction is part of one of the residues Ry, preferably aldehydes, which are suitable for the introduction of lower alkyl, cyclohexyl lower alkyl or phenyl-lower alkyl.
Omsetningen av karbonylforbindelsene med forbindelsene med formel XVI til de tilsvarende hydrazoner skjer under de for omsetning av karbonylforblndelser med aminer vanlige betingelser, fortrinnsvis de polare organiske oppløsnings-midler, for eksempel etere som tetrahydrofuran eller dietyleter, alkoholer som metanol eller etanol, karboksylsyreamider som dimetylformamid eller estere som eddiksyreetylester, eller i vandig oppløsning,-fortrinnsvis i metanol, videre i nærvær eller fravær av sure katalysatorer, for eksempel karboksylsyrer som maur- eller eddiksyre, eller sulfonsyrer eller p-toluensulfonsyre, ved temperaturer mellom 0<*>C og reaksjonsblandingens tilbakeløpstemperatur, fortrinnsvis ved temperaturer på 20°C til reaksjonsblandingens tilbakeløpstemperatur. The reaction of the carbonyl compounds with the compounds of formula XVI to the corresponding hydrazones takes place under the usual conditions for the reaction of carbonyl compounds with amines, preferably the polar organic solvents, for example ethers such as tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether, alcohols such as methanol or ethanol, carboxylic acid amides such as dimethylformamide or esters such as acetic acid ethyl ester, or in aqueous solution, - preferably in methanol, further in the presence or absence of acidic catalysts, for example carboxylic acids such as formic or acetic acid, or sulphonic acids or p-toluenesulphonic acid, at temperatures between 0<*>C and the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture , preferably at temperatures of 20°C to the reflux temperature of the reaction mixture.
Reduksjonen av de oppnådde hydrazoner skjer fortrinnsvis ved hydrering 1 nærvær av en egnet katalysator. Som egnede katalysatorer for hydrering anvendes metaller som nikkel, Jern, kobolt eller ruthenium, eller edelmetaller henholdsvis deres oksyder, som palladium eller rhodium, henholdsvis deres oksyder, eventuelt for eksempel på egnede bærere som barlumsulfat, aluminiumoksyd eller aktivkull, eller som skjelettkatalysatorer som Raney-nikkel. Brukbare oppløsnings-midler for katalytisk hydrering er for eksempel vann, alkoholer som metanol eller etanol, estere som eddiksyreetylester, etere som dioksan, klorhydrokarboner som diklormetan, karboksylsyreamlder som dimetylformamid, eller karboksylsyrer som lseddlk, eller blandinger av disse oppløsningsmidler. Hydreringen skjer ved temperaturer fra 10 til 250<*>C, fortrinnsvis fra romtemperatur til 100*C og ved hydrogentrykk fra 1 til 200 bar, fortrinnsvis 1 til 10 bar, i de vanlige apparaturer. The reduction of the obtained hydrazones takes place preferably by hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable catalyst. Suitable catalysts for hydrogenation are metals such as nickel, iron, cobalt or ruthenium, or noble metals or their oxides, such as palladium or rhodium, or their oxides, possibly for example on suitable supports such as barlum sulphate, aluminum oxide or activated carbon, or as skeletal catalysts such as Raney nickel. Useful solvents for catalytic hydrogenation are, for example, water, alcohols such as methanol or ethanol, esters such as acetic acid ethyl ester, ethers such as dioxane, chlorohydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, carboxylic acids such as dimethylformamide, or carboxylic acids such as lyseddlk, or mixtures of these solvents. The hydrogenation takes place at temperatures from 10 to 250<*>C, preferably from room temperature to 100*C and at hydrogen pressure from 1 to 200 bar, preferably 1 to 10 bar, in the usual apparatus.
Spesielt foretrukket for fremstilling av forbindelsene med formel XV er reaksjonsbetingelser som er analog de som er beskrevet i "J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I", 1712 (1975). Particularly preferred for the preparation of the compounds of formula XV are reaction conditions analogous to those described in "J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I", 1712 (1975).
Forbindelsene med formel IV er for eksempel tilgjengelige ved reduksjon av aminosyrer med formelen The compounds of formula IV are available, for example, by reduction of amino acids of the formula
der Rjo er hydrogen eller en av de umier fremgangsmåte a) nevnte aminobeskyttelsesgrupper, særlig tert-laverealkoksykarbonyl som tert-butoksykarbonyl, aryllaverealkoksykarbonyl som benzyloksykarbonyl eller 9-fluorenylmetoksykarbonyl, eller en av de der nevnte acyl-aminobeskyttelsesgrupper og R3where Rjo is hydrogen or one of the umier method a) mentioned amino protecting groups, in particular tert-lower alkyl oxycarbonyl such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, aryl lower alkyl oxycarbonyl such as benzyloxycarbonyl or 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl, or one of the acyl amino protective groups mentioned therein and R3
og R4 har den for forbindelsene med formel I nevnte betydning, fortrinnsvis fra aminosyrer med formelen:: and R4 has the meaning mentioned for the compounds of formula I, preferably from amino acids of the formula::
der restene har den angitte betydning, til aldehyder med formelen: der restene har den nevnte betydning, fortrinnsvis til aldehyder med formelen: der restene har den angitte betydning (oppnåelig for eksempel fra forbindelser med formel XVIIIA), ved omsetning av disse aldehyder med en ylid-forbindelse, fortrinnsvis en svovel-ylid-forbindelse, til et epoksyd med formelen: der restene har den angitte betydning, fortrinnsvis til forbindelser med formelen: where the residues have the indicated meaning, to aldehydes of the formula: where the residues have the mentioned meaning, preferably to aldehydes of the formula: where the residues have the indicated meaning (obtainable for example from compounds of formula XVIIIA), by reacting these aldehydes with a ylide compound, preferably a sulfur ylide compound, to an epoxide of the formula: where the residues have the indicated meaning, preferably to compounds of the formula:
(oppnåelig for eksempel fra forbindelser med formel XIXA), der restene har den angitte betydning, eventuelt avspalting av beskyttelsesgruppen Kjj så sant den ikke tilsvarer en av restene Rg 1 forbindelsene med formel I, og acylerlng av amlnogruppen 1 den resulterende forbindelse med syrer med formel VIII, hvorved restene har den angitte betydning, under de for fremgangsmåte b) beskrevne betingelser. (obtainable for example from compounds of formula XIXA), where the residues have the indicated meaning, optional removal of the protecting group Kjj as long as it does not correspond to one of the residues Rg 1 compounds of formula I, and acylation of the amlno group 1 the resulting compound with acids of formula VIII, whereby the residues have the indicated meaning, under the conditions described for method b).
Reduksjonen av aminosyrene med formlene XVIII eller XVIIIA til de tilsvarende aldehyder XIX og XIXA følger for eksempel ved reduksjon til de tilsvarende alkoholer med derpå følgende oksydasjoner til de nevnte aldehyder. The reduction of the amino acids with the formulas XVIII or XVIIIA to the corresponding aldehydes XIX and XIXA follows, for example, by reduction to the corresponding alcohols with subsequent oxidations to the aforementioned aldehydes.
Reduksjonen til alkoholen skjer for eksempel ved hydroge-ner ing av syrehalogenidene eller også andre under fremgangsmåte b) nevnte aktiverte karboksylsyrederivater under de for hydrogeneringen av fra forbindelser med formel XVI oppnådde hydrazoner nevnte betingelser eller med komplekse hydrider som natrlumborhydrld. Den derpå følgende oksydasjon av de oppnådde alkoholer mulig for eksempel under betingelser for oksydasjon av forbindelsene med formel I der R5 er hydroksy og Rg er hydrogen til slike der R5 og Rg felles betyr okso, slik det er beskrevet under de ytterligere fremgangsmåteforholdsregler, eller mulig ved oksydasjon av hydroksygruppen med et sulfoksyd som dimetylsulfoksyd i nærvær av en reagens som aktiverer hydroksygruppen, for eksempel et karboksylsyre-klorid som oksalylklorld, 1 et inert oppløsnlngsmlddel som et halogenert hydrokarbon som diklormetan, og/eller acyklisk eller cyklisk eter som tetrahydrofuran ved -80*C til 0"C, for eksempel ved -78*C til -50'C. The reduction to the alcohol takes place, for example, by hydrogenation of the acid halides or also other activated carboxylic acid derivatives mentioned in method b) under the conditions mentioned for the hydrogenation of hydrazones obtained from compounds of formula XVI or with complex hydrides such as natrlumborhydrld. The subsequent oxidation of the alcohols obtained is possible, for example, under conditions for the oxidation of the compounds of formula I where R5 is hydroxy and Rg is hydrogen to those where R5 and Rg jointly mean oxo, as described under the further process precautions, or possible by oxidation of the hydroxy group with a sulfoxide such as dimethyl sulfoxide in the presence of a reagent that activates the hydroxy group, for example a carboxylic acid chloride such as oxalyl chloride, an inert solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane, and/or an acyclic or cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran at -80* C to 0"C, for example at -78*C to -50'C.
Også den direkte reduksjon av aminosyrene til aldehydene er mulig, for eksempel ved hydrering i nærvær av en partielt forgiftet palladlumkatalysator eller ved reduksjon av den tilsvarende amlnosyreester, for eksempel laverealkylesteren som etylesteren, med komplekse hydrider som borhydrider, for eksempel natrlumborhydrld, eller fortrinnsvis aluminium-hydrider, for eksempel litiumaluminiumhydrid, litium-tri-(tert-butoksy)alumlniumhydrld eller spesielt diisobutyl-aluminiumhydrid, 1 apolare oppløsningsmidler, for eksempel i hydrokarboner eller aromatiske oppløsningsmidler som toluen, ved -100*C til 0<*>C, og fortrinnsvis -70*C til 30°C, under derpå følgende omsetning til de tilsvarende semikarbazoner, for eksempel med de tilsvarende syresalter av semikarbazoner som semlkarbazldhydroklorid, 1 vandige oppløsningsmlddel-systemer som alkohol/vann, for eksempel etanol/vann, ved temperaturer mellom -20*C og +60<*>C, fortrinnsvis 10<*>C til 30<*>C, og omsetning av det oppnådde semlkarbazon med et reaktivt aldehyd, for eksempel formaldehyd, i et inert oppløsnlngsmlddel, for eksempel et polart, organisk oppløs-nlngsmlddel som et karboksylsyreamid, for eksempel dimetyl-formamld, ved temperaturer mellom -30*C og +60"C, fortrinnsvis 0<*>C til 30<*>C, og derefter en syre, for eksempel en sterk mineralsyre, for eksempel halogenhydrogensyre 1 vandig oppløsning, eventuelt i nærvær av de ovenfor anvendte oppløsnlngmidler, ved temperaturer mellom —40<*>C og +50<*>C, fortrinnsvis mellom -10*C og +30<*>C. De tilsvarende estere oppnås ved omsetning av aminosyrene med tilsvarende karbok-syl syrer, for eksempel etanol, analog de ved kondensasjonen under fremgangsmåte b) anvendte betingelser, for eksempel ved omsetning med uorganiske syrehalogenider som tlonylklorid, 1 organiske oppløsningsmidler som blandinger av aromatiske og alkoholiske oppløsningsmidler, for eksempel toluen og etanol, ved temperaturer mellom —50<*>C og +50<*>C, fortrinnsvis mellom Also the direct reduction of the amino acids to the aldehydes is possible, for example by hydrogenation in the presence of a partially poisoned palladium catalyst or by reduction of the corresponding amino acid ester, for example the lower alkyl ester such as the ethyl ester, with complex hydrides such as borohydrides, for example sodium borohydride, or preferably aluminium- hydrides, for example lithium aluminum hydride, lithium tri-(tert-butoxy) aluminum hydride or especially diisobutyl aluminum hydride, 1 apolar solvents, for example in hydrocarbons or aromatic solvents such as toluene, at -100*C to 0<*>C, and preferably -70*C to 30°C, with subsequent reaction to the corresponding semicarbazones, for example with the corresponding acid salts of semicarbazones such as semicarbazal hydrochloride, 1 aqueous solvent systems such as alcohol/water, for example ethanol/water, at temperatures between -20 *C and +60<*>C, preferably 10<*>C to 30<*>C, and reaction of the semlcarbazone obtained with e t reactive aldehyde, for example formaldehyde, in an inert solvent, for example a polar, organic solvent such as a carboxylic acid amide, for example dimethylformamide, at temperatures between -30*C and +60"C, preferably 0<*> C to 30<*>C, and then an acid, for example a strong mineral acid, for example hydrohalic acid 1 aqueous solution, optionally in the presence of the solvents used above, at temperatures between -40<*>C and +50<*> C, preferably between -10*C and +30<*>C. The corresponding esters are obtained by reaction of the amino acids with corresponding carboxylic acids, for example ethanol, analogous to the conditions used in the condensation under method b), for example by reaction with inorganic acid halides such as tlonyl chloride, 1 organic solvents such as mixtures of aromatic and alcoholic solvents , for example toluene and ethanol, at temperatures between -50<*>C and +50<*>C, preferably between
-10*C og +20<*>C. -10*C and +20<*>C.
Fremstillingen av forbindelsene med formel XIX og XIXA skjer på spesielt foretrukken måte under betingelser analogt de betingelser som er nevnt i "J. Org. Chem.", 47, 3016 (1982) eller "J. Org. Chem.", 43, 3624 (1978). The preparation of the compounds of formula XIX and XIXA takes place in a particularly preferred manner under conditions analogous to those mentioned in "J. Org. Chem.", 47, 3016 (1982) or "J. Org. Chem.", 43, 3624 (1978).
En for omsetning av forbindelsene med formel XIX eller XIXA til epoksydene med formel XX eller XXA egnet svovel-ylid er for eksempel et dialkylsulfoniummetylid som dimetylsulfonium-metylld, et alkyl- eller fenyl-dlalkylamlnosulfoksonium-metylid som metyl- eller fenyl-dimetylamlnosulfoksonlum-metylld eller et dlalkylsulfoksonlummetylld som dlmetyl-eller dletylsulfoksonlummetylld. A suitable sulfur ylide for reacting the compounds of formula XIX or XIXA to the epoxides of formula XX or XXA is, for example, a dialkylsulfonium methylide such as dimethylsulfonium methylide, an alkyl- or phenyl-dlalkylamlnosulfoxonium methylide such as methyl- or phenyl-dimethylamlnosulfoxonium methylide or a dlalkylsulfoxone lummethyl ld such as dlmethyl or dlethylsulfoxone lummethyl ld.
Den angjeldende svovel-ylid-forbindelse blir fortrinnsvis fremstilt in situ fra det tilsvarende sulfonium- henholdsvis sulfoksoniumsalt og en base, for eksempel natrlumhydrid, i et dipolart, aprotlsk oppløsnlngsmlddel, for eksempel dlmetylsulfoksyd, eller en eter som tetrahydrofuran eller 1,2-di-metoksyetan, og derefter omsatt med forbindelsene med formel XIX eller XIXA. Omsetningen skjer vanligvis ved romtemperatur, under avkjøling, for eksempel til -20"C eller under lett oppvarming, for eksempel til 40<*>C. Det samtidig dannede sulfid, sulfidamld henholdsvis sulfoksyd fjernes den derpå følgende vandige opparbeiding. The sulfur-ylide compound in question is preferably prepared in situ from the corresponding sulfonium or sulfoxonium salt and a base, for example sodium hydride, in a dipolar, aprotic solvent, for example dlmethylsulfoxide, or an ether such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,2-di- methoxyethane, and then reacted with the compounds of formula XIX or XIXA. The reaction usually takes place at room temperature, during cooling, for example to -20"C or during slight heating, for example to 40<*>C. The simultaneously formed sulphide, sulphide acid and sulphoxide are removed in the subsequent aqueous work-up.
Omsetningen med et svovel-ylid skjer på spesielt foretrukken måte analogt de betingelser som er beskrevet i "J. Org. Chem.", 50, 4615 (1985). The reaction with a sulfur ylide takes place in a particularly preferred manner analogous to the conditions described in "J. Org. Chem.", 50, 4615 (1985).
Forbindelsene med formel XX (fortrinnsvis XXA) kan fremstilles fra forbindelser med formel XIX (fortrinnsvis XIXA), som definert ovenfor ved deres omsetning med en trilavere-alkylsilylmetyl-Grignard-forbindelse, for eksempel fremstilt fra det tilsvarende halogenmetylsilan som klormetylsllan, i et inert oppløsnlngsmlddel, for eksempel en eter som dloksan eller dietyleter, ved temperaturer mellom 0<*>C og 50<*>C, for eksempel mellom romtemperatur og ca. 40<*>C med efterfølgende eliminering under fjerning av silylresten og dannelse av en dobbeltbinding, for eksempel ved hjelp av en Lewls-syre som BF3, hvorved det fortrinnsvis også spaltes av en aminobeskyttelsesgruppe R^o * et inert oppløsnlngsmlddel, for eksempel en eter som dietyleter, eller et halogenhydrokarbon som diklormetan eller en blanding derav, ved temperaturer mellom The compounds of formula XX (preferably XXA) can be prepared from compounds of formula XIX (preferably XIXA), as defined above by their reaction with a trilower alkylsilylmethyl Grignard compound, for example prepared from the corresponding halomethylsilane such as chloromethyl silane, in an inert solvent , for example an ether such as dloxane or diethyl ether, at temperatures between 0<*>C and 50<*>C, for example between room temperature and approx. 40<*>C with subsequent elimination during removal of the silyl residue and formation of a double bond, for example by means of a Lewls acid such as BF3, whereby an amino protecting group R^o * is preferably also cleaved by an inert solvent part, for example an ether as diethyl ether, or a halohydrocarbon such as dichloromethane or a mixture thereof, at temperatures between
-50*C og tilbakeløpstemperaturen, særlig mellom 0<*>C og 30<*>C, hvi« nødvendig ny acylering under innføring av en amino- -50*C and the reflux temperature, especially between 0<*>C and 30<*>C, if necessary new acylation during the introduction of an amino-
beskyttelsesgruppe som R^q som definert ovenfor, og oksydasjon av den oppnådde dobbeltbinding til oksiran, fortrinnsvis med en perkarboksylsyre som m-klorperbenzosyre i et Inert oppløsnlngsmlddel, for eksempel halogenert hydrokarbon som dlklormetan, ved temperaturer mellom -20*C og blandingens tllbakeløpstemperatur, for eksempel ved 10°C til 30*C. protecting group as R^q as defined above, and oxidation of the obtained double bond to oxirane, preferably with a percarboxylic acid such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid in an inert solvent, for example a halogenated hydrocarbon such as dichloromethane, at temperatures between -20*C and the reflux temperature of the mixture, for for example at 10°C to 30*C.
Utgangsmaterialene for fremgangsmåtene b), c) og d) er kjente eller kan, 1 den grad de er nye, fremstilles 1 henhold til 1 og for seg kjente metoder, for eksempel kan forbindelsene med formel V oppnås fra egnede hydrazinderivater med formel III der resten Rg betyr hydrogen og de øvrige rester har den betydning som er nevnt for forbindelsene med formel V, og egnede epoksyder med formel IV der restene har den betydning som er gitt forbindelser med formel V (fremgangsmåte b), forbindelsene med formel VII fra egnede hydrazlnderivater med formel III der restene har den betydning som er gitt for forbindelser med formel VII og egnede epoksyder med formel IV der Ri betyr hydrogen og de øvrige rester har den betydning som er gitt for forbindelser med formel VII (fremgangsmåte The starting materials for the methods b), c) and d) are known or can, 1 to the extent that they are new, be prepared 1 according to 1 and per se known methods, for example the compounds of formula V can be obtained from suitable hydrazine derivatives of formula III where the rest Rg means hydrogen and the other residues have the meaning mentioned for the compounds of formula V, and suitable epoxides of formula IV where the residues have the meaning given to compounds of formula V (method b), the compounds of formula VII from suitable hydrazln derivatives with formula III where the residues have the meaning given for compounds of formula VII and suitable epoxides of formula IV where Ri means hydrogen and the other residues have the meaning given for compounds of formula VII (method
c), og forbindelsen med formel IX fra egnede hydrazlnderivater med formel III der Rg betyr hydrogen og de øvrige c), and the compound of formula IX from suitable hydrazln derivatives of formula III where Rg means hydrogen and the other
rester har den betydning som er gitt for forbindelser med formel IX (fremgangsmåte d) og egnede epoksyder med formel VI der Ri betyr hydrogen og de øvrige rester har den betydning som er gitt for forbindelser med formel IX (fremgangsmåte d), analogt fremgangsmåte a), eventuelt under anvendelse og avspalting av beskyttelsesgrupper. residues have the meaning given for compounds of formula IX (method d) and suitable epoxides of formula VI where Ri means hydrogen and the other residues have the meaning given for compounds of formula IX (method d), analogous method a) , possibly during the application and cleavage of protective groups.
Forbindelsene med formel I' der substituenten har den ovenfor angitte betydning kan for eksempel fremstilles fra forbindelser med formel III<*>: The compounds of formula I' where the substituent has the above meaning can for example be prepared from compounds of formula III<*>:
der restene har den betydning som er gitt for forbindelser med formel I, som beskrevet ved fremgangsmåte b), ved omsetning med en forbindelse med formel IV, hvorved tilstedeværende funksjonelle grupper som ikke skal delta 1 reaksjonen som der foreligger beskyttet og kan settes fri efter reaksjonen. where the residues have the meaning given for compounds of formula I, as described in method b), by reaction with a compound of formula IV, whereby functional groups present that should not participate in the reaction that are present there are protected and can be set free after the reaction .
Foretrukket for fremgangsmåte d) er utgangsforbindelsene med formel: Preferred for method d) are the starting compounds of formula:
der R 3 og R7 har den for forbindelsene med formel I angitte betydning, samt saltene av de nevnte forbindelser, så sant det er til stede saltdannende grupper, som er mellom-forbindelser.. where R 3 and R 7 have the meaning given for the compounds of formula I, as well as the salts of the aforementioned compounds, as long as salt-forming groups are present, which are intermediate compounds..
Disse kan spesielt være beskyttet på en eller begge aminogrupper hvorved, når det foreligger to aminogrupper, disse kan være like eller forskjellige. These may in particular be protected on one or both amino groups whereby, when there are two amino groups, these may be the same or different.
Som aminobeskyttelsesgrupper finner for eksempel de ovenfor under fremgangsmåte a) nevnte grupper anvendelse. De for forbindelser med formel II nevnte rester R3 og R7 har den ovenfor gitte betydning for forbindelsene med formel I ved definisjonen av R3 og R7. As amino protecting groups, for example, the groups mentioned above under method a) are used. The residues R3 and R7 mentioned for compounds of formula II have the meaning given above for the compounds of formula I in the definition of R3 and R7.
Meget foretrukket er forbindelsene med formel II der R 3 er cykloheksyllaverealkyl, fenyllaverealkyl eller p-fluorfenyl-laverealkyl og R7 betyr laverealkyl, cykloheksyllaverealkyl, fenyllaverealkyl, p-cyanofenyllaverealkyl eller p-fluorfenyl-laverealkyl, samt saltene av de nevnte forbindelser så sant det foreligger saltdannende grupper. Very preferred are the compounds of formula II where R 3 is cyclohexyl lower alkyl, phenyl lower alkyl or p-fluorophenyl lower alkyl and R 7 means lower alkyl, cyclohexyl lower alkyl, phenyl lower alkyl, p-cyanophenyl lower alkyl or p-fluorophenyl lower alkyl, as well as the salts of the aforementioned compounds if there are salt-forming groups.
Helt foretrukket er spesielt forbindelsene med formel II, der R3 betyr fenyllaverealkyl og R7 betyr laverealkyl, cykloheksyllaverealkyl eller fenyllaverealkyl, samt saltene av de nevnte forbindelser så sant det foreligger saltdannende grupper. Particularly preferred are the compounds of formula II, where R 3 means phenyl lower alkyl and R 7 means lower alkyl, cyclohexyl lower alkyl or phenyl lower alkyl, as well as the salts of the aforementioned compounds if salt-forming groups are present.
I første rekke foretrukket er forbindelsene med formel II der R3 betyr cykloheksylmetyl, benzyl eller p-fluorbenzyl og R7 betyr n-butyl, lsobutyl, cykloheksylmetyl, benzyl, p-fluorbenzyl eller p—cyanobenzyl, samt saltene av de nevnte forbindelser så sant det foreligger saltdannende grupper. First and foremost preferred are the compounds of formula II where R3 means cyclohexylmethyl, benzyl or p-fluorobenzyl and R7 means n-butyl, isobutyl, cyclohexylmethyl, benzyl, p-fluorobenzyl or p-cyanobenzyl, as well as the salts of the aforementioned compounds if present salt-forming groups.
Helt spesielt foretrukket er forbindelsene med formel II, der R3 betyr benzyl og R7 betyr lsobutyl, cykloheksylmetyl eller benzyl, samt saltene av de nevnte forbindelser, så sant det foreligger saltdannende grupper. Particularly preferred are the compounds of formula II, where R3 means benzyl and R7 means isobutyl, cyclohexylmethyl or benzyl, as well as the salts of the aforementioned compounds, if salt-forming groups are present.
De mest foretrukne forbindelser er de i eksemplene nevnte forbindelser med formel II. The most preferred compounds are the compounds of formula II mentioned in the examples.
Forbindelsene med formel II der substituentene har de ovenfor angitte betydninger og deres salter, så sant det foreligger saltdannende grupper, fremstilles for eksempel ved at et hydrazinderivat med formelen: der Rio betyr en aminobeskyttelsesgruppe, adderes på epoksyd med formelen: The compounds of formula II in which the substituents have the meanings indicated above and their salts, if salt-forming groups are present, are prepared, for example, by adding a hydrazine derivative of the formula: where Rio means an amino protecting group to epoxide with the formula:
Der Rn betyr en amlnobeskyttelsesgruppe, og Where Rn means an amlnoprotecting group, and
eventuelt en i henhold til den ovenfor angitte fremgangsmåte possibly one according to the method indicated above
a) oppnådd forbindelse med formel II overføres med minst en saltdannende gruppe til sitt salt eller et oppnådd salt 1 den a) obtained compound of formula II is transferred with at least one salt-forming group to its salt or an obtained salt 1 den
frie forbindelse eller til et annet salt, og/eller eventuelt oppnådde lsomerblandlnger separeres og/eller tilstedeværende beskyttelsesgrupper i en forbindelse med formel II spaltes av og/eller free compound or to another salt, and/or optionally obtained isomeric mixtures are separated and/or protective groups present in a compound of formula II are cleaved off and/or
en forbindelse Ifølge oppfinnelsen med formel II omdannes til en annen forbindelse Ifølge oppfinnelsen med formel II. a compound according to the invention with formula II is converted into another compound according to the invention with formula II.
Fremstillingen og omdanningen av salter, separering av lsomerblandlnger, spalting av beskyttelsesgrupper og omdanning av forbindelser med formel II skjer analogt det som er angitt ovenfor for forbindelser med formel I. The production and conversion of salts, separation of isomer mixtures, cleavage of protective groups and conversion of compounds of formula II takes place analogously to what is stated above for compounds of formula I.
Spesielt foretrukket er fremstillingen av utgangsprodukter med formel II der substituentene har den angitte betydning, ved beskyttelsesgruppeavspalting fra forbindelser med formel II der en eller begge aminogrupper er beskyttet med aminobeskyttelsesgrupper, særlig under betingelser for hydrolyse av forbindelser med formel I som beskrevet under de ytterligere forholdsregler. Particularly preferred is the preparation of starting products of formula II where the substituents have the indicated meaning, by protection group removal from compounds of formula II where one or both amino groups are protected with amino protecting groups, in particular under conditions for hydrolysis of compounds of formula I as described under the further precautions.
Metodene for addisjon av forbindelser med formel XVI på slike med formel XXA er beskrevet ovenfor under fremgangsmåte a) ved fremstilling av forbindelser med formel I. The methods for the addition of compounds of formula XVI to those of formula XXA are described above under method a) in the preparation of compounds of formula I.
Fremstillingen av de beskyttede forbindelser med formel I skjer for eksempel i henhold til en hvilken som helst av de til nu nevnte metoder, spesielt fra forbindelser med formel II og IV, hvorved funksjonelle grupper 1 disse forbindelser eventuelt er beskyttet med beskyttelsesgrupper som beskrevet under fremgangsmåte a). The production of the protected compounds of formula I takes place, for example, according to any of the methods mentioned so far, especially from compounds of formula II and IV, whereby functional groups 1 these compounds are optionally protected with protective groups as described under method a ).
Syrene med formlene VI, VIII, XVII og XXI samt forbindelsene med nukleofuge grupper med formel XII, XIII er kjente eller kan, 1 den grad de er nye, fremstilles ved 1 og for seg kjente metoder. The acids of the formulas VI, VIII, XVII and XXI as well as the compounds with nucleofuge groups of the formula XII, XIII are known or, to the extent that they are new, can be prepared by methods known per se.
De følgende eksempler skal Illustrere oppfinnelsen uten å begrense den. The following examples are intended to illustrate the invention without limiting it.
Temperaturene angis i °C. Evis ikke temperaturangivelser foreligger, skjer reaksjonen ved romtemperatur. Rf-verdiene som angir forholdene mellom løpestrekningene til de angjeldende stoffer og løpestreknlngen til eluerlngsmiddel-fronten bestemmes på sllikageltynnsjiktplater ved tynnsjikt-kromatografi (DC) i de følgende eluerlngsmlddelsystemer. The temperatures are given in °C. If temperature specifications are not available, the reaction takes place at room temperature. The Rf values which indicate the relationship between the running distances of the substances in question and the running distance of the eluent front are determined on silica gel thin-layer plates by thin-layer chromatography (DC) in the following eluent component systems.
DC-elueringsmiddelsystemer: DC eluent systems:
Forkortelsene "Rf(A)" betyr for eksempel at Rf-verdien ble bestemt 1 oppløsnlngsmlddelsystemet A. Mengdeforholdet mellom oppløsnlngsmidlene seg Imellom står alltid angitt 1 volum-andeler. The abbreviations "Rf(A)" mean, for example, that the Rf value was determined in the solvent component system A. The quantity ratio between the solvents Between them is always indicated as 1 volume fraction.
HPLC-gradlenter: HPLC graduations:
I 20* -» 100* acetonitril:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i In 20* -» 100* acetonitrile:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid in
vann:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i løpet av 35 minutter. water:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid during 35 minutes.
II 0* -» 40* acetonitril:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre 1 II 0* -» 40* acetonitrile:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid 1
vann:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i løpet av 30 minutter. water:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid during 30 minutes.
III 20* -» 60* acetonitril:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i III 20* -» 60* acetonitrile:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid i
vann:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i løpet av 60 minutter. water:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid during 60 minutes.
IV 10* 50* acetonitril:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i vann:0,05* trlfluoreddiksyre i løpet av 60 minutter. IV 10* 50* acetonitrile:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid in water:0.05* trifluoroacetic acid over 60 minutes.
Søyle (250 mm x 4,6 mm) fylt med "Reversed-Phase"-material Cig-Nucleosil"® (5 pm midlere kornstørrelse, med oktadecyl-silaner kovalent derivatisert silikagel, Macherey & Nagel, Duren, Tyskland). Detektering ved UV-absorpsjon ved 215 nm. Retensjonstidene (tRet) angis i minutter. Flythastighet 1 ml/min. Column (250 mm x 4.6 mm) filled with "Reversed-Phase"-material Cig-Nucleosil"® (5 pm average grain size, with octadecyl-silanes covalently derivatized silica gel, Macherey & Nagel, Duren, Germany). Detection by UV -absorption at 215 nm Retention times (tRet) are given in minutes Flow rate 1 ml/min.
For angivelse av flytmiddelsystemet anvendes det ved flashkromatografi og middeltrykk-kromatografi de samme forkortelser. Flash chromatography and medium pressure chromatography use the same abbreviations to indicate the eluent system.
De ytterligere anvendte kortbetegnelser og forkortelser har følgende betydning: The additional abbreviations and abbreviations used have the following meaning:
Massespektroskoplske måleverdier oppnås enten ved konven-sjonell MS eller 1 henhold til "Fast-Atom-Bombardment" Mass spectroscopic measurement values are obtained either by conventional MS or 1 according to "Fast-Atom-Bombardment"
(FAB—MS)-metoden. Masseangivelsene gjelder 1 det første tilfellet det ikke-protonerte molekylion (M)<+> eller det protonerte molekylion (M+H)<+.>(FAB—MS) method. The mass specifications apply in the first case to the non-protonated molecular ion (M)<+> or the protonated molecular ion (M+H)<+.>
Verdiene for proton-kjerneresonansspektroskopien (^-H-NMR) angis i ppm (deler pr. million), beregnet på tetrametylsilan som Intern standard, s - singlett, d - dublett, t - trlplett, q - kvartett, m - multiplett, dd - dobbeltdublett, br - bred. The values for the proton-nuclear resonance spectroscopy (^-H-NMR) are given in ppm (parts per million), calculated on tetramethylsilane as internal standard, s - singlet, d - doublet, t - triplet, q - quartet, m - multiplet, dd - double doublet, br - wide.
Verdiene for IR-spektrene angis i cm"<1>, i runde parenteser finnes det angjeldende oppløsnlngsmlddel. Evis angitt, betyr s en sterk, m en midlere og w en svak intensitet for det angjeldende signal. The values for the IR spectra are given in cm"<1>, in round brackets there is the relevant resolution part. If indicated, s means a strong, m a medium and w a weak intensity for the signal in question.
Resten med betegnelsen -[Phe^Phe] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-fenyl-l-(N-benzylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Phe^Phe] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-1-(N-benzylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[Phe^Cha] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-fenyl-l-(N-cykloheksylmetylhydrazlno)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Phe^Cha] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-1-(N-cyclohexylmethylhydrazlno)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[Phe^Leu] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-fenyl-l-(N-isobutylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Phe^Leu] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-1-(N-isobutylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[Phe^Nle] betyr resten av 3(S)-amino-4-fenyl-l-(N-n-butylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Phe^Nle] means the residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-1-(N-n-butylhydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[Phe^Cp-FjPhe] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-fenyl-l-(N-(p-fluorfenylmetyl)-hydra-zlno)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Phe^Cp-FjPhe] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-1-(N-(p-fluorophenylmethyl)-hydra-zlno)-butane-2(S)- ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-(p-fluorfenyl)-l-(N-(p—fluor-fenylmetyl)-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-1-(N-(p-fluoro-phenylmethyl)- hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[Ph<e>N<N>(p-CN)Phe] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-fenyl-l-(N-(p-cyanofenylmetyl)-hydra-zino)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Ph<e>N<N>(p-CN)Phe] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-phenyl-1-(N-(p-cyanophenylmethyl)-hydrazino )-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
Resten med betegnelsen -[Cha^Leu] betyr den toverdige rest av 3(S)-amino-4-cykloheksyl-l-(N-Isobutyl-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol og har formelen: The residue with the designation -[Cha^Leu] means the divalent residue of 3(S)-amino-4-cyclohexyl-1-(N-Isobutyl-hydrazino)-butan-2(S)-ol and has the formula:
For betegnelse av toverdige rester av naturlige a-aminosyrer anvendes de i peptldkjemien vanlige forkortelser. Herved har dog aminosyrene som i forbindelsesnavnene står til høyre for -[PheNNphe] , -[PheNNcha] , -[Phe^<L>eu] , -[Phe^Nle] , -[Phe^p-FjPhe] , -[(p-FjPhe^p-FjPhe] , -[Phe^p-CNjPhe] eller -[Cha^<L>eu] , til forskjell fra den vanlige peptid-nomenklatur, der amlnotermlnus ligger til venstre og karboksyterminus til høyre, den bindende karboksygruppe til venstre, noe som er angitt med en pil (*-), som symboliserer snuingen av blndlngsretnlngen. Konfigurasjonen på ot-karbon-atomet angis, hvis den er kjent, ved prefikset (L) eller For designation of divalent residues of natural α-amino acids, the usual abbreviations in peptid chemistry are used. In this way, however, the amino acids that appear to the right of -[PheNNphe] , -[PheNNcha] , -[Phe^<L>eu] , -[Phe^Nle] , -[Phe^p-FjPhe] , -[( p-FjPhe^p-FjPhe] , -[Phe^p-CNjPhe] or -[Cha^<L>eu] , in contrast to the usual peptide nomenclature, where the amlnoterminus is on the left and the carboxy terminus on the right, the binding carboxy group to the left, which is indicated by an arrow (*-), symbolizing the reversal of the bond direction. The configuration on the o-carbon atom is indicated, if known, by the prefix (L) or
(D). Tyrosinrester som på den fenoliske hydroksygruppe er foretret med resten R, angis med Tyr(OR). Nie betyr resten av (D). Tyrosine residues which are etherified on the phenolic hydroxy group with the residue R are indicated by Tyr(OR). Nie means the rest of
norleucin. norleucine.
Eksempel 1; Boe- [Phe^Phe] -Boe Example 1; Boe- [Phe^Phe] -Boe
En oppløsning av 300 mg (1,14 mmol) (2R)-[l'(S)-Boc-amino-2'-fenyletyl]oksiran ("J. Org. Chem.", 50, 4615 (1985)) og 253 mg (1,14 mmol) tert-butyl-3-benzyl-karbazat (WJ. Org. Chem. Soc", Perkin I, 1712 (1975)) i 4 ml metanol oppvarmes i 12 timer under tilbakeløp. Efter avkjøling av reaksjonsblandingen til 0'C faller en stor del av tittelforbindelsen ut. Moderluten dampes inn og resten oppløses i litt metylenklorid. Efter tildrypping av heksan felles en ytterligere del av tittelforbindelsen ut som et hvitt bunnfall. A solution of 300 mg (1.14 mmol) of (2R)-[1'(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane ("J. Org. Chem.", 50, 4615 (1985)) and 253 mg (1.14 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate (WJ. Org. Chem. Soc", Perkin I, 1712 (1975)) in 4 ml of methanol is heated for 12 hours under reflux. After cooling the reaction mixture at 0'C, a large part of the title compound precipitates out. The mother liquor is evaporated and the residue is dissolved in a little methylene chloride. After adding hexane dropwise, a further part of the title compound precipitates out as a white precipitate.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 486; tRet(<I>) - 25,8 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 486; tRet(<I>) - 25.8 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,70. Rf(E) - 0.70.
Eksempel 2; Z-fLJ-Val-lPhe^PheiM(L)-Val-Z): Example 2; Z-fLJ-Val-lPhe^PheiM(L)-Val-Z):
Man oppløser 191 mg (0,76 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 336 mg (0,76 mmol) BOP og 103 mg (0,76 mmol) HOBt i 5 ml av en 0.3M oppløsning av NMM i DMF, tilsetter efter 10 min. 100 mg (0,25 mmol) H-CPhe<NNp>heJ-H-SBXl og omrører i 2 timer ved RT under nltrogenatmosfære. Reaksjonsblandingen dampes inn, resten oppløses 1 metylenklorld og vaskes to ganger med mettet natriumbikarbonatoppløsning. De organiske faser filtreres gjennom vatt, dampes inn og resten renses ved hjelp av kromatograf1 på klselgel med metylenklorld:eter (1:1). Efter lyof11isering av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan oppnår man tittelforbindelsen som hvitt faststoff. 191 mg (0.76 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 336 mg (0.76 mmol) BOP and 103 mg (0.76 mmol) HOBt are dissolved in 5 ml of a 0.3 M solution of NMM in DMF, adds after 10 min. 100 mg (0.25 mmol) H-CPhe<NNp>heJ-H-SBXl and stir for 2 hours at RT under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in 1 methylene chloride and washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phases are filtered through water, evaporated and the residue is purified by means of a chromatograph on Clselgel with methylene chloride:ether (1:1). After lyophilization of the product-containing fractions from dioxane, the title compound is obtained as a white solid.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 752; tRet(<J>) " 27»8 «in.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 752; tRet(<J>) " 27»8 «in.;
Rf(E) - 0,45. Rf(E) - 0.45.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) H-[ Phe^ Phe]- H• 3HC1: a) H-[ Phe^ Phe]- H• 3HC1:
En oppløsning av 280 mg (0,58 mmol) Boc-CPhe^Phe]-Boe fra A solution of 280 mg (0.58 mmol) Boc-CPhe^Phe]-Boe from
eksempel 1 1 10 ml 4N hydrogenklorld 1 dioksan omrøres 1 2 timer ved RT under nltrogenatmosfære og lyofiliseres derefter. Fornyet lyofilisering fra dioksan:tert-butanol gir tittelforbindelsen som fnokket faststoff. example 1 1 10 ml 4N hydrogen chloride 1 dioxane is stirred for 1 2 hours at RT under a nitrogen atmosphere and then lyophilized. Renewed lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol gives the title compound as a fluffy solid.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 286; <t>Ret(II) - 23,1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 286; <t>Ret(II) - 23.1 min.;
Rf(C) - 0,17. Rf(C) - 0.17.
Eksempel 3: Boc-(L )-Val-[Phe^-PheM (L)-Val-Boe): Example 3: Boc-(L )-Val-[Phe^-PheM (L)-Val-Boe):
Analogt eksempel 2 oppnår man fra 50 mg (0,13 mmol) H_[Pne<NNp>he]_H.3HC1f 83 mg (o,83 mmol) Boc-(L)-valln, 168 mg (0,38 mmol) BOP, 51 mg (0,38 mmol) HOBt og 2,5 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF efter kromatografisk rensing på slllkagel med kloroform: metanol (95:5) vinder lyof i liser ing fra dioksan tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 2, one obtains from 50 mg (0.13 mmol) H_[Pne<NNp>he]_H.3HC1f 83 mg (0.83 mmol) Boc-(L)-valln, 168 mg (0.38 mmol) BOP , 51 mg (0.38 mmol) HOBt and 2.5 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with chloroform:methanol (95:5) lysates from the dioxane title compound.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 684; tRet(I) - 27,4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 684; tRet(I) - 27.4 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,38. Rf(E) - 0.38.
Eksempel 4: Boe- [Phe^Cha] -Boe: Example 4: Boe- [Phe^Cha] -Boe:
Analogt eksempel 1 oppnår man fra 231 mg (0,8 mmol) (2R.3S)-l-[3-Boc-amino-2-fenyletyl]oksiran og 200 mg (0,88 mmol) tert-butyl-3-cykloheksylmetyl-karbazat tittelforbindelsen som hvitt bunnfall fra heksan. Analogously to example 1, one obtains from 231 mg (0.8 mmol) (2R.3S)-1-[3-Boc-amino-2-phenylethyl]oxirane and 200 mg (0.88 mmol) tert-butyl-3-cyclohexylmethyl -carbazate the title compound as a white precipitate from hexane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 492; tRet(I) " 30»4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 492; tRet(I) " 30»4 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,78. Rf(E) - 0.78.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) tert- butvl- 3- cykloheksvlmetvl- karbazat: a) tert-butyl-3-cyclohexylmethyl-carbazate:
10,2 g (45,1 mmol) cykloheksylkarbaldehyd-tert-butoksykarbonylhydrazon, oppløst i 400 ml metanol, hydreres i nærvær av 5,1 g 5* platin-på-karbon ved RT og 4 atm. hydrogentrykk. Efter avsluttet reaksjon filtreres katalysatoren av og filtratet dampes Inn. Resten oppløses i metylenklorld og vaskes med vann. Efter inndamping av den organiske fase oppnår man tittelforbindelsen som farveløs harpiks. 10.2 g (45.1 mmol) of cyclohexylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone, dissolved in 400 ml of methanol, is hydrated in the presence of 5.1 g of 5* platinum-on-carbon at RT and 4 atm. hydrogen pressure. After the reaction is finished, the catalyst is filtered off and the filtrate is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in methylene chloride and washed with water. After evaporation of the organic phase, the title compound is obtained as a colorless resin.
^H-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 6,1 (s, br, 1H), 3,9 (s, br, ^H-NMR (200 MHz, CDCl 3 ): 6.1 (s, br, 1H), 3.9 (s, br,
1H), 2,65 (d, 2H), 1,8-0,75 (m, 11H), 1,45 (s, 9H); 1H), 2.65 (d, 2H), 1.8-0.75 (m, 11H), 1.45 (s, 9H);
<tg>et(I) - 32,0 min.; Rf(E) - 0,75. <tg>et(I) - 32.0 min.; Rf(E) - 0.75.
b) C. vkloheksylkarbaldehyd- tert- butoksvkarbonvlhvdrazon; b) C. cyclohexylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxsvcarbonylvlhvdrazone;
En oppløsning av 10,8 g (81,2 mmol) tert-butylkarbazat og A solution of 10.8 g (81.2 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate and
10,1 g (90 mmol) cykloheksylkarbaldehyd 1 400 ml etanol oppvarmes i 2 timer under tllbakeløp. Derefter blir halvparten av oppløsnlngsmldlet destillert av og tittelforbindelsen felt ut ved tilsetning av vann. Denne anvendes direkte videre i a). 10.1 g (90 mmol) of cyclohexylcarbaldehyde and 1,400 ml of ethanol are heated for 2 hours under reflux. Half of the solvent is then distilled off and the title compound is precipitated by the addition of water. This is used directly further in a).
Eksempel 5: H-(L )-Val-[PheM-PheX (L )-Val )-H- 3HC1: Example 5: H-(L )-Val-[PheM-PheX (L )-Val )-H- 3HC1:
En oppløsning av 40 mg (0,06 mmol) Boc-(L)-Val-[Phe^Phe]«— A solution of 40 mg (0.06 mmol) Boc-(L)-Val-[Phe^Phe]«—
((L)-Val)-Boc fra eksempel 3 i 4 ml 4N hydrogenklorid i dioksan omrøres i 1 time ved RT. Derefter fortynner man med dioksan og oppnår efter lyofilisering tittelforbindelsen som hydroklorid. ((L)-Val)-Boc from example 3 in 4 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane is stirred for 1 hour at RT. It is then diluted with dioxane and, after lyophilization, the title compound is obtained as hydrochloride.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 484; tRet(II) - 25,8 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 484; tRet(II) - 25.8 min.;
Rf(A) - 0,45. Rf(A) - 0.45.
Eksempel 6; N-1 iomor f ol inokarbonyl - (L )-Val-[PheliNPhe]«-(N-tiomorfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val): Til en oppløsning av 20 mg (0,03 mmol) H-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Phe]«— Example 6; N-1 iomor f ol inocarbonyl - (L )-Val-[PheliNPhe]«-(N-thiomorpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val): To a solution of 20 mg (0.03 mmol) H-(L)-Val -[Phe<NN>Phe]«—
((L)-Val)-H*3HCl fra eksempel 5 i 0,5 ml DMF settes det ved RT efter hverandre 35 pl (0,25 mmol) trietylamin og 16 mg (0,1 mmol) (4-tiomorfolinylkarbonyl)klorid og det hele omrøres i 1 time ved RT. Reaksjonsblandingen fortynnes med ((L)-Val)-H*3HCl from example 5 in 0.5 ml of DMF, 35 µl (0.25 mmol) of triethylamine and 16 mg (0.1 mmol) of (4-thiomorpholinylcarbonyl) chloride are added one after the other at RT and the whole is stirred for 1 hour at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with
kloroform og vaskes med mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning. Den organiske fase filtreres gjennom vatt, dampes inn og resten kromatograferes på silikagel med en gradient kloroform: metanol (15:1 -» 8:1). Produkt f raks J onen dampes inn og felles med metylenklorld: DIPE. Man oppnår tittelforbindelsen som fnokket faststoff efter lyofilisering fra dioksan. chloroform and washed with saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase is filtered through water, evaporated and the residue is chromatographed on silica gel with a gradient of chloroform: methanol (15:1 -» 8:1). Product f raks J The ion is evaporated and combined with methylene chloride: DIPE. The title compound is obtained as a fine solid after lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 742; <*>Ret(I) - 21,6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 742; <*>Ret(I) - 21.6 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,54. Rf(D) - 0.54.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) ( 4- tiomorfolinylkarbonyl) klorid: a) (4-thiomorpholinylcarbonyl) chloride:
Til en oppløsning av 85 ml (165 mmol) 20 *-ig fosgen i To a solution of 85 ml (165 mmol) 20 *-ig phosgene i
toluen dryppes det ved 0°C til en oppløsning av 10 g (97 mmol) tlomorfolin i 200 ml toluen og den hvite suspensjon omrøres i 1 time ved RT. Overskytende fosgen drives av ved innføring av nitrogen, suspensjonen filtreres og filtratet dampes inn. Man oppnår tittelforbindelsen som gul olje. toluene is added dropwise at 0°C to a solution of 10 g (97 mmol) tlomorpholine in 200 ml toluene and the white suspension is stirred for 1 hour at RT. Excess phosgene is driven off by introducing nitrogen, the suspension is filtered and the filtrate is evaporated. The title compound is obtained as a yellow oil.
IR (CH2C12, cm"<1>): 1735, 1450, 1440, 1405, 1370, 1290, IR (CH 2 Cl 2 , cm"<1>): 1735, 1450, 1440, 1405, 1370, 1290,
1180. 1180.
TCic«em pel 7: N-morfol inokarbonyl- (L)- Val- [Phe^Phe] *-(N-■orfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val): Til en oppløsning av 100 mg (0,25 mmol) H-CPhe^Phel-H-SHCl fra eksempel 2a), 163 mg (0,76 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-valln og 288 mg (0,76 mmol) HBTU 1 2 ml DMF settes det 210 TCic«em pel 7: N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val- [Phe^Phe] *-(N-■orpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val): To a solution of 100 mg (0.25 mmol) H -CPhe^Phel-H-SHCl from example 2a), 163 mg (0.76 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valln and 288 mg (0.76 mmol) HBTU 1 2 ml DMF are placed 210
pl (1,52 mmol) trietylamin og det hele omrøres ved Rt i 16 timer under nitrogen. ReaksjonsblandIngen dampes fullstendig Inn, resten oppløses 1 metylenklorld og vaskes med mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning. Den organiske fase filtreres gjennom vatt, dampes inn og kromatograferes med metylenklorid:metanol (15:1). Tittelforbindelsen felles fra pl (1.52 mmol) triethylamine and the whole is stirred at Rt for 16 hours under nitrogen. The reaction mixture is completely evaporated, the residue is dissolved in 1 methylene chloride and washed with saturated sodium chloride solution. The organic phase is filtered through water, evaporated and chromatographed with methylene chloride:methanol (15:1). The title connection is removed
metylenklorld:heksan og efter lyoflllserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol oppnås tittelforbindelsen som fnokket faststoff. methylene chloride:hexane and after lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol the title compound is obtained as a fine solid.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 710; tRet(I) - 16,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 710; tRet(I) - 16.3 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,16. Rf(E) - 0.16.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- morfolinokarbonyl-( L)- valln: a) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-vallin:
2,7 g (8,4 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-valin-benzylester 2.7 g (8.4 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine benzyl ester
oppløses 1 75 ml eddlkester og hydreres 1 nærvær av 500 mg 10* palladium-på-karbon ved 1 atm. hydrogentrykk og RT i 3 timer. Katalysatoren filtreres av og man oppnår efter dissolve 1 75 ml of eddlkester and hydrate 1 in the presence of 500 mg of 10* palladium-on-carbon at 1 atm. hydrogen pressure and RT for 3 hours. The catalyst is filtered off and the following is obtained
inndamplng av oppløsnlngsmldlet tittelforbindelsen som farveløs olje. Evaporation of the solvent gave the title compound as a colorless oil.
<*>H-NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 4,15 (m, 1H), 3,65 (m, 4H), 3,40 (m, 4H), 2,12 (m, 1H), 0,95 (2d, 6H). <*>H-NMR (300 MHz, CD30D): 4.15 (m, 1H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 3.40 (m, 4H), 2.12 (m, 1H), 0 .95 (2d, 6H).
b) N- morfolinokarbonyl-( L)- valin- benzvlester: b) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine benzester:
Til en oppløsning av 4 g (10,5 mmol) (L)-valin-benzylester-4-toluensulfonat i 56 ml metylenklorld settes 0,8 ml (8,1 mmol) (morfolinokarbonyl)klorid (Fremstilling: "J. Med. Chem.»', 31, 2277 (1988)) og 4,1 ml (24,1 mmol) N-etyldlisopropylamln og det hele omrøres i 24 timer ved RT. ReaksjonsblandIngen fortynnes med eddlkester og efter hverandre med IN saltsyre, vann, mettet natrlumblkarbonat-oppløsning og saltoppløsning (sole). Den organiske fase tørkes over natriumsulfat og dampes inn. Efter kromatograf i på sillkagel med eddlkester oppnår man N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-valin-benzylesteren som farveløs olje. Esteren anvendes øyeblikkelig videre i trinn a). Eksempel 8: Fenylacetyl - (L )-Val-[Phe^Phe]*^ N-fenylacetyl- fD-Val): Analogt eksempel 7 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,25 mmol) H-[Phe^Phe]-H*3HC1 fra eksempel 2a), 143 mg (0,61 mmol) fenylacetyl-(L)-valin (Fremstilling: "Mem. Tokyo Univ. Agrlc", 20, 51 (1978)), 230 mg (0,61 mmol) HBTU og 200 pl (1,42 mmol) trietylamin efter kromatograflsk rensing med metylenklorld:eterrmetanol (20:20:1) og lyofiljsering fra dioksan:tert-butanol. To a solution of 4 g (10.5 mmol) of (L)-valine-benzyl ester-4-toluenesulfonate in 56 ml of methylene chloride is added 0.8 ml (8.1 mmol) of (morpholinocarbonyl) chloride (Production: "J. Med. Chem.»', 31, 2277 (1988)) and 4.1 ml (24.1 mmol) of N-ethyldiisopropylamine and the whole is stirred for 24 hours at RT. The reaction mixture is diluted with diethyl ether and successively with 1N hydrochloric acid, water, saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and salt solution (sole). The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. After chromatography on silica gel with noble ester, the N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine benzyl ester is obtained as a colorless oil. The ester is used immediately further in step a ).Example 8: Phenylacetyl - (L )-Val-[Phe^Phe]*^ N-phenylacetyl- fD-Val): Analogous to example 7, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) H-[Phe^Phe]-H*3HC1 from example 2a), 143 mg (0.61 mmol) phenylacetyl-(L)- valine (Preparation: "Mem. Tokyo Univ. Agrlc", 20, 51 (1978)), 230 mg (0.61 mmol) HBTU and 200 µl (1.42 mmol) triethylamine after chromatographic purification with methylene chloride:ethermethanol (20: 20:1) and lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 720; tRet(<I>) " 23»7 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 720; tRet(<I>) " 23»7 min.;
Rf(G) - 0,21. Rf(G) - 0.21.
Eksempel 9: N-( 3-pyridylacetyl MLj-Val-CPhe^-PheiMlM 3-pyr idyl acetyl)- (L )-Val): Analogt eksempel 7 oppnår man fra 100 mg (0,25 mmol) H-CPhe<NNp>hel-H-SBXl fra eksempel 2a), 576 mg (1,52 mmol) HBTU, 358 mg (1,52 mmol) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valin og 316 pl (2,3 mmol) trietylamin efter kromatograflsk rensing med kloroform:metanol (5:1) og lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol , tittelforbindelsen som hvitt faststoff. Example 9: N-(3-pyridylacetyl MLj-Val-CPhe^-PheiMlM 3-pyr idyl acetyl)-(L )-Val): Analogous to example 7, one obtains from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) H-CPhe<NNp >hel-H-SBXl from Example 2a), 576 mg (1.52 mmol) HBTU, 358 mg (1.52 mmol) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine and 316 µl (2.3 mmol ) triethylamine after chromatographic purification with chloroform:methanol (5:1) and lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol, the title compound as a white solid.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 722; tRet*11) - 27»9 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 722; tRet*11) - 27»9 min.;
Rf(A) - 0,71. Rf(A) - 0.71.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- O- pyrldvlacetvl )-( L)- valin: a) N- O- pyrldvlacetvl )-( L)- valine:
3,4 g N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valin-tert-butylester 3.4 g of N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine tert-butyl ester
oppløses i 20 ml trifluoreddiksyre:metylenklorid (1:1) og omrøres ved RT 1 16 timer. Reaksjonsoppløsnlngen dampes dissolve in 20 ml trifluoroacetic acid:methylene chloride (1:1) and stir at RT 1 for 16 hours. The reaction solution is evaporated
fullstendig Inn og resten dlgereres med DIPE. Man oppnår tittelforbindelsen som hvitt, amorft faststoff. completely In and the rest is diluted with DIPE. The title compound is obtained as a white, amorphous solid.
<1>H-KMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 8,9-8,6 (m, bred, 1E), <1>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 8.9-8.6 (m, broad, 1E),
8,5 (m, 1H), 7,95 (m, 1H), 4,33 (m, 1H), 8.5 (m, 1H), 7.95 (m, 1H), 4.33 (m, 1H),
3,93 (s, 2H), 2,2 (m, 1H), 0,98 (2d, 6B). b) N-( 3- pvridylacetvl)-( L )- valin- tert- butvlester; 3.93 (s, 2H), 2.2 (m, 1H), 0.98 (2d, 6B). b) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valin- tert-butyl ester;
Til en oppløsning av 3,36 g (16 mmol) (L)-valin-tert-butylester-EC1, 2 g (14,5 mmol) 3-pyridyleddiksyre og 2,17 ml (14,3 mmol) cyanfosforsyre-dietylester i 20 ml DMF dryppes det ved 0°C til 4,2 ml trietylamin. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres 1 48 timer ved RT, fortynnes så med metylenklorld og vaskes med 10 £-lg sltronsyre samt med mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning. Den organiske fase filtreres gjennom vatt og gir efter avdamping av oppløs-ningsmidlet N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valin-tert-butylester, som umiddelbart anvendes videre under a). To a solution of 3.36 g (16 mmol) (L)-valine tert-butyl ester EC1, 2 g (14.5 mmol) 3-pyridylacetic acid and 2.17 ml (14.3 mmol) cyanophosphoric acid diethyl ester in 20 ml of DMF are added dropwise at 0°C to 4.2 ml of triethylamine. The reaction mixture is stirred for 148 hours at RT, then diluted with methylene chloride and washed with 10 µg of sulfuric acid and with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phase is filtered through water and gives, after evaporation of the solvent, N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine-tert-butyl ester, which is immediately used further under a).
Eksempel 10; Boc-(L)-Val-[PheNNCha]«-( (L)-Val )-Boc Example 10; Boc-(L)-Val-[PheNNCha]«-((L)-Val )-Boc
Analogt eksempel 7 oppnår man ved å gå ut fra 500 mg (1,25 mmol) E-CPhe<NN>chal-E-SBCl, 1,08 g (4,98 mmol) Boc-(L)-valin, 1,89 g (4,98 mmol) EBTU og 1,39 ml (9,96 mmol) trietylamin efter kromatografisk rensing på sllikagel med metylenkloridreter (1:1) og lyofilisering fra dioksan, tittelforbindelsen som fnokket faststoff. Analogous to example 7, starting from 500 mg (1.25 mmol) E-CPhe<NN>chal-E-SBCl, 1.08 g (4.98 mmol) Boc-(L)-valine, 1, 89 g (4.98 mmol) of EBTU and 1.39 ml (9.96 mmol) of triethylamine after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride ether (1:1) and lyophilization from dioxane, the title compound as a fluffy solid.
FAB-MS (M+E)+ - 690; tRet*1) " 29>3 min.; FAB-MS (M+E) + - 690; tRet*1) " 29>3 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,48. Rf(E) - 0.48.
Utgangsmaterialene fremstilles som følger: The starting materials are produced as follows:
a) H-[ Phe^ Cha]- H• 3HC1: a) H-[ Phe^ Cha]- H• 3HC1:
1,10 g (2,2 mmol) Boc-CPhe^ChaJ-Boc fra eksempel 4 1.10 g (2.2 mmol) Boc-CPhe^ChaJ-Boc from Example 4
oppløst 1 20 ml 4N hydrogenklorId 1 dioksan og omrøres 1 3 timer ved RT. Efter lyofillserlng av reaksjonsoppløsnlngen oppnår man tittelforbindelsen som hydroklorld. dissolved in 1 20 ml 4N hydrogen chloride 1 dioxane and stirred for 1 3 hours at RT. After lyophilization of the reaction solution, the title compound is obtained as hydrochloride.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 292; tRet(II) - 27,3 min. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 292; tRet(II) - 27.3 min.
Eksempel 11: Z-CLJ-Val-CPhe^ChaM (L)-Val-Z: Example 11: Z-CLJ-Val-CPhe^ChaM (L)-Val-Z:
Analogt eksempel 2 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 50 mg (0,12 mmol) H-CPhe^Chal-H-SHCl fra eksempel 10a), 94 mg (0,37 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 165 mg (0,37 mmol) BOP, 51 mg (0,37 mmol) EOBt og 2,5 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:eter (1:1) og lyofIllserlng fra dioksan. Analogous to example 2, the title compound is obtained from 50 mg (0.12 mmol) H-CPhe^Chal-H-SHCl from example 10a), 94 mg (0.37 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 165 mg (0, 37 mmol) BOP, 51 mg (0.37 mmol) EOBt and 2.5 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride ether (1:1) and lyophilising from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 758; tRet(I) - 29,1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 758; tRet(I) - 29.1 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,55. Rf(H) - 0.55.
Eksempel 12: Boe- [Phe^Leu] -Boe: Example 12: Boe- [Phe^Leu] -Boe:
Analogt eksempel 1 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen som bunnfall fra heksan ved å gå ut fra 1,0 g (3,8 mmol) (2R)-[1'(S)-Boc-amino-2'-fenyletyl]oksiran og 715 mg (3,8 mmol) tert-butyl-3-lsobutyl-karbazat (Fremstilling: "J. Chem. Soc.", Perkin I, 1712 (1975)). Analogous to example 1, the title compound is obtained as a precipitate from hexane by starting from 1.0 g (3.8 mmol) (2R)-[1'(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 715 mg ( 3.8 mmol) tert-butyl-3-isobutyl-carbazate (Preparation: "J. Chem. Soc.", Perkin I, 1712 (1975)).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 452; tRet(I) - 27,2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 452; tRet(I) - 27.2 min.;
Rf(I) - 0,55. Rf(I) - 0.55.
Eksempel 13; Z-(L)-Val-[PlierøiJeU]*.((L)-Val-Z: Example 13; Z-(L)-Val-[PlierøiJeU]*.((L)-Val-Z:
Analogt eksempel 2 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 60 mg (0,172 mmol) H—[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1. 125 mg (0,50 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 221 mg (0,50 mmol) BOP, 67 mg (0,50 mmol) HOBt og 3,3 ml 0.3M NMM 1 DMF efter kromatograflsk rensing på sllikagel med metylenkloridteter (1:1) og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Analogous to example 2, the title compound is obtained by starting from 60 mg (0.172 mmol) H—[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1. 125 mg (0.50 mmol) Z-(L)-vallin, 221 mg (0.50 mmol) BOP, 67 mg (0.50 mmol) HOBt and 3.3 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride ether (1:1) and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 718; tRet(<I>) - 26,8 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 718; tRet(<I>) - 26.8 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,38. Rf(H) - 0.38.
Utgangsmaterlalet oppnås som følger: The starting material is obtained as follows:
a) H-[ Phe^ Leu]- H* 3HC1: a) H-[ Phe^ Leu]- H* 3HC1:
Analogt eksempel 10a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra Analogous to example 10a), the title compound is obtained from
1,21 g (2,48 mmol) Boc-CPhe^Leu]-Boe fra eksempel 12 som lyofilisat. 1.21 g (2.48 mmol) Boc-CPhe^Leu]-Boe from Example 12 as lyophilisate.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 252; tRet^<1>1) 20•»9 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 252; tRet^<1>1) 20•»9 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,23. Rf(K) - 0.23.
Eksempel 14; H- (L )-Val- [Phe^ChaM (L )-Val-H* 3HC1: Example 14; H-(L )-Val-[Phe^ChaM (L )-Val-H* 3HC1:
Analogt eksempel 10a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen som hydroklorid fra 632 mg (0.91 mmol) Boc-(LJ-Val-CPheNNcha]— Analogous to example 10a), the title compound is obtained as hydrochloride from 632 mg (0.91 mmol) Boc-(LJ-Val-CPheNNcha]—
((L)-Val)-Boc fra eksempel 10 efter lyofillserlng. ((L)-Val)-Boc from Example 10 after lyophilization.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 490; tRet*<1>1) " 29 »4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 490; tRet*<1>1) " 29 »4 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,23. Rf(K) - 0.23.
Eksempel 15: H-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-Val-[Phe^Leu]«-(N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-¥al): Analogt eksempel 9 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 90 mg (0,25 mmol) H— [Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1 fra eksempel 13a), 358 mg (1,52 mmol) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valin, 576 mg (1,52 mmol) HBTU og 316 pl (2,5 mmol) trietylamin efter kromatograflsk rensing med metylenklorld:metanol (15:1) og lyofIllserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol:vann. Example 15: H-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-Val-[Phe^Leu]«-(N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-¥al): Analogous to example 9, the title compound is obtained from 90 mg (0.25 mmol) H— [Phe^Leu]-H*3HCl from Example 13a), 358 mg (1.52 mmol) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine, 576 mg (1.52 mmol) HBTU and 316 µl (2.5 mmol) triethylamine after chromatographic purification with methylene chloride:methanol (15:1) and lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol:water.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 688; tRet(IV) " 15»5 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 688; tRet(IV) " 15»5 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,37. Rf(D) - 0.37.
T<g>k<g>ftinpfti 1 h: N-trifluoracetyl-[PheM'(p-F )Phe] -Boe: T<g>k<g>ftinpfti 1 h: N-trifluoroacetyl-[PheM'(p-F )Phe] -Boe:
En oppløsning av 4,0 g (15,4 mmol) 2(R)-[1'(S)-(trifluoracetyl-amino)-2'-fenyletyl]-oksiran og 3,89 g (16,2 mmol) tert-butyl-3-(p-fluorfenyl-metyl)-karbazat i 35 ml metanol oppvarmes 1 ca. 20 timer 1 bomberør til ca. 80°C. Reaksjonsblandingen dampes inn, resten oppløses 1 litt diklormetan og tittelforbindelsen felles ut med heksan (kjøleskap). Ytterligere produkt oppnås ved søylekromatografi (S102, metylenklorld:eter 95:7). A solution of 4.0 g (15.4 mmol) of 2(R)-[1'(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane and 3.89 g (16.2 mmol) of tert -butyl-3-(p-fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate in 35 ml of methanol is heated for 1 approx. 20 hours 1 bomb pipe for approx. 80°C. The reaction mixture is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in a little dichloromethane and the title compound is precipitated with hexane (refrigerator). Additional product is obtained by column chromatography (S102, methylene chloride:ether 95:7).
DC Rf(J) - 0,57; tRet^<1>) - 24»3 min.; DC Rf(J) - 0.57; tRet^<1>) - 24»3 min.;
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 500. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 500.
Utgangsmaterialene fremstilles som følger: The starting materials are produced as follows:
a) N- 3( S)-( Boc- amino)- 2( R. Sl- hvdroksv- 4- fenvl- l- trlmetvl-sllvl- butan: Under ^-atmosfære går man ut fra 24,7 g (1,02 mol) magnesium i 100 ml abs. eter og det tilsettes 1 løpet av 35 min. litt jod og samtidig 132,5 ml (0,95 mol) klor-metyltrimetylsilan og 300 ml eter, hvorved temperaturen holdes ved 38<*>C ved hjelp av et Isbad. Den oppnådde reaksjonsblanding omrøres så 1 1V4 time ved ST. Efter avkjøling til -60'C tilsettes det en suspensjon av 48,6 g (0,195 mol) N-Boc-fenylalanlnal (Fremstilling: D.J. Kempf, "J. Org. Chem.", 51» 3921 (1986)) i 1,1 1 eter i løpet av 40 min. I løpet av 90 min. oppvarmes reaksjonsblandingen a) N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R.Sl-hydroxyl-4-phenyl-l-trimethyl-sllvl-butane: Under ^-atmosphere one starts from 24.7 g (1, 02 mol) of magnesium in 100 ml of absolute ether and a little iodine is added over 35 minutes and at the same time 132.5 ml (0.95 mol) of chloromethyltrimethylsilane and 300 ml of ether, whereby the temperature is kept at 38<*>C with the aid of an ice bath. The resulting reaction mixture is then stirred for 11V4 hours at RT. After cooling to -60°C, a suspension of 48.6 g (0.195 mol) of N-Boc-phenylalanalnal (Preparation: D.J. Kempf, "J . Org. Chem.", 51» 3921 (1986)) in 1.1 1 ether during 40 min. During 90 min. the reaction mixture is heated
til ST og omrøres i ytterligere 90 min. ved denne to RT and stirred for a further 90 min. by this
temperatur. Derefter heller man på 2 1 Isvann og 1,5 1 10 £-lg vandig sltronsyre. Den separerte vandige fase ekstraheres 2 x 500 ml eter. Alle eterekstrakter vaskes med 500 ml 10 £-lg sltronsyre og to ganger med saltoppløs-nlng. Efter tørking over natrlumsulfat damper man Inn under vakuum og anvender den oppnådde tittelforbindelse videre uten ytterligere rensing. temperature. Then pour in 2 1 ice water and 1.5 1 10 lb aqueous sulfuric acid. The separated aqueous phase is extracted 2 x 500 ml of ether. All ether extracts are washed with 500 ml of 10 µg sulfuric acid and twice with saline solution. After drying over sodium sulfate, it is evaporated under vacuum and the obtained title compound is used further without further purification.
DC Bf(L) - 0,6; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 338. DC Bf(L) - 0.6; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 338.
b) l- fenvl- 3- buten- 2( S)- amln: b) l-phenvl-3-butene-2(S)-amln:
Til en oppløsning av 18,8 g (0,055 mol) 3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(B,S)-hydroksy-4-fenyl-l-trimetylsilyl-butan i 420 ml metylenklorld settes det ved 5'C i løpet av 10 minutter 35,6 ml (0,28 mol) av en ca. 48 %- lg oppløsning av bortrifluorid i eter. Reaksjonsblandingen omrøres i 16 timer ved ST, avkjøles til 10°C og det tilsettes i løpet av 20 min. 276 ml av en 4N natriumhydroksydoppløsning. Den vandige fase separeres og ekstraheres med 2 x 400 ml metylenklorld. De forenede organiske ekstrakter vaskes med saltoppløsning og tørkes over natrlumsulfat. Tittel-produktet anvendes videre uten ytterligere rensing. To a solution of 18.8 g (0.055 mol) 3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(B,S)-hydroxy-4-phenyl-1-trimethylsilyl-butane in 420 ml of methylene chloride is added at 5' C during 10 minutes 35.6 ml (0.28 mol) of an approx. 48%-lg solution of boron trifluoride in ether. The reaction mixture is stirred for 16 hours at RT, cooled to 10°C and added over 20 min. 276 ml of a 4N sodium hydroxide solution. The aqueous phase is separated and extracted with 2 x 400 ml methylene chloride. The combined organic extracts are washed with saline and dried over sodium sulfate. The title product is used further without further purification.
DC Bf(C) - 0,15; DC Bf(C) - 0.15;
IS (metylenklorld) (cm-<1>): 3370, 3020, 2920, 1640, 1605. IS (methylene chloride) (cm-<1>): 3370, 3020, 2920, 1640, 1605.
c) N- trifluoracetyl- l- fenvl- 3- buten- 2( S)- amln: c) N-trifluoroacetyl-1-phenyl-3-butene-2(S)-amln:
Oppløst 1 210 ml metylenklorld og 70 ml pyrldln settes Dissolved 1,210 ml of methylene chloride and 70 ml of pyridine are added
det dråpevis til 11,9 g (81 mmol) l-fenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amin ved 0<*>C, 17,0 ml (121 mmol) trlfluoreddiksyre. Efter 0,5 timers omrøring ved 0°C ekstraheres det to ganger med fortynnet HC1, vann og saltoppløsning. De vandige faser vaskes videre to ganger med metylenklorld, tørkes over natrlumsulfat og dampes Inn. it dropwise to 11.9 g (81 mmol) of 1-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine at 0<*>C, 17.0 ml (121 mmol) of trifluoroacetic acid. After stirring for 0.5 hours at 0°C, it is extracted twice with diluted HCl, water and salt solution. The aqueous phases are further washed twice with methylene chloride, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated.
DC Rf(M) - 0,4. DC Rf(M) - 0.4.
d) 2( S)- fl,( S)-( trifluoracetvl- amlno)- 2,- fenvletvl1- oksiran: Til en oppløsning av 14,5 g (60 mmol) N-trifluoracetyl-1-fenyl-3-buten-2(S )-amin 1 600 ml kloroform settes det 54,28 g (314 mmol) m-klorperbenzosyre og det hele omrøres 1 24 timer ved RT. ReaksJonsblandlngen vaskes to ganger d) 2( S )- fl,( S )-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2,- phenylethyl 1-oxirane: To a solution of 14.5 g (60 mmol) N-trifluoroacetyl-1-phenyl-3-butene- 2(S)-amine 1,600 ml of chloroform, 54.28 g (314 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid are added and the whole is stirred for 124 hours at RT. The reaction mixture is washed twice
med 10 £-lg natrlumsulfittoppløsnlng, to ganger med mettet natriumkarbonatoppløsning, vann og saltoppløsning. De vandige faser ekstraheres så to ganger med metylenklorld, de forenede organiske faser tørkes med natrlumsulfat og dampes Inn, noe som gir tittelforbindelsen som anvendes uten ytterligere rensing i det neste trinn. with 10 µg sodium sulphite solution, twice with saturated sodium carbonate solution, water and saline. The aqueous phases are then extracted twice with methylene chloride, the combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated to yield the title compound which is used without further purification in the next step.
DC Rf(N) - 0,6. DC Rf(N) - 0.6.
e) p- fluorfenvlkarbaldehvd- tert- butoksykarbonylhydrazon; e) p-fluorophenylcarbaldehyde tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone;
Analogt eksempel 4b) omsetter man 32 g (242 mmol) tert-butylkarbazat og 30 g (242 mmol) p-fluorbenzaldehyd i 300 ml etanol ved 80<*>C i 3 timer til tittelforbindelsen som krystalliserer ut ved avkjøling og "fortynning med vann. Analogously to example 4b), 32 g (242 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate and 30 g (242 mmol) of p-fluorobenzaldehyde are reacted in 300 ml of ethanol at 80<*>C for 3 hours to the title compound, which crystallizes out on cooling and "dilution with water .
DC Rf(N) - 0,48; tRet(I) - 19,4 min. DC Rf(N) - 0.48; tRet(I) - 19.4 min.
f) tert- butyl- 3-( p- fluorfenyl- metyl)- karbazat: f) tert-butyl-3-(p-fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate:
Analogt eksempel 4a) hydrerer man 55 g (231 mmol) p-fluor-fenylkarbaldehyd-tert-butoksykarbonylhydrazon i 500 ml THF med 5,5 g palladium (5$) på kull til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 4a), 55 g (231 mmol) of p-fluoro-phenylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone in 500 ml of THF are hydrogenated with 5.5 g of palladium (5$) on charcoal to give the title compound.
<i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7,35 (dd, 8 og 6 Hz, 2H), <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 7.35 (dd, 8 and 6 Hz, 2H),
7,05 (t, 8 Hz, 2H), 3,9 (s, 2H), 1,45 (s, 9H). 7.05 (h, 8 Hz, 2H), 3.9 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
Eksempel 17: N-mor f ol inokarbonyl - (L) -Val - [ Phe10^ p-F )Phe] -Boe: En oppløsning av 185 mg (0,80 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-valin (fremstilling se eksempel 7a), 270 mg (0,67 mmol) H-CPhe<NN>fp-FjPheD-Boc, 311 mg (0,70 mmol) BOP og 95 mg (0,70 mmol) HOBt oppløses ved RT i 6,8 ml NMM:DMF 0,3M og omrøres 1 5 timer ved RT. Reaksjonsblandlngen dampes inn under HV og resten fordeles mellom 4 porsjoner metylenklorld, 2 porsjoner IM natrlumkarbonatoppløsnlng, vann og saltoppløsnlng. De over natrlumsulfat forenede og tørkede faser dampes inn og renses søylekromatograflsk (SiC>2, eddlksyreetylester). Example 17: N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe10^ p-F )Phe]-Boe: A solution of 185 mg (0.80 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine (preparation see example 7a), 270 mg (0.67 mmol) H-CPhe<NN>fp-FjPheD-Boc, 311 mg (0.70 mmol) BOP and 95 mg (0.70 mmol) HOBt are dissolved at RT in 6.8 ml NMM:DMF 0.3M and stirred for 15 hours at RT. The reaction mixture is evaporated under HV and the residue is distributed between 4 portions of methylene chloride, 2 portions of IM sodium carbonate solution, water and saline solution. The combined and dried phases over sodium sulfate are evaporated and purified by column chromatography (SiC>2, acetic acid ethyl ester).
DC Rf(0) - 038; tRet(J) " 21 »8 mln» DC Rf(0) - 038; tRet(J) " 21 »8 mln»
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 616. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 616.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) H-[ PheNfl( p- F) Phe]- Boe: a) H-[ PheNfl( p- F) Phe]- Boe:
Ved 70<*>C drypper man tii en oppløsning av 0,3 g (0,6 mmol) At 70<*>C, a solution of 0.3 g (0.6 mmol) is added drop by drop
N-trifluoracetyl-CPhe^p-DPhel-Boc (fremstilling se eksempel 16) 1 50 ml metanol og under ^-atmosfære, 15 ml av en IM vandig oppløsning av kaliumkarbonat og omrører i 25 timer ved denne temperatur. ReaksJonsblandlngen dampes inn under HV, til resten settes metylenklorld og man vasker to ganger med vann og saltoppløsnlng. De vandige faser ekstraheres to ganger med metylenklorld, de organiske faser tørkes med natrlumsulfat og dampes Inn. Råproduktet omsettes uten ytterligere rensing 1 det neste trinn. N-trifluoroacetyl-CPhe^p-DPhel-Boc (preparation see Example 16) 1 50 ml of methanol and under a ^-atmosphere, 15 ml of an IM aqueous solution of potassium carbonate and stir for 25 hours at this temperature. The reaction mixture is evaporated under HV, methylene chloride is added to the residue and washed twice with water and saline solution. The aqueous phases are extracted twice with methylene chloride, the organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated. The raw product is processed without further purification in the next step.
<t>get(I) - 16,2 min. <t>get(I) - 16.2 min.
Eksempel 18: N-morf ol Inokarbonyl-(L )-Val- [Phe^p-F )Phe]«— Example 18: N-morphol Inocarbonyl-(L )-Val- [Phe^p-F )Phe]«—
((D-Val)-Z: ((D-Val)-Z:
Til en oppløsning av 86 mg (0,34 mmol) Z-(L)-Val og 160 mg (0,31 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H 1 To a solution of 86 mg (0.34 mmol) Z-(L)-Val and 160 mg (0.31 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H 1
2,7 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M (0,25M NMM 1 CH3CN) settes det 129 mg (0,34 mmol) HBTU. Efter 4 timer ved RT dampes det hele Inn og resten fordeles mellom 3 deler metylenklorld, 2 deler mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning og saltoppløsnlng. Tørking av de organiske faser med natrlumsulfat og lnndamping gir tittelforbindelsen som efter digerering fra metylenkloridreter (1:1) oppnås ren. 129 mg (0.34 mmol) of HBTU are added to 2.7 ml of NMM/CH3CN 0.25M (0.25M NMM 1 CH3CN). After 4 hours at RT, the whole is evaporated and the residue is distributed between 3 parts methylene chloride, 2 parts saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saline solution. Drying the organic phases with sodium sulfate and evaporation gives the title compound, which after digestion from methylene chloride ether (1:1) is obtained pure.
DC Rf(P) - 0,4; tRet(I) " 22»4 min.; DC Rf(P) - 0.4; tRet(I) " 22»4 min.;
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 749. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 749.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- morfolInokarbonyl-( L)- Val-[ PheNN( p- F) Phe]-H: a) N-morpholInocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H:
Oppløst i 105 ml maursyre blir 210 mg (0,34 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-flJ-Val-CPhe<N>^p-FjPheJ-Boc (eksempel 17) omrørt i 4 timer ved RT. Derefter dampes det hele inn, resten tas opp i metylenklorld og oppløsningen vaskes med mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning og saltoppløsnlng. Ekstrahering av de vandige faser med 2 deler metylenklorld, tørking av de organiske faser med natrlumsulfat og lnndamping gir tittelforbindelsen som anvendes uten ytterligere rensing i det neste trinn. Dissolved in 105 ml of formic acid, 210 mg (0.34 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-flJ-Val-CPhe<N>^p-FjPheJ-Boc (Example 17) are stirred for 4 hours at RT. The whole is then evaporated, the residue is taken up in methylene chloride and the solution is washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and saline solution. Extraction of the aqueous phases with 2 parts of methylene chloride, drying of the organic phases with sodium sulfate and evaporation gives the title compound which is used without further purification in the next step.
tRet(I) - 12,9. tRet(I) - 12.9.
Eksempel 19: N-»orfol inokarbonyl - (L )-Val-[Phe10^ p-F )Phe] «— Example 19: N-»orphol inocarbonyl - (L )-Val-[Phe10^ p-F )Phe] «—
((U-Val)-H: ((U-Val)-H:
Ved normaltrykk blir 160 mg (0,21 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]*-((L)-Val)-Z (eksempel 18) i 6 ml etanol hydrert med 40 mg 10 56—lg palladium-på-karbon. Efter filtrering gjennom Celite® (Kiselgur, filterhjelpemiddel fra Fluka, Buchs, Sveits), lnndamping og lyofillserlng fra dioksan, oppnår man tittelforbindelsen. At normal pressure, 160 mg (0.21 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]*-((L)-Val)-Z (Example 18) in 6 ml of ethanol hydrated with 40 mg 10 56—lg palladium-on-carbon. After filtration through Celite® (Diatomaceous earth, filter aid from Fluka, Buchs, Switzerland), evaporation and lyophilization from dioxane, the title compound is obtained.
<t>Ret(hydroklorid, I) - 13,4 min.; <t>Ret(hydrochloride, I) - 13.4 min.;
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 615. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 615.
TCirnftmTv»! an: N-mor f ol lnokar bony 1 - (L) -Val - [ Phe10* (p-F )Phe] «— TCirnftmTv»! an: N-mor f ol lnokar bony 1 - (L) -Val - [ Phe10* (p-F )Phe] «—
((L )-Val M N-morf ol inokarbonyl-Gly): ((L )-Val M N-morphol inocarbonyl-Gly):
Til en oppløsning av 26,9 mg (0,143 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl -glyein og 80 mg (0,130 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]*-((L)-Val)-H i 1,1 ml NMM/CH3CN 0,25M settes det 54 mg (0,143 mmol) HBTU og omrøres 16 timer ved RT. Man damper inn og fordeler resten mellom 3 deler eddiksyreetylester, vann, 2 deler mettet natriumbikarbonat-oppløsnlng, vann og saltoppløsnlng. Tørking av de organiske faser med natrlumsulfat og lnndamping gir tittelforbindelsen som efter oppløsning i litt DMF og felling med DIPE faller ut ren. To a solution of 26.9 mg (0.143 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl -glyein and 80 mg (0.130 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]*-((L)-Val) -H in 1.1 ml of NMM/CH3CN 0.25M, add 54 mg (0.143 mmol) of HBTU and stir for 16 hours at RT. One evaporates and distributes the residue between 3 parts acetic acid ethyl ester, water, 2 parts saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, water and salt solution. Drying the organic phases with sodium sulfate and evaporation gives the title compound, which after dissolution in a little DMF and precipitation with DIPE precipitates pure.
tRet(J) - 15.1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 785. tRet(J) - 15.1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 785.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- morfolinokarbonvl- glycln- benzylester: a) N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycol-benzyl ester:
Analogt eksempel 7b) omsettes 7,69 g (22,8 mmol) glycin-benzylester-4-toluensulfonat og 2,8 g (19 mmol) (morfolinokarbonyl )klor ld 1 118 ml metylenklorld og 9 ml (53 mmol) N-etyldlisopropylamin 1 18 timer. Tittelforbindelsen felles ut 1 ren form efter ekstrahering med metylenklorld og digererlng fra heksan. Analogous to example 7b), 7.69 g (22.8 mmol) glycine benzyl ester-4-toluenesulfonate and 2.8 g (19 mmol) (morpholinocarbonyl)chlorine are reacted with 1,118 ml methylene chloride and 9 ml (53 mmol) N-ethyldiisopropylamine 1 18 hours. The title compound precipitates out in pure form after extraction with methylene chloride and digestion from hexane.
tRet(I) - 11,6 min. tRet(I) - 11.6 min.
b) N- mor f ol inokarbonyl - gl. vc in: b) N-mother f ol inocarbonyl - gl. vc in:
Analogt eksempel 7a) hydreres 4,8 g (18,3 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-glycin-benzylester i 100 ml eddiksyreetylester med 1 g 10 5É-ig palladium-på-karbon til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 7a), 4.8 g (18.3 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-glycine-benzyl ester in 100 ml of acetic acid ethyl ester are hydrogenated with 1 g of 10 5É-ig palladium-on-carbon to the title compound.
%-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 3,88 (s, 2H), 3,64 (s, 4H), % NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): 3.88 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 4H),
3,50 (s, 2H), 3,35 (s, 4H). 3.50 (s, 2H), 3.35 (s, 4H).
Eksempel 21; Z-UJ-Val-CPhe^p-FjPheD-Boc: Example 21; Z-UJ-Val-CPhe^p-FjPheD-Boc:
Til en oppløsning av 335 mg (1,33 mmol) Z-(L)-Val og 448 mg (1,11 mmol) H-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc (fremstilling se eksempel 17a) 1 9,4 ml NMM/CE3CN 0,25M (0,25M NMM i CH23CN) settes det 463 mg (1,22 mmol) HBTU. Efter 16 timers omrøring ved RT dampes det hele inn og resten fordeles mellom 3 deler metylenklorld, 2 deler mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning og saltoppløsnlng. Tørking av de organiske faser med natrlumsulfat og lnndamping gir tittelforbindelsen som renses ved søylekromatografi (S102, heksanreddiksyreetylester 4:1 1:1). To a solution of 335 mg (1.33 mmol) Z-(L)-Val and 448 mg (1.11 mmol) H-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc (preparation see example 17a) 1 9 .4 ml NMM/CE3CN 0.25M (0.25M NMM in CH23CN) add 463 mg (1.22 mmol) HBTU. After stirring for 16 hours at RT, the whole is evaporated and the residue is distributed between 3 parts methylene chloride, 2 parts saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and salt solution. Drying the organic phases with sodium sulfate and evaporation gives the title compound, which is purified by column chromatography (S102, hexane-acetic acid ethyl ester 4:1 1:1).
<t>Ret*1) - 26,6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 637. <t>Ret*1) - 26.6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 637.
Eksempel 22; Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^p-F)Phe]«-( (L)-Val )-Boc; Example 22; Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^p-F)Phe]«-((L)-Val )-Boc;
Analogt eksempel 18 omsettes 165 mg (0,76 mmol) Boe-(L)-Val og 371 mg (0,69 mmol) Z-dO-Val-CPheN^p-FjPheD-H 1 6 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M med 289 mg (0,76 mmol) HBTU til tittelforbindelsen som krystalliseres direkte fra reaksjonsoppløsnlngen og derved kan filtreres av. Analogously to example 18, 165 mg (0.76 mmol) Boe-(L)-Val and 371 mg (0.69 mmol) Z-dO-Val-CPheN^p-FjPheD-H 1 6 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M are reacted with 289 mg (0.76 mmol) of HBTU to the title compound which crystallizes directly from the reaction solution and can thereby be filtered off.
<t>Ret^1) - 27,2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 736. <t>Ret^1) - 27.2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 736.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) Z-( L)- Val-[ Phe^( p- F) Phe]- H: a) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^(p-F)Phe]-H:
Analogt eksempel 18a) blir beskyttelsesgruppen fjernet fra Analogous to example 18a), the protecting group is removed from
440 mg (0,69 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boe med 212 ml maursyre til tittelforbindelsen. 440 mg (0.69 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boe with 212 ml of formic acid to the title compound.
tRet^) " 17»8 mln- tRet^) " 17»8 mln-
Eksempel 23; Z-(L )-Val-[Phe101 (p-F)Phe]«-( (L )-Val )-H: Example 23; Z-(L )-Val-[Phe101 (p-F)Phe]«-((L )-Val )-H:
Analogt eksempel 18a) blir beskyttelsesgruppen fjernet fra 250 mg (0,34 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-((L)-Val)-Boc (eksempel 22) med 50 ml maursyre til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to Example 18a), the protecting group is removed from 250 mg (0.34 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-((L)-Val)-Boc (Example 22) with 50 ml of formic acid to the title compound.
<t>Ret(I) - 18,0 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 636. <t>Ret(I) - 18.0 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 636.
Eksempel 24: Z-fLj-Val-CPhe^p-FjPheM(L)-Val)«-(¥-morfo-1Inokarbonyl-Gly); Example 24: Z-fLj-Val-CPhe^p-FjPheM(L)-Val)«-(¥-morpho-1Inocarbonyl-Gly);
Analogt eksempel 20 omsettes 32 mg (0,17 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-glycin (eksempel 20b) og 99 mg (0,16 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]«-((L)-Val)-H i 1,3 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M med 65 mg (0,17 mmol) HBTU til tittelforbindelsen som krystalliseres ut direkte fra reaksjonsoppløsnlngen. Analogous to example 20, 32 mg (0.17 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonylglycine (example 20b) and 99 mg (0.16 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]«- ((L)-Val)-H in 1.3 ml of NMM/CH3CN 0.25M with 65 mg (0.17 mmol) of HBTU to the title compound which crystallizes out directly from the reaction solution.
"<t>Ret^1) - 21,1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> » 806. "<t>Ret^1) - 21.1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> » 806.
Eksempel 25; Z- (L )-Asn- [PheIDJ( p-F )Phe] -Boe: Example 25; Z-(L)-Asn-[PheIDJ(p-F)Phe]-Boe:
Til en oppløsning av 2,09 g (5,2 mmol) H-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boe (fremstilling se eksempel 17a) 1 68 ml DMF og 2,7 ml (16 mmol) N-etyl-dllsopropylamln settes 3,0 g (7,8 mmol) Z-(L)-asparagln-p-nitrofenylester (Bachem, Bubendorf, Sveits). Efter 16 timers omrøring ved RT damper man inn under HV, resten tas opp 1 mye metylenklorld (tungt oppløselig) og vaskes med 2 deler 5 £-ig kallumkarbonatoppløsnlng. De vandige faser ekstraheres så to ganger med mye metylenklorld, de forenede organiske faser tørkes med natrlumsulfat og dampes Inn. Efter oppløsning av råproduktet 1 litt metanol og utfelling ved tilsetning av toluen ved -20*C oppnås tittelforbindelsen. To a solution of 2.09 g (5.2 mmol) H-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boe (preparation see example 17a) 1 68 ml DMF and 2.7 ml (16 mmol) N-ethyl 3.0 g (7.8 mmol) of Z-(L)-asparagyl-p-nitrophenyl ester (Bachem, Bubendorf, Switzerland) are added to -dlisopropylamine. After 16 hours of stirring at RT, the mixture is evaporated under HV, the residue is taken up with 1 lot of methylene chloride (heavily soluble) and washed with 2 parts of 5 lb calcium carbonate solution. The aqueous phases are then extracted twice with plenty of methylene chloride, the combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated. After dissolving the crude product 1 in a little methanol and precipitation by adding toluene at -20°C, the title compound is obtained.
<t>RetC1) " 21,2 min. <t>RetC1) " 21.2 min.
Eksempel 26; H-tLj-Asn-CPhe^p-FjPhell-Boc: Example 26; H-tLj-Asn-CPhe^p-FjPhell-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 19 hydreres 0,40 g (0,61 mmol) Z-(L)-An-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc i 20 ml metanol til tittelforbindelsen. Analogous to example 19, 0.40 g (0.61 mmol) of Z-(L)-An-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc in 20 ml of methanol is hydrogenated to the title compound.
tRet(I) - 14,9 min. tRet(I) - 14.9 min.
Eksempel 27: Kinolin-2-karbonyl-(L)-Asn-[Phe<Wf>i(p-F)Phe]-Boe: Analogt eksempel 17 omsettes 134 mg (0,78 mmol) klnolin-2-karboksylsyre (Fluka, Buchs, Sveits) i 4 ml NMM/DMF 0,3M med 344 mg (0,78 mmol) BOP, 105 mg (0,78 mmol) HOBT og 268 mg (0,52 mmol) H-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boe. Da det efter 16 timers omrøring ved RT i henhold til HPLC ennu er til stede H-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc, tilsetter man ytterligere 299 mg BOP, 70 mg HOBT, 89 mg kinaldinsyre og 113 pl NMM. Efter ytterligere 16 timer dampes det hele inn og resten fordeles mellom 3 deler metylenklorld, 2 deler mettet natrium-bikarbonatoppløsning og saltoppløsnlng. De forenede organiske faser tørkes med natrlumsulfat og dampes inn. Oppløsning av råproduktet i litt DMF, felling med DIPE og avkjøling til Example 27: Quinoline-2-carbonyl-(L)-Asn-[Phe<Wf>i(p-F)Phe]-Boe: Analogous to example 17, 134 mg (0.78 mmol) of quinoline-2-carboxylic acid (Fluka, Buchs , Switzerland) in 4 mL NMM/DMF 0.3M with 344 mg (0.78 mmol) BOP, 105 mg (0.78 mmol) HOBT and 268 mg (0.52 mmol) H-(L)-Asn-[ Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boe. Since H-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc is still present after 16 hours of stirring at RT according to HPLC, a further 299 mg of BOP, 70 mg of HOBT, 89 mg of quinaldic acid and 113 µl NMM. After a further 16 hours, it is all evaporated and the residue is distributed between 3 parts methylene chloride, 2 parts saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and salt solution. The combined organic phases are dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated. Dissolving the crude product in a little DMF, precipitation with DIPE and cooling further
-20*C gir tittelforbindelsen. -20*C gives the title compound.
<t>Ret*1) " 22»8 ">in.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 673. <t>Rect*1) " 22»8 ">in.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 673.
Eksempel 28: Z-fLj-Asn-CPhe^p-FjPheM(L)-Val-Z: Example 28: Z-fLj-Asn-CPhe^p-FjPheM(L)-Val-Z:
88 mg (0,35 mmol) Z-(L)-Val 1 3,8 ml NMM/DMF 0,3M aktiveres med 153 mg (0,35 mmol) BOP og 47 mg (0,35 mmol) HOBT og efter 15 min. tilsettes 144 mg (0,23 mmol) Z-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)-Phe]-H*2HC1. Efter 14 timers omrøring ved RT dampes reaksjon sblandingen inn, resten oppløses i 2 ml metanol og fordeles mellom 3 deler metylenklorld og 2 deler IM natrium-karbonatoppløsnlng, den organiske fase tørkes med natrlumsulfat og dampes Inn. Gjentatt oppløsning av råproduktet 1 litt DMF og utfelling med DIPE gir tittelforbindelsen. 88 mg (0.35 mmol) Z-(L)-Val 1 3.8 ml NMM/DMF 0.3M are activated with 153 mg (0.35 mmol) BOP and 47 mg (0.35 mmol) HOBT and after 15 my. 144 mg (0.23 mmol) of Z-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)-Phe]-H*2HC1 is added. After stirring for 14 hours at RT, the reaction mixture is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in 2 ml methanol and distributed between 3 parts methylene chloride and 2 parts IM sodium carbonate solution, the organic phase is dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated. Repeated dissolution of the crude product 1 in a little DMF and precipitation with DIPE gives the title compound.
<t>Ret(I) - 22»2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 785. <t>Ret(I) - 22»2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 785.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) Z-( L)- Asn-[ Phe^ tp- F) Phe]- H• 2HC1: a) Z-(L)- Asn-[ Phe^ tp- F) Phe]- H• 2HC1:
Under ^-atmosfære blir det til en oppløsning av 150 mg Under ^-atmosphere it becomes a solution of 150 mg
(0,23 mmol) Z-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc (eksempel 25) i 1 ml dioksan satt 2 ml HC1/dioksan 4N (Fluka, Buens, (0.23 mmol) Z-(L)-Asn-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc (Example 25) in 1 ml dioxane added 2 ml HCl/dioxane 4N (Fluka, Buens,
Sveits). Efter 1,5 timers omrøring ved RT blir reaksjonsblandingen lyofilisert og lyofilisatet umiddelbart omsatt videre. Switzerland). After stirring for 1.5 hours at RT, the reaction mixture is lyophilized and the lyophilisate is immediately reacted further.
Eksempel 29: Tr i fluor acetyl-[Phe^C p-F ^Phe]«-( (L)-Val )-Z: Analogt eksempel 17 omsettes 239 mg (0,95 mmol) Z-(L)-Val i 10,5 ml NMM(DMF 0,4M med 421 mg (0,95 mmol) BOP, 129 mg (0,95 mmol) HOET og 0,3 g (0,63 mmol) N-trifluoracetyl-CPhe^p-F)-Phe]-H i 15 timer. Søylekromatografi (Si02, metylenklorld: eter 10:1) og felling fra DMF-oppløsning med DIPE gir tittelforbindelsen. Example 29: Tr in fluoro acetyl-[Phe^C p-F ^Phe]«-( (L)-Val )-Z: Analogously to example 17, 239 mg (0.95 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val are reacted in 10, 5 ml NMM(DMF 0.4M with 421 mg (0.95 mmol) BOP, 129 mg (0.95 mmol) HOET and 0.3 g (0.63 mmol) N-trifluoroacetyl-CPhe^p-F)-Phe] -H for 15 hours. Column chromatography (SiO 2 , methylene chloride: ether 10:1) and precipitation from DMF solution with DIPE gives the title compound.
DC Rf(0) - 0,15; tRet(I) - 25,9 min.; DC Rf(0) - 0.15; tRet(I) - 25.9 min.;
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 633. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 633.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- trifluoracetyl-[ Phe*^ p- F) Phe]- H: a) N- trifluoroacetyl-[ Phe*^ p- F) Phe]- H:
Ved 0*C blir det til 0,20 g (0,40 mmol) N-trifluoracetyl-^he^p-F )Phe] -Boe (fremstilling se eksempel 16) i 5 ml metylenklorld satt 5 ml trlfluoreddiksyre. Efter 4 timers omrøring ved 0<*>C og 2 timer ved RT blir reaksjonsblandlngen dampet inn. Lyofillserlng av resten fra dioksan gir tittelforbindelsen som anvendes videre uten ytterligere rensing. At 0°C, 5 ml of trifluoroacetic acid is added to 0.20 g (0.40 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[he^p-F)Phe]-Boe (preparation see example 16) in 5 ml of methylene chloride. After 4 hours of stirring at 0<*>C and 2 hours at RT, the reaction mixture is evaporated. Lyophilization of the residue from dioxane gives the title compound which is used further without further purification.
tRetd) - 14-7 mln- tRetd) - 14-7 mln-
Eksempel 30: Z-(L)-Asn-[PhefflIPhe]-Boc: Example 30: Z-(L)-Asn-[PhefflIPhe]-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 25 omsettes 167 mg (0,34 mmol) H-CPhe^Phe]-Boe i 3,6 ml DMF og 0,18 ml (1 mmol) N-etyl-diisopropylamin med 0,20 g (0,52 mmol) Z-(L)-asparagin-p-nitrofenylester til tittelforbindelsen som efter søylekromatografi (SIO2, eddiksyreetylester) oppnås i ren form. Analogous to example 25, 167 mg (0.34 mmol) of H-CPhe^Phe]-Boe are reacted in 3.6 ml of DMF and 0.18 ml (1 mmol) of N-ethyl-diisopropylamine with 0.20 g (0.52 mmol ) Z-(L)-asparagine p-nitrophenyl ester to the title compound which after column chromatography (SIO2, acetic acid ethyl ester) is obtained in pure form.
DC Rf(0) - 0,19; tRet(I) " 20,9 min. DC Rf(0) - 0.19; tRet(I) " 20.9 min.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- trlfluoracetyl-[ Phe^ Phel- Boe; a) N- trifluoroacetyl-[ Phe^ Phel- Boe;
Analogt eksempel 16 omsettes 1,82 g (7,0 mmol) 2(R)-[1 *(S)-(trifluoracetyl-amino)-2'-fenyletyl]-oksiran (eksempel 16d) og 1,58 g (7,1 mmol) tert-butyl-3-benzyl-karbazat ("J. Chem.", Perkln I, 1712 (1975)) 1 15 ml metanol 1 bomberør til tittelforbindelsen som så Isoleres ved søylekromatografi. Analogous to example 16, 1.82 g (7.0 mmol) of 2(R)-[1*(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane (example 16d) and 1.58 g (7 .1 mmol) tert-butyl-3-benzyl-carbazate ("J. Chem.", Perkln I, 1712 (1975)) 1 15 ml methanol 1 bomb tube to the title compound which then Is isolated by column chromatography.
DC Rf(J) - 0,38; *Ret(J) " 24»5 min« DC Rf(J) - 0.38; *Correct(J) " 24»5 min«
b) H- CPhe^ Phel- Boc: b) H-CPhe^Phel-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 17a) omsettes 258 mg (0,53 mmol) N-trifluoracetyl-CPhe^Phej-Boc i 60 ml metanol med 10,7 ml IM kallumkarbonatoppløsnlng til tittelforbindelsen. Analogous to example 17a), 258 mg (0.53 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-CPhe^Phej-Boc in 60 ml of methanol are reacted with 10.7 ml of 1M potassium carbonate solution to the title compound.
Eksempel 31: Z- (L )-Yal- [ (p-F )PheliN(p-F )Phe] -Boe: Example 31: Z-(L)-Yal-[(p-F)PheliN(p-F)Phe]-Boe:
Analogt eksempel 21 omsettes 18 mg (0,070 mmol) Z-(L)-Val og 27 mg (0,064 mmol) H-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc i 0,6 ml NMM/CH3CN 0,25M med 26,6 mg (0,070 mmol) HBTU til tittelforbindelsen som renses ved oppløsning i litt metylenklorld og utfelling med DIPE. Analogously to example 21, 18 mg (0.070 mmol) Z-(L)-Val and 27 mg (0.064 mmol) H-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-Boc are reacted in 0.6 ml NMM/CH3CN 0 .25M with 26.6 mg (0.070 mmol) of HBTU to the title compound which is purified by dissolving in a little methylene chloride and precipitating with DIPE.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 655. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 655.
Utgangsmaterlalet fremstilles som følger: The starting material is produced as follows:
a) N- Boc-( p- fluorfenvlalanln): a) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenvlalanln):
I 0,4 1 dioksan:vann 1:1 omsettes 20 g (109 mmol) p-fluor-fenylalanin (Fluka, Buchs, Sveits) jned 35,5 g'(163 mmol) Boc-anhydrid og 150 g (1,09 mol) kaliumkarbonat. Efter 4 timer blir reaksjonsblandingen surgjort med sitronsyre-oppløsning og ekstrahert med 3 deler eddiksyreetylester. De organiske faser vaskes med 10 5t-ig sltronsyre, vann og saltoppløsnlng, tørkes med natrlumsulfat og dampes Inn. Oppløsning av resten 1 litt metylenklorld og omkrystalli-sering ved tilsetning av heksan gir tittelforbindelsen. In 0.4 l of dioxane:water 1:1, 20 g (109 mmol) of p-fluoro-phenylalanine (Fluka, Buchs, Switzerland) are reacted with 35.5 g (163 mmol) of Boc anhydride and 150 g (1.09 moles) of potassium carbonate. After 4 hours, the reaction mixture is acidified with citric acid solution and extracted with 3 parts ethyl acetate. The organic phases are washed with 10 5t sulfuric acid, water and salt solution, dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated. Dissolving the residue in a little methylene chloride and recrystallization by adding hexane gives the title compound.
<t>Ret^1) " 16,9 min. <t>Ret^1) " 16.9 min.
b) N- Boc- fp- fluorfenvlalanlnol): b) N-Boc-fp-fluorophenvlalannol):
Ved -5*C til -10*C blir det til en oppløsning av 17,9 g (63 mmol) N-Boc-(p-fluorfenylalanin) i 73 ml abs. THF satt 9,66 ml (69 mmol) trietylamin hvorefter det dryppes til en oppløsning av 9,05 ml (69 mmol) klormaursyreisobutylester i 44 ml abs. THF. Efter en fc times omrøring ved RT suges det dannede bunnfall av. Filtratet dryppes under avkjøling til 4,77 g (126 mmol) natrlumborhydrld i 28 ml vann. Efter 4 timers omrøring ved RT gjøres det hele surt med 10 St-ig sltronsyre, THF dampes delvis av 1 en RV og resten fordeles mellom 3 deler eddiksyreetylester, 2 deler 2N natrlumhydroksydoppløsnlng, vann, mettet natriumhydrogen-karbonatoppløsning og saltoppløsnlng. Den med natrlumsulfat tørkede og lnndampede organiske fase gir tittelforbindelsen efter oppløsning 1 litt metylenklorld og krystallisering ved tilsetning av heksan. DC Rf(N) - 0,36; tRetd) " 16»8 min.; <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 7,24 (dd, 8 og 5 Hz, 2H), 6,98 (t, 8 Hz, 2H), 3,73 (m, 1H), 3,47 (d, 5 Hz, 2H), 2,88 (dd, 13 og 6 Hz, 1H), 2,62 (dd, 13 og -8 Hz, 1H), 1,36 (s, 9H). At -5*C to -10*C it becomes a solution of 17.9 g (63 mmol) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalanine) in 73 ml abs. THF added 9.66 ml (69 mmol) of triethylamine, after which it is added dropwise to a solution of 9.05 ml (69 mmol) of chloroformate isobutyl ester in 44 ml of abs. THF. After one hour of stirring at RT, the formed precipitate is sucked off. The filtrate is added dropwise while cooling to 4.77 g (126 mmol) of sodium borohydride in 28 ml of water. After 4 hours of stirring at RT, the whole is made acidic with 10% sulfuric acid, the THF is partially evaporated from 1 in RV and the residue is distributed between 3 parts acetic acid ethyl ester, 2 parts 2N sodium hydroxide solution, water, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and saline solution. The organic phase dried with sodium sulfate and evaporated gives the title compound after dissolving 1 in a little methylene chloride and crystallization by adding hexane. DC Rf(N) - 0.36; tRetd) " 16»8 min.; <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 7.24 (dd, 8 and 5 Hz, 2H), 6.98 (t, 8 Hz, 2H), 3, 73 (m, 1H), 3.47 (d, 5 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (dd, 13 and 6 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (dd, 13 and -8 Hz, 1H), 1, 36 (p, 9H).
c) N- Boc-( p- fluorfenylalaninal): c) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalaninal):
Under ^-atmosfære drypper man til en til -60*C avkjølt Under ^-atmosphere one drops to a cooled to -60*C
oppløsning av 4,0 ml (46,8 mmol) oksalylklorid 1 44 ml metylenklorld 1 4,44 ml (62,4 mmol) DMSO oppløst i 76 ml metylenklorld. Efter 15 min. tilsetter man så til den solution of 4.0 ml (46.8 mmol) oxalyl chloride 1 44 ml methylene chloride 1 4.44 ml (62.4 mmol) DMSO dissolved in 76 ml methylene chloride. After 15 min. you then add to it
klare reaksjonsoppløsning 8,4 g (31,2 mmol) N-Boc-(p-fluorfenylalånlnol) som oppløsning 1 185 ml metylenklorid:THF 1:1 (-» utfelling) og man omrører i ytterligere 25 min. Derefter tilsettes 17,3 ml (124,8 mmol) trietylamin oppløst 1 38 ml metylenklorld. Efter 30 min. omrøring drypper man til 278 ml av en 20 %- lg kallumhydrogensulfat-oppløsnlng, fulgt av 220 ml heksan. Det hele oppvarmes på RT, den vandige fase separeres og ekstraheres med 2 deler eter. De organiske faser gir efter vasking med mettet clear reaction solution 8.4 g (31.2 mmol) N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalanol) as a solution 1,185 ml methylene chloride:THF 1:1 (-» precipitation) and stirring for a further 25 min. 17.3 ml (124.8 mmol) of triethylamine dissolved in 1 38 ml of methylene chloride are then added. After 30 min. while stirring, 278 ml of a 20% calcium hydrogen sulphate solution is added drop by drop, followed by 220 ml of hexane. The whole is heated at RT, the aqueous phase is separated and extracted with 2 parts of ether. The organic phases give after washing with saturated
natriumbikarbonatoppløsning, vann og saltoppløsnlng, tørking over natrlumsulfat og lnndamping, tittelforbindelsen som anvendes videre i det neste trinn uten ytterligere rensing. sodium bicarbonate solution, water and salt solution, drying over sodium sulfate and evaporation, the title compound which is used further in the next step without further purification.
<*>E-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 9,63 (s, 1H), 6,9-7,2 (2m, 4H), 5,04 (m, 1H), 4,42 (m, 1E), 3,10 (m, 2H), 1,43 (s, 9H). <*>E-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 9.63 (s, 1H), 6.9-7.2 (2m, 4H), 5.04 (m, 1H), 4.42 (m, 1E), 3.10 (m, 2H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
d) N- 3( S)-( Boc- amlno)- 2( R. S)- hvdroksv- 4-( p- fluorfenyl)- l-trImetvis ilvl- butan: Analogt eksempel 16a) omsettes 1,63 g (67 mmol) magnesium i 33 ml abs. eter med 8,3 ml (60 mmol) klormetyltrlmetyl-silan til en Grignard-forbindelse som efter reaksjon med 13 mmol N-Boc-(p-fluorfenylalaninal), ekstrahering og d) N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R.S)-hydroxy-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-1-trimethylbutane: Analogous to example 16a) 1.63 g (67 mmol) magnesium in 33 ml abs. ether with 8.3 ml (60 mmol) of chloromethyltrimethylsilane to a Grignard compound which, after reaction with 13 mmol of N-Boc-(p-fluorophenylalaninal), extraction and
søylekronratografi (SIO2, heksan:eddiksyreetylester 5:1 -» 4:1) gir tittelforbindelsen som dlastereomerblandlng. column crown radiography (SIO 2 , hexane:ethyl acetate 5:1 -» 4:1) gives the title compound as a diastereomer mixture.
DC Rf(L) - 0,32; tRet(I) - 24,9 min.(22*)/25,5 min.(78*); DC Rf(L) - 0.32; tRet(I) - 24.9 min.(22*)/25.5 min.(78*);
FAB-MS (M+E)<+> - 356. FAB-MS (M+E)<+> - 356.
e) 1-( p- fluorfenvl)- 3- buten- 2( S)- amln: e) 1-(p-fluorophenyl)-3-butene-2(S)-amln:
Analogt eksempel 16b) omsettes 1,1 g (3,1 mmol) N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroksy-4-(p-fluorfenyl)-l-trimetyl silyl-butan i 22 ml metylenklorld med 1,9 ml (15,5 mmol) av en ca. 48 5É-ig oppløsning av bortrifluorid i eter til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 16b), 1.1 g (3.1 mmol) of N-3(S)-(Boc-amino)-2(R,S)-hydroxy-4-(p-fluorophenyl)-1-trimethyl are reacted silyl-butane in 22 ml of methylene chloride with 1.9 ml (15.5 mmol) of an approx. 48 5Ég solution of boron trifluoride in ether to the title compound.
^H-NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): 7,2-7,10 og 7,05-6,9 (2m, hver 2H), 5,9-5,8 (m, 1H), 5,2-5,0 (m, 2H), 3,57 (m, 1H), 2,79 (dd, 12 og 6 Hz, 1H), 2,62 (dd, 12 og 8 Hz, 1H), 1,7 (sb, 2H). ^H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl 3 ): 7.2-7.10 and 7.05-6.9 (2m, each 2H), 5.9-5.8 (m, 1H), 5.2- 5.0 (m, 2H), 3.57 (m, 1H), 2.79 (dd, 12 and 6 Hz, 1H), 2.62 (dd, 12 and 8 Hz, 1H), 1.7 ( sb, 2H).
f) N- trlfluoracetvl- l-( p- fluorfenvl)- 3- buten- 2( S)- amln: Analogt eksempel 16c) omsettes 364 mg (2,2 mmol) l-(p-fluorfenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amin i 1,8 ml metylenklorld og 5,4 ml pyridin med 460 pl (3,3 mmol) trlfluoreddiksyre til tittelforbindelsen som oppnås i ren form efter digerering i heksan. f) N-trifluoroacetvl-1-(p-fluorophenyl)-3-butene-2(S)-amln: Analogous to example 16c) 364 mg (2.2 mmol) of 1-(p-fluorophenyl)-3-butene- 2(S)-amine in 1.8 ml of methylene chloride and 5.4 ml of pyridine with 460 µl (3.3 mmol) of trifluoroacetic acid to the title compound which is obtained in pure form after digestion in hexane.
DC Rf(F) - 0,58; MS (M)<+> - 261. DC Rf(F) - 0.58; MS (M)<+> - 261.
g) 2( RI- T!'( S)-( trifluoracetvl- amino)- 2,-( p- fluorfenvl) etvl1-okslran: Analogt eksempel 16d) oksyderes 359 mg (1,37 mmol) N-trifluoracetyl-l-(p-fluorfenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amin i 9 ml kloroform med 1,18 g (6,87 mmol) m-klorperbenzosyre til ti ttelforblndelsen. g) 2(RI-T!'(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2,-(p-fluorophenyl)ethyl-oxilran: Analogous to example 16d) 359 mg (1.37 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-1- (p-fluorophenyl)-3-buten-2(S)-amine in 9 ml of chloroform with 1.18 g (6.87 mmol) of m-chloroperbenzoic acid to the title mixture.
DC Rf(R) - 0,45. DC Rf(R) - 0.45.
h) N- trlfluoracetyl-[( p- FJPhe0( p- F) Phe]- Boe: h) N- trifluoroacetyl-[( p- FJPhe0( p- F) Phe]- Boe:
Analogt eksempel 16) omsettes 415 mg (1,49 mmol) 2(R)-[1 * (S)-( trif luoracetyl-amlno)-2 '-(p.-fluor fenyl )etyl]-oksiran og 377 mg (1,57 mmol) tert-butyl-3-(p-fluorfenyl-metyl)-karbazat i 9 ml metanol til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 16), 415 mg (1.49 mmol) of 2(R)-[1 * (S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2'-(p.-fluorophenyl)ethyl]-oxirane and 377 mg ( 1.57 mmol) of tert-butyl-3-(p-fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate in 9 ml of methanol to the title compound.
DC Rf(S) - 0,53; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 518; DC Rf(S) - 0.53; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 518;
^H-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 7,4-7,3 og 7,3-7,2 (2m, hver 2H), 7,05-6,9 (m, 4H), 4,23 (m, 1H), 3,90-3,65 (m, 3H), 3,03-2,78 og 2,74-2,60 (2m, hver 2E), 1,30 (s, 9H). 1) H- C ( p- F iPhe^ tp- F ) Phe] - Boe; ^H-NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 7.4-7.3 and 7.3-7.2 (2m, each 2H), 7.05-6.9 (m, 4H), 4.23 ( m, 1H), 3.90-3.65 (m, 3H), 3.03-2.78 and 2.74-2.60 (2m, each 2E), 1.30 (s, 9H). 1) H- C ( p- F iPhe^ tp- F ) Phe] - Boe;
Analogt eksempel 17a) omsettes 285 mg (0,55 mmol) N-trifluoracetyl-Cfp-FjPhe^p-FjPheJ-Boc i 45 ml metanol med 14 ml IM kaliumkarbonatoppløsnlng til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 17a), 285 mg (0.55 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-Cfp-FjPhe^p-FjPheJ-Boc are reacted in 45 ml of methanol with 14 ml of 1M potassium carbonate solution to the title compound.
tjjg-td) - 16,4 min. tjjg-td) - 16.4 min.
Eksempel 32: Z-(L)- Val-[(p-FjPhe10* (p-F)Phe]-H: Example 32: Z-(L)-Val-[(p-FjPhe10* (p-F)Phe]-H:
Analogt eksempel 18a) blir beskyttelsesgruppen fjernet fra 215 mg (0,33 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-FjPhe<NN>fp-FiPhe]-Boe med 100 ml maursyre til tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 18a), the protecting group is removed from 215 mg (0.33 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-FjPhe<NN>fp-FiPhe]-Boe with 100 ml of formic acid to give the title compound).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 555. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 555.
Eksempel 33: Z-(L )-Val- [ (p-F )PheNN( p-F )Phe]«-(N-(N-(2-pyr i dy Ime tyl )-N-metyl-aminokarbonyl )-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 18 omsettes 23,6 mg (0,089 mmol) N-(N-(2-pyridylmetyl)-N-metyl-aminokarbonyl)-(L)-valin (fremstilling se EP 402646 Al, 19. desember 1990) og 45 mg (0,081 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H med 33,8 mg (0,089 mmol) HBTU i 0,76 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M til tittelforbindelsen som derefter omkrystal11seres fra DMF(DIPE). Example 33: Z-(L )-Val-[ (p-F )PheNN( p-F )Phe]«-(N-(N-(2-pyr i dy Ime tyl )-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl )-(L)- Val): Analogous to example 18, 23.6 mg (0.089 mmol) of N-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valine are reacted (preparation see EP 402646 A1, 19 December 1990) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol) HBTU in 0.76 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M to the title compound which is then recrystallized from DMF(DIPE).
DC Rf(0) - 0,39; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 802. DC Rf(0) - 0.39; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 802.
Eksempel 34; Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]«-(N-(2(S,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenyl-proplonyl )-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 18 blir 26,0 mg (0,089 mmol) N-(2(H,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenyl-proplonyl)-(L)-valln (fremstilling: "Synth., Struct., Funct.", "Proe. Am. Pept. Symp.", 7., 85, Example 34; Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]«-(N-(2(S,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-proplonyl )-(L)-Val): Analogous to example 18, 26.0 mg (0.089 mmol) of N-(2(H,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-proplonyl)-(L)-valln (preparation: "Synth., Struct., Funct.", "Proe. Am. Pept. Symp.", 7., 85,
(1981)) og 45 mg (0,081 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)-Phe]-E (eksempel 32) omsatt med 33,8 mg (0,089 mmol) HBTU 1 0,76 ml NMM/CH3CN 0,25M til tittelforbindelsen som så omkrystal11seres fra DMF/DIPE. (1981)) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)-Phe]-E (Example 32) reacted with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol) of HBTU 1 0.76 ml NMM/CH 3 CN 0.25M to the title compound which was then recrystallized from DMF/DIPE.
Rf(P) - 0,64; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 829. Rf(P) - 0.64; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 829.
Eksempel 35: Acetyl-Val- [Phe^Phe]«-(N-acetyl-Val): Example 35: Acetyl-Val- [Phe^Phe]«-(N-acetyl-Val):
Analogt eksempel 7 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,25 mmol) H-CPhe<NNp>hel-H-SHCl fra eksempel 2a), 121 mg (0,76 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valin, 288 mg (0,76 mmol) HBTU og 0,211 ml (1,52 mmol) trietylamin i DMF efter lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Analogous to example 7, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.25 mmol) H-CPhe<NNp>hel-H-SHCl from example 2a), 121 mg (0.76 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 288 mg (0.76 mmol) HBTU and 0.211 ml (1.52 mmol) triethylamine in DMF after lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 568; tRet(<:>) " 15»° min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 568; tRet(<:>) " 15»° min.;
Rf(B ) - 0,46. Rf(B ) - 0.46.
Eksempel 361 Z-(D)-Val-[PheMfPhe]«-( (D)-Val )-Z: Example 361 Z-(D)-Val-[PheMfPhe]«-((D)-Val )-Z:
Analogt eksempel 2 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 50 mg (0,123 mmol) H-[Phe^Phe]-H*3HC1 fra eksempel 2a), 95 mg (0,38 mmol) Z-(D)-valin, 168 mg (0,38 mmol) BOP, 51 mg (0,38 mmol) HOBt og 2,53 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF efter lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Analogous to example 2, the title compound is obtained from 50 mg (0.123 mmol) H-[Phe^Phe]-H*3HC1 from example 2a), 95 mg (0.38 mmol) Z-(D)-valine, 168 mg (0, 38 mmol) BOP, 51 mg (0.38 mmol) HOBt and 2.53 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF after lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 752; tRet(I) - 26,4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 752; tRet(I) - 26.4 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,21. Rf(H) - 0.21.
Eksempel 37: Klnolin-2-karbonyl-Val-[Phe^Phe]«-( N-kinolin-2-karbonyl-Val): Man oppløser 45 mg (0,53 mmol) N-(kinolin-2-karbonyl)-(L)-valin, 235 mg (0,53 mmol) BOP og 72 mg (0,53 mmol) EOBt i 3,5 ml av en 0,3M oppløsning av NMM i DMF, tilsetter efter 10 min. 70 mg (0,18 mmol) H-CPhe^Phe]-H*HC1 (eksempel 2a) og omrører i 5 timer ved RT under nltrogenatmosfære. Reaksjonsblandlngen dampes Inn, resten oppløses 1 metylenklorld og vaskes to ganger med mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning, en gang med 10* sltronsyre og nok en gang med mettet natrlum-blkarbonatoppløsning. De organiske faser filtreres gjennom vatt, dampes inn og resten felles ut to ganger fra metylenklorld :metanol ved tilsetning av DIPE. Efter lyofillserlng fra dioksan oppnår man tittelforbindelsen som hvitt faststoff (blanding av to i HPLC erkjennbare diastereomerer). Example 37: Quinoline-2-carbonyl-Val-[Phe^Phe]«-( N-quinoline-2-carbonyl-Val): 45 mg (0.53 mmol) of N-(quinoline-2-carbonyl)- (L)-valine, 235 mg (0.53 mmol) BOP and 72 mg (0.53 mmol) EOBt in 3.5 ml of a 0.3 M solution of NMM in DMF, add after 10 min. 70 mg (0.18 mmol) H-CPhe^Phe]-H*HCl (Example 2a) and stir for 5 hours at RT under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in 1 methylene chloride and washed twice with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, once with 10% sulfuric acid and once again with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic phases are filtered through water, evaporated and the residue is precipitated twice from methylene chloride:methanol by adding DIPE. After lyophilization from dioxane, the title compound is obtained as a white solid (mixture of two diastereomers detectable in HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 794; *Ret(A) - 29,1 og 29,3 min. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 794; *Ret(A) - 29.1 and 29.3 min.
Rf(B ) - 0,81. Rf(B ) - 0.81.
a) N-( klnolin- 2- karbonvl)-( L)- valln; a) N-(choline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl;
Til en oppløsning av 2,5 g (14,5 mmol) (L)-valyl-tert-butylester og 2,5 g (14,5 mmol) klnolin-2-karboksylsyre i 100 ml metylenklorid:THF (10:1) settes det 3,28 g (15,9 mmol) N,N-dlcykloheksylkarbodllmld og 2,0 ml (14,5 mmol) trietylamin og det hele omrøres i 18 timer ved RT. Reaksjonsblandlngen avkjøles til -18*C og urlnstoff filtreres av. Filtratet dampes Inn, resten oppløses 1 metylenklorld og vaskes en gang med natrlumblkarbonat-oppløsning og en gang med vann. De organiske faser filtreres gjennom vatt, dampes inn og gir efter kromatograflsk rensing på sillkagel med heksan:eddiksyreetylester (2:1) den ønskede N-(klnolin-2-karbonyl)-(L)-valyl-tert-butylester. 2,59 g (12,2 mmol) av denne settes hen i 4% time ved RT i metylenklorld: TFA (1:1). Efter lnndamping blir resten renset ved kromatografi på silikagel med heksan:eddiksyre (2:1). De produktholdige fraksjoner dampes inn, oppløses på ny 1 metylenklorld og overføres ved vasking med IN natronlut og IN saltsyre til hydro-klorldet av tittelforbindelsen. To a solution of 2.5 g (14.5 mmol) of (L)-valyl-tert-butyl ester and 2.5 g (14.5 mmol) of chloroline-2-carboxylic acid in 100 ml of methylene chloride:THF (10:1) 3.28 g (15.9 mmol) of N,N-dlcyclohexylcarbodillmld and 2.0 ml (14.5 mmol) of triethylamine are added and the whole is stirred for 18 hours at RT. The reaction mixture is cooled to -18°C and organic matter is filtered off. The filtrate is evaporated, the residue is dissolved in 1 methylene chloride and washed once with sodium bicarbonate solution and once with water. The organic phases are filtered through water, evaporated and after chromatographic purification on silica gel with hexane:ethyl acetic acid ester (2:1) gives the desired N-(choline-2-carbonyl)-(L)-valyl-tert-butyl ester. 2.59 g (12.2 mmol) of this is added for 4 hours at RT in methylene chloride: TFA (1:1). After evaporation, the residue is purified by chromatography on silica gel with hexane:acetic acid (2:1). The product-containing fractions are evaporated, redissolved in 1 methylene chloride and transferred by washing with 1N sodium hydroxide solution and 1N hydrochloric acid to the hydrochloride of the title compound.
<*>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 1,05 og 1,07 (2d, J-6Hz, 6H), 2,40 (m, 1H), 4,65 (m, 1H), 7,70 (m, 1H), <*>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 1.05 and 1.07 (2d, J-6Hz, 6H), 2.40 (m, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 7, 70 (m, 1H),
7,85 (m, 1H), 8,00 (dxd, 1H), 8,20 (m, 2H), 7.85 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dxd, 1H), 8.20 (m, 2H),
8,48 (d, 1H). 8.48 (d, 1H).
Eksempel 38; Acetyl-(L)-Val-[PheliNCha]«-(N-acetyl-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 160 mg (0,40 mmol) H-CPheNNchal-H* 3BX1 fra eksempel 10a), 190 mg (1,19 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valin, 525 mg (1,19 mmol) BOP, 160 mg (1,19 mmol) HOBt og 7,9 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter utfelling fra kloroform:metanol med DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Example 38; Acetyl-(L)-Val-[PheliNCha]«-(N-acetyl-(L)-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.40 mmol) of H-CPheNNchal-H* 3BX1 from example 10a ), 190 mg (1.19 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 525 mg (1.19 mmol) BOP, 160 mg (1.19 mmol) HOBt and 7.9 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF , after precipitation from chloroform:methanol with DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 574; tRet(<I>) - 18,1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 574; tRet(<I>) - 18.1 min.;
Rf(B) - 0,30. Rf(B) - 0.30.
Eksempel 39; N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-Val-[Phe^Cha]•-(N-(3-pyridylacetyl )-(L)-Val )• 3HC1: Analogt eksempel 7 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,25 mmol) H-[Phe^Cha]-H*3EC1 fra eksempel 10a), 358 mg (1,52 mmol) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valin fra eksempel 9a), 675 mg (1,52 mmol) HBTtT og 0,316 ml (2,28 mmol) trietylamin 1 DMF efter kromatograflsk rensing fra silikagel med metylenklorld :metanol (15:1) og lyofillserlng av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan. Example 39; N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-Val-[Phe^Cha]•-(N-(3-pyridylacetyl )-(L)-Val )• 3HC1: Analogous to example 7, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0 .25 mmol) H-[Phe^Cha]-H*3EC1 from Example 10a), 358 mg (1.52 mmol) N-(3-pyridylacetyl)-(L)-valine from Example 9a), 675 mg (1 .52 mmol) HBTtT and 0.316 ml (2.28 mmol) triethylamine 1 DMF after chromatographic purification from silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (15:1) and lyophilization of the product-containing fractions from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 728; tRet(I) - 11,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 728; tRet(I) - 11.3 min.;
Rf(U) - 0,21. Rf(U) - 0.21.
Eksempel 40: Acetyl-Ile-CPhe^CbÅ^N-acetyl-Ile): Example 40: Acetyl-Ile-CPhe^CbÅ^N-acetyl-Ile):
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 160 mg (0,40 mmol) H-[Phe^Cha]-H*3HC1 fra eksempel 10a), 2,06 mg (1,19 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-isoleucin, 525 mg (1,19 mmol) BOP, 160 mg (1,19 mmol) HOBt og 7,9 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF efter utfelling fra metylenklorld:metanol efter tilsetning av DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol (blanding av 2 1 HPLC erkjennbare diastereomerer). Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 160 mg (0.40 mmol) H-[Phe^Cha]-H*3HC1 from example 10a), 2.06 mg (1.19 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-isoleucine , 525 mg (1.19 mmol) BOP, 160 mg (1.19 mmol) HOBt and 7.9 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride:methanol after addition of DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol ( mixture of 2 1 HPLC detectable diastereomers).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 602; tRet(I) - 20 »4 °« 20»7 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 602; tRet(I) - 20 »4 °« 20»7 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,33. Rf(D) - 0.33.
Eksempel 41: Ti omor f ol inokarbonyl - (L) -Val - [ Phe^Cha] «— Example 41: Ti omor f ol inocarbonyl - (L) -Val - [ Phe^Cha] «—
(H-tiomorfolInokarbonyl-(L)-Val): (H-thiomorpholInocarbonyl-(L)-Val):
Analogt eksempel 6 oppnår man ved å gå ut fra 70 mg (0,12 mmol) H-(L-Val )-[PheNNCha]«-(N-(L)-Val )-H'3HCl fra eksempel 14, 58 mg (0,35 mmol) (4-tiomorfollnylkarbonyl)klorid fra eksempel 6a) og 0,127 ml trietylamin i 2 ml DMF tittelforbindelsen efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (95:5) og lyofillserlng av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan. Analogous to example 6, starting from 70 mg (0.12 mmol) H-(L-Val )-[PheNNCha]«-(N-(L)-Val )-H'3HCl from example 14, 58 mg (0.35 mmol) (4-thiomorpholylcarbonyl) chloride from example 6a) and 0.127 ml triethylamine in 2 ml DMF the title compound after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (95:5) and lyophilization of the product-containing fractions from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 748; tRet(<I>) - 24,0 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 748; tRet(<I>) - 24.0 min.;
Rf(B) - 0,70. Rf(B) - 0.70.
Eksempel 42: Z- (L )-Glu- [PheliN(p-F )Phe]«-(( L)-Glu)-Z: Example 42: Z-(L)-Glu-[PheliN(p-F)Phe]«-((L)-Glu)-Z:
Man omrører en oppløsning av 130 mg (0,14 mmol) Z-(L)-Glu(0-tert-butyl MPheNNfp-F )Phe]«-( (L)-Glu(O-tert-butyl) )-Z [(Glu(0-tert-butyl) betyr her den på ir -karboksygruppen med en tert-butylrest forestret rest av glutamlnsyre] i 80 ml metylenklorid:TFA (1:1) i 3 timer ved RT. Oppløsningsmidlet dampes av tinder redusert trykk og resten felles ut fra metylenklorld efter tilsetning av DIPE. Man oppnår tittelforbindelsen efter lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol. A solution of 130 mg (0.14 mmol) Z-(L)-Glu(0-tert-butyl MPheNNfp-F )Phe]«-( (L)-Glu(O-tert-butyl) )-Z is stirred [(Glu(0-tert-butyl) here means the residue of glutamic acid esterified on the ir -carboxy group with a tert-butyl residue] in 80 ml methylene chloride:TFA (1:1) for 3 hours at RT. The solvent evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue precipitated from methylene chloride after addition of DIPE. The title compound is obtained after lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 830; tRet(<J>) " 19»6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 830; tRet(<J>) " 19»6 min.;
Rf(B) - 0,32. Rf(B) - 0.32.
a) Z-( L)- Glu( 0- tert- butyl)- CPhe^ Cp- F) Phe] «-( ( L)- Glu( 0- tert-- butyin- Z: Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,24 mmol) H-CPhe^p-DPheil-H-SHCl, 245 mg (0,73 mmol) Z-(L)-glutaminsyre-tert-butylester, 321 mg (0,73 mmol) BOP, 98 mg (0,73 mmol) HOBt og 4,8 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorid:eter (1:1). a) Z-( L)- Glu( 0- tert-butyl)- CPhe^ Cp- F) Phe] «-( ( L)- Glu( 0- tert-- butyin- Z: Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.24 mmol) H-CPhe^p-DPheil-H-SHCl, 245 mg (0.73 mmol) Z-(L)-glutamic acid tert-butyl ester, 321 mg (0.73 mmol) BOP, 98 mg (0.73 mmol) HOBt and 4.8 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:ether (1:1).
<t>Ret*1) - 30'2 min.; Rf(H) - 0,17. <t>Ret*1) - 30'2 min.; Rf(H) - 0.17.
b) H-[ Phe^( p- F) Phe]- H- 3HC1: b) H-[ Phe^( p- F) Phe]- H- 3HC1:
Analogt eksempel 2a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogous to example 2a), the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 1,77 g (3,51 mmol) Boc-CPhe<NN>fp-F)Phe]-Boe efter lyofillserlng. start from 1.77 g (3.51 mmol) of Boc-CPhe<NN>fp-F)Phe]-Boe after lyophil separation.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 304; Rf(K) - 0,19. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 304; Rf(K) - 0.19.
c) Boe-[ Pheyy( p- F) Phe]- Boe: c) Boe-[ Pheyy( p- F) Phe]- Boe:
Analogt eksempel 1 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå Analogous to example 1, the title connection is achieved by walking
ut fra 2,0 g (7,60 mmol) (2R )-[l'(S)-Boc-amino-2*-fenyletyl]oksiran og 2,17 g (9,04 mmol)_tert-butyl-3-(4-fluorfenyl-metyl)-karbazat fra eksempel 16f) efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med heksan:eddiksyreetylester (2:1). from 2.0 g (7.60 mmol) (2R )-[1'(S)-Boc-amino-2*-phenylethyl]oxirane and 2.17 g (9.04 mmol)_tert-butyl-3- (4-Fluorophenyl-methyl)-carbazate from example 16f) after chromatographic purification on silica gel with hexane:acetic acid ethyl ester (2:1).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 504; "tRet(I) - 26,2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 504; "tRet(I) - 26.2 min.;
Rf(F) - 0,26. Rf(F) - 0.26.
Eksempel 43; N-(2-pyridylmetyl)-N-mety1 -aminokarbony1 -(L )-Val- [Phe^p-F )PheMM-(N-( 2-pyridylmetyl )-¥-■etyl-aminokarbony 1)-(L )-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 70 mg (0,17 mmol) H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H-3HCl fra eksempel 42b), 135 mg (0,51 mmol) N-(N-(2-pyridylmetyl)-N-metyl-aminokarbonyl)-(L)-valin (fremstilling som i EP 0 402 646 Al), 225 mg (0,51 mmol) BOP, 69 mg (0,51 mmol) HOBt og 3,4 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter kromatograf! på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (15:1) og lyofIllserlng av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan. Example 43; N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe^p-F)PheMM-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)-¥-■ethyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-Val ): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.17 mmol) H-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]-H-3HCl from example 42b), 135 mg (0.51 mmol) N-(N-(2 -pyridylmethyl)-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl)-(L)-valine (preparation as in EP 0 402 646 A1), 225 mg (0.51 mmol) BOP, 69 mg (0.51 mmol) HOBt and 3.4 ml 0.3M NMM in DMF, after chromatograph! on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (15:1) and lyophilising the product-containing fractions from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 798; tRet(<I>V) - 35 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 798; tRet(<I>V) - 35 min.;
Rf(U) - 0,21. Rf(U) - 0.21.
Eksempel 44: N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-proplonyl)-Val-[Phe*0* (p-F)-Phe]«-(N-(3-tetrazol-l-yl )-propionyl )-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,24 mmol) H-CPhe<N>^p-FjPhel-H-SHCl (fra eksempel 42b), 146 Example 44: N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-proplonyl)-Val-[Phe*O* (p-F)-Phe]«-(N-(3-tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl)- Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.24 mmol) H-CPhe<N>^p-FjPhel-H-SHCl (from example 42b), 146
mg (0,61 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valin, 268 mg (0,61 mmol) BOP, 82 mg (0,61 mmol) HOBt og 4 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorld ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyoflllserlng fra dioksan (4 diastereomerer kan erkjennes mg (0.61 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine, 268 mg (0.61 mmol) BOP, 82 mg (0.61 mmol) HOBt and 4 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride by addition of DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane (4 diastereomers can be recognized
ved HPLC). by HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 750; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 750;
tRet(III) - 30,8; 31,4; 32,4 og 32,8 min.; tRet(III) - 30.8; 31.4; 32.4 and 32.8 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,5. Rf(K) - 0.5.
Teirnft^pftf ddn• h-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valin: Analogt eksempel 9b) oppnår man, ved å gå ut fra 4 g (16,4 mmol) (L)-valin-benzylester*HCl, 2,1 g (14,9 mol) 3-(tetra-zol-l-yl )-proplonsyre (fremstilling: US-PS 4 794 109), 2,4 ml cyanfosfonsyre-dietylester og 4,4 ml trietylamin i DMF, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (30:1), N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-vaIin-benzylester. 2,66 g (8,03 mmol) av denne forbindelse hydreres i metanol:vann (9:1) i nærvær av 530 mg 10 *— ig palladium-på-trekull ved 1 atm. hydrogentrykk og gir efter felling fra metanol/DIPE tittelforbindelsen. Teirnft^pftf ddn• h-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine: Analogous to example 9b) one obtains, starting from 4 g (16.4 mmol) (L) -valine benzyl ester*HCl, 2.1 g (14.9 mol) 3-(tetra-zol-1-yl)-propionic acid (preparation: US-PS 4 794 109), 2.4 ml cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester and 4 .4 ml of triethylamine in DMF, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (30:1), N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-vaine benzyl ester. 2.66 g (8.03 mmol) of this compound is hydrated in methanol:water (9:1) in the presence of 530 mg 10 *- ig palladium-on-charcoal at 1 atm. hydrogen pressure and gives after precipitation from the methanol/DIPE title compound.
^H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 0,9 (d, J-7Hz, 6H), 2,1 (m, 1H), ^H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 0.9 (d, J-7Hz, 6H), 2.1 (m, 1H),
2,95 (m, 2H), 4,29 (d, J-6Hz, 1H), 4,78 (1, 2H), 2.95 (m, 2H), 4.29 (d, J-6Hz, 1H), 4.78 (1, 2H),
9,15 (s, 1H). 9.15 (p, 1H).
Eksempel 45: Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<10>^p-F)Phe]-((L)-Val)-Z: Example 45: Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<10>^p-F)Phe]-((L)-Val)-Z:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,24 mmol) H-[Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H* 3HC1 (fra eksempel 42b), 182 mg (0,38 mmol) Z-(L)-valin, 321 mg (0,73 mmol) BOP, 98 mg (0,73 mmol) HOBt og 4,8 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF efter utfelling fra metylenklorld ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Analogously to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.24 mmol) H-[Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H* 3HC1 (from example 42b), 182 mg (0.38 mmol) Z-(L) -valine, 321 mg (0.73 mmol) BOP, 98 mg (0.73 mmol) HOBt and 4.8 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by addition of DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 770; "tRet(I) - 26,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 770; "tRet(I) - 26.3 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,25. Rf(H) - 0.25.
Eksempel 46: Acetyl-Val-[Phe^p-F)Phe]*-(tf-acetyl-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 80 mg (0,19 mmol) H-[Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H*3HC1 fra eksempel 41b), 124 mg (0,78 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valin, 344 mg (0,78 mmol) BOP, 105 mg (0,76 mmol) HOBt og 4,5 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF efter to gangers omfelling fra metylenklorldrmetanol ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol. Example 46: Acetyl-Val-[Phe^p-F)Phe]*-(tf-acetyl-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 80 mg (0.19 mmol) H-[Phe^(p—F)Phe ]-H*3HC1 from Example 41b), 124 mg (0.78 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 344 mg (0.78 mmol) BOP, 105 mg (0.76 mmol) HOBt and 4, 5 ml of 0.3 M NMM in DMF after reprecipitation twice from methylene chloride and methanol by adding DIPE and lyophils from dioxane:tert-butanol.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 586; tRet(<I>) " 15»8 »in.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 586; tRet(<I>) " 15»8 »in.;
Rf(E) - 0,32. Rf(E) - 0.32.
Eksempel 47: Acetyl-Val-CPhe^p-CftjPheMN-acetyl-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår tittelforbindelsen fra 80 mg (0,19 mmol) H-CPhe<NN>fp-ClOPheD-H-SHCl, 124 mg (0,78 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valln, 344 mg (0,78 mmol) BOP, 105 mg (0,78 mmol) HOBt og 4,5 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF efter utfelling fra metylenklorld: metanol ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan som en blanding av to ved HPLC erkjennbare diastereomerer. Example 47: Acetyl-Val-CPhe^p-CftjPheMN-acetyl-Val): Analogous to Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 80 mg (0.19 mmol) H-CPhe<NN>fp-ClOPheD-H-SHCl, 124 mg (0 .78 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-vallin, 344 mg (0.78 mmol) BOP, 105 mg (0.78 mmol) HOBt and 4.5 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride: methanol by adding DIPE and lyophils from dioxane as a mixture of two diastereomers detectable by HPLC.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 593; tRet(I) - 14,4 og 14,6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 593; tRet(I) - 14.4 and 14.6 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,39. Rf(D) - 0.39.
a) H-[ PheNK( p- CN) Phe]- H- 3HC1: a) H-[ PheNK( p- CN) Phe]- H- 3HC1:
Analogt eksempel 2a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogous to example 2a), the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 2,69 g (5,27 mmol) Boe-[Phe<NN>(p-CN)Phe]-Boe efter lyofillserlng. starting from 2.69 g (5.27 mmol) Boe-[Phe<NN>(p-CN)Phe]-Boe after lyophilization.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 311; Rf(K) - 0,16. FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 311; Rf(K) - 0.16.
b) Boe-[ PheNN( p- CN) Phe]- Boe: b) Boe-[ PheNN( p- CN) Phe]- Boe:
Analogt eksempel 1 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå Analogous to example 1, the title connection is achieved by walking
ut fra 2,0 g (7,60 mmol) (2R)-[l<*>(S)-Boc-amino-2'-fenyletyl]oksiran og 1,87 g (7,6 mmol) tert-butyl-3-(4-cyanfenyl-metyl)-karbazat efter krystallisering fra metanol:DIPE. from 2.0 g (7.60 mmol) (2R)-[l<*>(S)-Boc-amino-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 1.87 g (7.6 mmol) tert-butyl- 3-(4-cyanophenyl-methyl)-carbazate after crystallization from methanol: DIPE.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 511; tRet(I) " 25 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 511; tRet(I) " 25 min.;
Rf(Y) - 0,19. Rf(Y) - 0.19.
c) tert- butyl-3-( 4- cynnofenvl- metyl)- karbazat: c) tert-butyl-3-(4-cynophenyl-methyl)-carbazate:
Analogt eksempel 4b) omsettes 10 g (76,3 mmol) 4-cyanbenz-aldehyd og 10 g (76,3 mmol) tert-butylkarbazat 1 etanol til 4-cyanfenylkarbaldehyd-tert-butoksykarbonylhydrazon. 11,1 g av dette hydreres i 150 ml THF 1 nærvær av 2 10 #-ig palladium-på-trekull ved 2 atm. hydrogentrykk og gir tittelforbindelsen. Analogously to example 4b), 10 g (76.3 mmol) of 4-cyanobenzaldehyde and 10 g (76.3 mmol) of tert-butylcarbazate 1 ethanol are converted to 4-cyanophenylcarbaldehyde-tert-butoxycarbonylhydrazone. 11.1 g of this is hydrated in 150 ml THF 1 in the presence of 2 10 #-ig palladium-on-charcoal at 2 atm. hydrogen pressure and gives the title compound.
<i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 7,65 (d, J-8Hz, 2H), 7,45 (d, <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CDC13): 7.65 (d, J-8Hz, 2H), 7.45 (d,
J-8Hz, 2H), 6,08 (s, br, 1H), 4,3 (s, br, 1H), 4,02 (s, 2H), 1,45 (s, 9H). J-8Hz, 2H), 6.08 (s, br, 1H), 4.3 (s, br, 1H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H).
Eksempel 48: Z-(L)-Val-[Pheini"(p-CH)Phe]«-( (L)-Val-Z: Example 48: Z-(L)-Val-[Pheini"(p-CH)Phe]«-((L)-Val-Z:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 70 mg (0,17 mmo 1) H-[Phe<NN>(p-CN)Phe]-H-3HCl (fra eksempel 47a), 125 mg (0,5 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 221 mg (0,5 mmol) BOP, 68 mg (0,5 mmol) HOBt og 3,33 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorld ved tilsetning av heksan og efterfølgende lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Analogously to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.17 mmo 1) H-[Phe<NN>(p-CN)Phe]-H-3HCl (from example 47a), 125 mg (0.5 mmol) Z- (L)-vallin, 221 mg (0.5 mmol) BOP, 68 mg (0.5 mmol) HOBt and 3.33 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride by addition of hexane and subsequent lyophilization from dioxane .
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 777; tRet(<I>) - 25,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 777; tRet(<I>) - 25.3 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,69. Rf(D) - 0.69.
Eksempel 49: Z-fLj-Ile-CPhe^LeuM(L)-Ile)-Z: Example 49: Z-fLj-Ile-CPhe^LeuM(L)-Ile)-Z:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 70 mg (0,19 mmol) H-[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1 (fra eksempel 13a), 154 mg (0,58 mmol) Z-(L)-isoleucin, 257 mg (a,58 mmol) BOP, 79 mg (0,58 mmol) HOBt og 3,88 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter kromatograf i på silikagel med metylenklorld:eter (3:1) og felling av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra metylenklorld:DIPE og lyofIllserlng fra dioksan. Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.19 mmol) H-[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1 (from example 13a), 154 mg (0.58 mmol) Z-(L)-isoleucine, 257 mg (a.58 mmol) BOP, 79 mg (0.58 mmol) HOBt and 3.88 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF, after chromatography on silica gel with methylene chloride:ether (3:1) and precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride: DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 746; tRet(<I>) - 28,2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 746; tRet(<I>) - 28.2 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,39. Rf(H) - 0.39.
Tgifa^mp«»l Kn: Isobutoksykarbonyl-(L )-¥al- [Phe^Leu]«-(H-i8obutok8ykarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 70 mg (0,19 mmol) H-[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1 (fra eksempel 13a), 130 mg (0,58 mmol) N-(isobutoksykarbonyl)-(L)-valin, 256 mg -,58 mmol) BOP, 78 mg (0,58 mmol) HOBt og 3,9 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter kromatograf1 på silikagel med metylenklorld:eter (1:1) og lyofillserlng av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan. Tgifa^mp«»l Kn: Isobutoxycarbonyl-(L )-¥al-[Phe^Leu]«-(H-i8butoxycarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.19 mmol ) H-[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1 (from Example 13a), 130 mg (0.58 mmol) N-(isobutoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine, 256 mg -.58 mmol) BOP, 78 mg ( 0.58 mmol) HOBt and 3.9 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after chromatography on silica gel with methylene chloride:ether (1:1) and lyophilization of the product-containing fractions from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 650; tRet(I) - 26,4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 650; tRet(I) - 26.4 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,38. Rf(H) - 0.38.
a) N-( lsobutoksvkarbonvl)-( L)- valin: a) N-(isobutoxycarbonyl)-(L)-valine:
Til en oppløsning av 10 g (85,3 mmol) (L)-valln 1 100 ml 2N natronlut settes 11,2 ml (85,3 mmol) isobutylkloroform og omrøres ved RT 1 18 timer. Reaksjonsoppløsningen vaskes med metylenklorld, surgjøres med 4N saltsyre og ekstraheres med metylenklorld. De organiske ekstrakter vaskes med saltoppløsnlng, filtreres gjennom vann og gir efter lnndamping tittelforbindelsen som farveløs harpiks. <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 0,59 (m, 12H), 1,9 (m, 1H), 2,15 (m, 1H), 3,85 (d, J-7Hz, 2H), 4,05 (d bred, 1H). Eksempel 51; N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-proplonyl)-(L)-Val- [PheNNLeu]«-(N-3-( tetrazol-l-yl) -piropionyl - (L )-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 150 mg (0,42 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu]-H* 3HC1 (fra eksempel 13a), 251 mg (1,04 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl-propionyl)-(L)-valin fra eksempel 44a), 460 mg (1,04 mmol) BOP, 140 mg (1,04 mmol) HOBt og 6,9 ml 0,3M N-metylmorfolln 1 DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorid:DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol :vann. 11.2 ml (85.3 mmol) isobutyl chloroform is added to a solution of 10 g (85.3 mmol) (L)-valln 1 in 100 ml 2N caustic soda and stirred at RT 1 for 18 hours. The reaction solution is washed with methylene chloride, acidified with 4N hydrochloric acid and extracted with methylene chloride. The organic extracts are washed with saline, filtered through water and, after evaporation, give the title compound as a colorless resin. <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 0.59 (m, 12H), 1.9 (m, 1H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 3.85 (d, J-7Hz, 2H), 4.05 (d wide, 1H). Example 51; N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-proplonyl)-(L)-Val- [PheNNLeu]«-(N-3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-pyropionyl - (L )-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 150 mg (0.42 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu]-H * 3HCl (from Example 13a), 251 mg (1.04 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Example 44a), 460 mg (1.04 mmol) BOP .
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 689; tRet(<I>) - 14,7 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 689; tRet(<I>) - 14.7 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,36. Rf(K) - 0.36.
Eksempel 52: Acetyl - Val - [ Phe^Leu]«-( N-acetyl - Val): Example 52: Acetyl - Val - [ Phe^Leu]«-( N-acetyl - Val):
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 70 mg (0,19 mmol) H-CPhe^LeuD-H-SHCl (fra eksempel 13a), 184 mg (1,16 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valin, 512 mg (1,16 mmol) BOP, 156 mg (1,16 mmol) HOBt og 7,8 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorld:metanol ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyofilisering fra dioksan:tert-butanol:vann (2 diastereomerer er erkjennbare i henhold til HPLC). Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 70 mg (0.19 mmol) H-CPhe^LeuD-H-SHCl (from example 13a), 184 mg (1.16 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 512 mg (1.16 mmol) BOP, 156 mg (1.16 mmol) HOBt and 7.8 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride:methanol by addition of DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol:water ( 2 diastereomers are recognizable according to HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 534; tRet(I) " 14»7 °« 15min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 534; tRet(I) " 14»7 °« 15min.;
Rf(D ) - 0,35. Rf(D ) - 0.35.
Eksempel 53; (D-Val-CPhe^Leu]^ (L)-Val )-Boc: Example 53; (D-Val-CPhe^Leu]^ (L)-Val )-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 7 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 300 mg (0,83 mmol) H-CPhe<N>^Leul-H-3HC1 (fra eksempel 13a), 722 mg (3,33 mmol) Boc-(L )-valin, 1,262 g (3,33 mmol) HBTU og 0,927 ml (6,66 mmol) trietylamin i DMF, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:eter (1:1), felling av produktholdige fraksjoner og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Analogous to example 7, the title compound is obtained from 300 mg (0.83 mmol) H-CPhe<N>^Leul-H-3HC1 (from example 13a), 722 mg (3.33 mmol) Boc-(L )-valine, 1.262 g (3.33 mmol) HBTU and 0.927 ml (6.66 mmol) triethylamine in DMF, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:ether (1:1), precipitation of product-containing fractions and lyophil separation from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 650; tRet(I) - 26,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 650; tRet(I) - 26.3 min.;
Rf(H) - 0,64. R f (H) - 0.64.
Eksempel 54: H-(L)-Val-[Phe^I*u]«-( (L)-Yal )-H'3HCl: Example 54: H-(L)-Val-[Phe^I*u]«-((L)-Yal )-H'3HCl:
Analogt eksempel 5 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 396 mg (0,61 mmol) Boc-(L )-Val-[PheNNLeu]*-( (L )-Val )-Boc fra eksempel 53 og 10 ml 4N hydrogenklorid i dioksan, efter lyofIllserlng av reaksjonsoppløsnlngen. Analogous to example 5, the title compound is obtained from 396 mg (0.61 mmol) Boc-(L )-Val-[PheNNLeu]*-((L )-Val )-Boc from example 53 and 10 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane, after lyophilization of the reaction solution.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 450; <t>Ret(II) - 2*-1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 450; <t>Ret(II) - 2*-1 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,25. Rf(K) - 0.25.
Eksempel 55: N-tiomorf ol inokarbonyl- (L )-Val- [Phe^-Leu]«-(N-tiomorfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 6 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 100 mg (0,16 mmol) H-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]«-(L)-Val-H'3HCl, 78,5 mg (0,47 mmol) (4-tiomorfolinylkarbonyl)klorid fra eksempel 6a) og 0,174 ml trietylamin i DMF efter kromatograf i sk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (95:5), felling av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra metylenklorid:heksan og lyofIllserlng fra dioksan, i form av et amorft faststoff. Example 55: N-thiomorphol inocarbonyl-(L )-Val- [Phe^-Leu]«-(N-thiomorpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogous to example 6, the title compound is obtained by starting from 100 mg (0 .16 mmol) H-(L)-Val-[PheNNLeu]«-(L)-Val-H'3HCl, 78.5 mg (0.47 mmol) (4-thiomorpholinylcarbonyl) chloride from Example 6a) and 0.174 ml triethylamine in DMF after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (95:5), precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride:hexane and lyophilization from dioxane, in the form of an amorphous solid.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 708; tRet(I) - 21,4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 708; tRet(I) - 21.4 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,45. Rf(E) - 0.45.
Eksempel 56: 2 (E, S) -tetrahydrofury1-metoksykarbony1-(L)-Val-[ Cna^Leu]«-(H-2(B,S)-tetrahydrofury1-metoksykarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 80 mg (0,22 mmol) H—[Cha^Leu]-H*3HC1, 160 mg (0,65 mmol) N-(2(R,S)-tetrahydrofuryl-metoksykarbonyl)-(L)-valln, 289 mg (0,65 mmol) BOP, 88 mg (0,65 mmol) HOBt og 4,35 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med eddiksyreetylester og lyofillserlng av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan. Example 56: 2 (E,S)-tetrahydrofury1-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Cna^Leu]«-(H-2(B,S)-tetrahydrofury1-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogous example 37 the title compound is obtained from 80 mg (0.22 mmol) H—[Cha^Leu]-H*3HC1, 160 mg (0.65 mmol) N-(2(R,S)-tetrahydrofuryl-methoxycarbonyl)-(L )-valln, 289 mg (0.65 mmol) BOP, 88 mg (0.65 mmol) HOBt and 4.35 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with ethyl acetate and lyophilization of the product-containing fractions from dioxane .
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 712; *Ret(I) " 22 •4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 712; *Ret(I) " 22 •4 min.;
Rf(E) - 0,21. Rf(E) - 0.21.
a) H-[ ChaNNLeu]- H• 3HC1: a) H-[ ChaNNLeu]- H• 3HC1:
Analogt eksempel 5 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 150 Analogous to example 5, the title compound is obtained from 150
mg (0,33 mmol) Boc-CCha^Leu]-Boe og 10 ml 4N hydrogenklorid i dioksan efter lyofillserlng av reaksjonsoppløs-ningen, i en mengde av 100 mg tilsvarende 83$. mg (0.33 mmol) Boc-CCha^Leu]-Boe and 10 ml of 4N hydrogen chloride in dioxane after lyophilization of the reaction solution, in an amount of 100 mg corresponding to 83$.
Rf(K) - 0,26. Rf(K) - 0.26.
b) Boc- rCha^ Leul- Boc: b) Boc-rCha^ Leul-Boc:
En oppløsning av 200 mg (0,24 mmol) Boc-CPhe^Leu]-Boe A solution of 200 mg (0.24 mmol) Boc-CPhe^Leu]-Boe
(eksempel 12) i 15 ml metanol hydreres 1 nærvær av 10 mg Nlshlmura-katalysator (Rh(III)- og Pt(IV)oksyd-monohydrat, Degussa) ved 1 atm. hydrogentrykk i 4 timer. Man filtrerer av katalysatoren, damper Inn oppløsningsmldlet fullstendig og oppnår tittelforbindelsen efter krystall!sering fra (Example 12) in 15 ml of methanol, 1 is hydrated in the presence of 10 mg of Nlshlmura catalyst (Rh(III) and Pt(IV) oxide monohydrate, Degussa) at 1 atm. hydrogen pressure for 4 hours. The catalyst is filtered off, the solvent is evaporated completely and the title compound is obtained after crystallization from
mety1en:heksan. methylene:hexane.
tRetd) " 26'7 min.; Rf(V) - 0,21. tRetd) " 26.7 min.; Rf(V) - 0.21.
c) N- f2( R. S)- tetrahvdrofurvl- metoksvkarbonvl) - ( L)- valin: Analogt eksempel 50a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 7 c) N-f2(R.S)-tetrahydrofurvl- methoxycarbonvl) - (L)-valine: Analogously to example 50a) one obtains the title compound from 7
g (60 mmol) (L)-valln og 9,8 g (60 mmol) 2(R,S)-tetra-hydrofurylmetyl-formiat ("Hetercycles", 27, 1155 (1988)) 1 100 ml 2N natronlut og 30 ml dioksan som blanding av to diastereomerer. g (60 mmol) (L)-vallin and 9.8 g (60 mmol) 2(R,S)-tetrahydrofurylmethyl formate ("Hetercycles", 27, 1155 (1988)) 1,100 ml 2N caustic soda and 30 ml of dioxane as a mixture of two diastereomers.
<t>Ret(II) - 23,5 og 23,8 min. <t>Ret(II) - 23.5 and 23.8 min.
Eksempel 57; Z-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]«-(»-( 3-(tetrazol-l-yl )-proplonyl)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,21 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-H, 75 mg (0,31 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valin fra eksempel 44a), 137 mg (0,31 mmol) BOP, 42 mg (0,31 mmol) HOBt og 2 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorld:heksan og lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved Example 57; Z-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]«-(»-( 3-(tetrazol-l-yl )-proplonyl)-Val): Analogous to Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.21 mmol) of Z-( L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-H, 75 mg (0.31 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Example 44a), 137 mg (0.31 mmol) BOP, 42 mg (0.31 mmol) HOBt and 2 ml 0.3M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride:hexane and lyophilization from dioxane:tert-butanol (2 diastereomers can be recognized by
HPLC). HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)+ - 708; tRet^<1>) " 21-1 °8 21,1 min.; FAB-MS (M+H) + - 708; tRet^<1>) " 21-1 °8 21.1 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,45. Rf(D) - 0.45.
a) Z - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - H: a) Z - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - H:
En oppløsning av 250 mg (0,43 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-Boe i 5 ml maursyre omrøres i 7% time ved RT. Efter denne tid kan intet utgangsmaterlale lenger erkjennes ved HPLC-analyse (tRet(I) - 27,5 min.), og reaksjonsoppløsningen dampes inn. Resten oppløses i kloroform og vaskes med mettet natrlumblkarbonatoppløsning'. Kloroform-fasen filtreres gjennom vatt og gir den urene tittelforbindelse efter avdamping av oppløsningsmldlet. A solution of 250 mg (0.43 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-Boe in 5 ml of formic acid is stirred for 7% hour at RT. After this time, no starting material can any longer be recognized by HPLC analysis (tRet(I) - 27.5 min.), and the reaction solution is evaporated. The residue is dissolved in chloroform and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution'. The chloroform phase is filtered through water and gives the impure title compound after evaporation of the solvent.
<t>Ret^1) - 16>7 min.; Rf(K) - 0,21. <t>Ret^1) - 16>7 min.; Rf(K) - 0.21.
b) Z-( L)- Val- CPhe^ Leu]- Boe: b) Z-(L)- Val- CPhe^ Leu]- Boe:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 230 Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 230
mg (0,653 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu-Boc, 247 mg (0,98 mmol) Z-(L)-Valln, 434 mg (0,98 mmol) BOP, 133 mg (0,98 mmol) HOBt og 6,5 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorld: mg (0.653 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu-Boc, 247 mg (0.98 mmol) Z-(L)-Valln, 434 mg (0.98 mmol) BOP, 133 mg (0.98 mmol) HOBt and 6 .5 ml of 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride:
metanol ved tilsetning av DIPE. methanol by adding DIPE.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 585; tRet(I) - 27,5 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 585; tRet(I) - 27.5 min.;
Rf(C) - 0,71. Rf(C) - 0.71.
c) H- rPhe^ LeuJ- Boc: c) H- rPhe^ LeuJ- Boc:
Analogt eksempel 17a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogous to example 17a), the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 1,27 g (2,84 mmol) N-trifluoracet3rl-[Phe<NN>Leu]-Boc og 24 ml IN vandig natrlumkarbonatoppløsnlng 1 90 ml metanol, hvorefter tittelforbindelsen felles ut fra start from 1.27 g (2.84 mmol) N-trifluoroacet3rl-[Phe<NN>Leu]-Boc and 24 ml IN aqueous sodium carbonate solution 1 90 ml methanol, after which the title compound is precipitated from
metylenklorld ved tilsetning av DIPE. methylene chloride by adding DIPE.
"tRet*1) " 14»9 min.; Rf(K) - 0,38. "tRet*1) " 14»9 min.; Rf(K) - 0.38.
d) N- trlfluoracetyl- CPhe^ Leul- Boc: d) N-trlfluoroacetyl-CPhe^Leul-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 16 oppnår man ved å gå ut fra 3 g (11,57 Analogous to example 16, one obtains by starting from 3 g (11.57
mmol) 2(R)-[l,(S)-(trifluoracetyl-amino)-2'-fenyletyl]-oksiran fra eksempel 16d) og 2,3 g (12,15 mmol) tert-butyl -3-lsobutyl-karbazat (fremstilling: "J. Chem. Soc.<H>, Perkin I, 1712 (1975)), tittelforbindelsen efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:eter (20:1). mmol) 2(R)-[1,(S)-(trifluoroacetyl-amino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane from example 16d) and 2.3 g (12.15 mmol) tert-butyl -3-isobutyl- carbazate (preparation: "J. Chem. Soc.<H>, Perkin I, 1712 (1975)), the title compound after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:ether (20:1).
<t>Ret(I) " 24»7 min.; Rf(W) - 0,36. <t>Ret(I) " 24»7 min.; Rf(W) - 0.36.
Eksempel 581 Acetyl-Val-[Phe^Leu]«-(»-(2(R,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenyl-proplonyl)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 140 mg (0,3 mmol) acetyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-H*2HCl, 132 mg (0,45 mmol) N-(2(R,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenyl-propionyl)-(L)-valln (fremstilling: "Synth., Struct., Funct.", "Proe. Am. Pept. Symp.", 7,, 85, (1981)), 199 mg (0,45 mmol) BOP, 61 mg (0,45 mmol) HOBt og 3,5 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorid:DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved HPLC). Example 581 Acetyl-Val-[Phe^Leu]«-(»-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-proplonyl)-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 140 mg (0.3 mmol ) acetyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-H*2HCl, 132 mg (0.45 mmol) N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-propionyl)-(L )-valln (Preparation: "Synth., Struct., Funct.", "Proe. Am. Pept. Symp.", 7,, 85, (1981)), 199 mg (0.45 mmol) BOP, 61 mg (0.45 mmol) HOBt and 3.5 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane (2 diastereomers can be recognized by HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 667; tRetd) - 17»9 °S 18•4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 667; tRetd) - 17»9 °S 18•4 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,33. Rf(D) - 0.33.
a) Acetyl- Val-[ Phe^ Leu]- H* 2HC1: a) Acetyl- Val-[ Phe^ Leu]- H* 2HC1:
Analogt eksempel 2a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogous to example 2a), the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 230 mg (0,46 mmol) acetyl - (L) - Val - [ Phe^Leu] -Boe efter lyofillserlng. proceed from 230 mg (0.46 mmol) acetyl - (L) - Val - [ Phe^Leu] -Boe after lyofillserlng.
tRet(I) - 10,5 min.; Rf(D) - 0,38. tRet(I) - 10.5 min.; Rf(D) - 0.38.
b) Acetyl - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - Boe: b) Acetyl - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - Boe:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå Analogous to example 37, the title connection is obtained by walking
ut fra 250 mg (0,71 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu]-Boe fra eksempel 57c), 170 mg (1,07 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valin, 471 mg (1,07 mmol) BOP, 144 mg (1,07 mmol) HOBt og 7,1 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF efter utfelling fra metylenklorld ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. from 250 mg (0.71 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu]-Boe from Example 57c), 170 mg (1.07 mmol) N-acetyl-(L)-valine, 471 mg (1.07 mmol) BOP , 144 mg (1.07 mmol) HOBt and 7.1 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF after precipitation from methylene chloride by addition of DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 493; tRet(<I>) - 20,5 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 493; tRet(<I>) - 20.5 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,59. Rf(D) - 0.59.
Eksempel 59: N-morf ol inokarbonyl - (L) -Val - [Phe^Leu] ♦-( N- (3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,19 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-H-2HCl, 67 mg (0,38 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valin fra eksempel 44a), 124 mg (0,28 mmol) BOP, 38 mg (0,28 mol) HOBt og 2,1 ml 0,3M NMM I DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorld ved tilsetning av DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved HPLC). Example 59: N-morphol inocarbonyl - (L) -Val - [Phe^Leu] ♦-( N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl)-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.19 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Leu]-H-2HCl, 67 mg (0.38 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)- propionyl)-(L)-valine from Example 44a), 124 mg (0.28 mmol) BOP, 38 mg (0.28 mol) HOBt and 2.1 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride by addition of DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane (2 diastereomers can be recognized by HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 687; <t>Ret(<I>) " 15»2 °S 15,4 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 687; <t>Ret(<I>) " 15»2 °S 15.4 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,25. Rf(D) - 0.25.
a) N- mor f ol Inokarbonyl - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - H • 2HC1; a) N- mother f ol Inocarbonyl - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - H • 2HC1;
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå Analogous to example 37, the title connection is obtained by walking
ut fra 279 mg (0,49 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe^LeuJ-Boc efter lyof illserlng. from 279 mg (0.49 mmol) of N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-Val-[Phe^LeuJ-Boc after lyophilization.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 464; tRet(11) - 30,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 464; tRet(11) - 30.3 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,46. Rf(D) - 0.46.
b) N- morf ol inokarbonyl - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - Boe: b) N-morphol inocarbonyl - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ Leu] - Boe:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 250 mg (0,71 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu]-Boe (fra eksempel 57a), 265 mg (1,07 mmol) N-morfolinokarbonyl-(L)-valin fra eksempel 7a), 471 mg (1,07 mmol) BOP, 144 mg (1,07 mmol) HOBt og 7,1 ml 0.3M NMM i DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorld:heksan og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. start from 250 mg (0.71 mmol) H-CPhe^Leu]-Boe (from Example 57a), 265 mg (1.07 mmol) N-morpholinocarbonyl-(L)-valine from Example 7a), 471 mg ( 1.07 mmol) BOP, 144 mg (1.07 mmol) HOBt and 7.1 ml 0.3 M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride:hexane and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 564; tRet*1) - 21,5 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 564; tRet*1) - 21.5 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,69. Rf(K) - 0.69.
Eksempel 60: N-trif luoracetyl - [Phe^Leu]«-(N- (2 (R, S) -kar ba-moyl-3-fenyl-proplonyl)-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 136 mg (0,32 mmol) N-trlfluoracetyl-CPhe^LeulH-2HC1, 142 mg (0,49 mmol) N-(2(R,S)-karbamoyl-3-fenyl-proplonyl)-(L)-valin (fremstilling: "Synth., Struct., Funct.", "Proe. Am. Pept. Symp. 7<tn>", 85 (1981)), 215 mg (0,49 mmol) BOP, 66 mg (0,49 mmol) HOBt og 3,5 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter kromatograf lsk rensing på silikagel med kloroform:metanol (15:1), felling av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra metylenklorld:DIPE og lyofIllserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved HPLC). Example 60: N-trifluoroacetyl - [Phe^Leu]«-(N-(2 (R, S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-proplonyl)-(L)-Val): Analogous to example 37, one obtains the title compound starting from 136 mg (0.32 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-CPhe^LeulH-2HCl, 142 mg (0.49 mmol) of N-(2(R,S)-carbamoyl-3-phenyl-proplonyl) -(L)-valine (Preparation: "Synth., Struct., Funct.", "Proe. Am. Pept. Symp. 7<tn>", 85 (1981)), 215 mg (0.49 mmol) BOP . dioxane:tert-butanol (2 diastereomers can be recognized by HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 622; tRet^<1>) 21'6 °S 22»° min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 622; tRet^<1>) 21'6 °S 22»° min.;
Rf(K) - 0,26. Rf(K) - 0.26.
A) n- t r i f luoracetyl - [ Phe^ Leu] - H • 2HC1 A) n- t r i f luoracetyl - [ Phe^ Leu] - H • 2HC1
Analogt eksempel 2a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 300 mg -,67 mmol) N-trif luoracetyl-[Phe^Leu]-Boe fra eksempel 57d) efter lyofIllserlng. Analogously to example 2a), the title compound is obtained by starting from 300 mg -.67 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[Phe^Leu]-Boe from example 57d) after lyophilization.
Rf(W) - < 0,1 Rf(W) - < 0.1
Eksempel 61: Z-(L )-Val- [Phe^Nle]«-(N- (2 (R,S)-(N- (2-morfolino-etyl)-karbamoyl)-3-metyl)-butyryl): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 100 g (0,17 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^Nle]-H*2HC1, 69 mg (0,27 mmol) 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morfolinoetyl)-karbamoyl)-3-metyl-smørsyre (isopropylmalonsyre-N-(2-morfollnoetyl)monoamld), 119 mg -,27 mmol) BOP, 36 mg (0,27 mmol) HOBt og 2,1 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorid:DIPE og lyofilisering fra dioksan (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved HPLC). Example 61: Z-(L )-Val-[Phe^Nle]«-(N-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholino-ethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl)-butyryl) : Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained by starting from 100 g (0.17 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^Nle]-H*2HC1, 69 mg (0.27 mmol) 2(R, S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid (isopropylmalonic acid-N-(2-morpholnoethyl)monoamld), 119 mg -.27 mmol) BOP, 36 mg (0.27 mmol) HOBt and 2.1 ml of 0.3M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane (2 diastereomers can be recognized by HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 725; tRet(I) - 17,2 og 17,6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 725; tRet(I) - 17.2 and 17.6 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,56. Rf(D) - 0.56.
a) Z - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ N 1 e] - H • 2HC1: a) Z - ( L) - Val - [ Phe^ N 1 e] - H • 2HC1:
Analogt eksempel 2a) oppnår man efter lyofIllserlng Analogous to example 2a) is obtained after lyophilization
tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 310 mg (0,53 mmol) Z-( L )-Val- [Phe^-Nle] -Boe. the title compound starting from 310 mg (0.53 mmol) Z-( L )-Val- [Phe^-Nle]-Boe.
<t>Ret^1) *" 16»4 min.; Rf(U) - 0,25. <t>Ret^1) *" 16»4 min.; Rf(U) - 0.25.
b) Z- tD- Val- CPhe^ Nlel- Boc: b) Z-tD-Val-CPhe^Nlel-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 250 Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 250
mg (0,71 mmol) H-CPhe^Nle]-Boe, 268 mg (1,07 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 472 mg (1,07 mmol) BOP, 144 mg (1,07 mmol) HOBt og 7,1 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (40:1) og felling av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra metylenklorld:DIPE. mg (0.71 mmol) H-CPhe^Nle]-Boe, 268 mg (1.07 mmol) Z-(L)-valln, 472 mg (1.07 mmol) BOP, 144 mg (1.07 mmol) HOBt and 7.1 ml of 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (40:1) and precipitation of the product-containing fractions from methylene chloride:DIPE.
tRet^i " 25'6 min.; Rf(X) - 0,17. tRet^i " 25.6 min.; Rf(X) - 0.17.
c) H- CPhe^ Nlel- Boc: c) H- CPhe^ Nlel- Boc:
Analogt eksempel 17a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogous to example 17a), the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 830 mg (1,85 mmol) N-trlfluoracetyl-[Phe^Nle]-Boc, efter felling fra metylenklorid:DIPE. start from 830 mg (1.85 mmol) of N-trifluoroacetyl-[Phe^Nle]-Boc, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE.
<t>Retf1) - 15'4 min.; Rf(K) - 0,54. <t>Retf1) - 15'4 min.; Rf(K) - 0.54.
d) N- trlfluoracetyl- CPhe^ NleJ- Boc: d) N-trlfluoroacetyl-CPhe^NleJ-Boc:
Analogt eksempel 16 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå Analogous to example 16, the title connection is obtained by walking
ut fra 1 g (3,86 mmol) 2(R)-[l'-(S)-(trifluoracetylamino)-2'-fenyletyl]-oksiran fra eksempel 16å) og 720 mg from 1 g (3.86 mmol) 2(R)-[1'-(S)-(trifluoroacetylamino)-2'-phenylethyl]-oxirane from example 16å) and 720 mg
(3,86 mmol) tert-butyl-3-butyl-karbazat, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:eter (20:1). (3.86 mmol) tert-butyl-3-butyl-carbazate, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride: ether (20:1).
tRetf1) " 25»3 min.; Rf(0) - 0,43. tRetf1) " 25»3 min.; Rf(0) - 0.43.
e) tert- butvl- 3- butvl- karbazat: e) tert-butvl-3-butvl-carbazate:
Analogt eksempel 4b) oppnår man fra 18,0 g (136,2 mmol) Analogous to example 4b), one obtains from 18.0 g (136.2 mmol)
tert-butylkarbazat og 12,3 ml (135,2 mmol) n-butanal det tilsvarende tert-butoksykarbonyl-hydrazon (25 g, 99*) som råprodukt, som så hydreres som beskrevet 1 eksempel 4a) i nærvær av 10 g 5 *-lg platina-på-trekull og under 4 atm. hydrogentrykk. Kromatograflsk rensing av råproduktet på silikagel med heksan:eddlksyre (1:1) gir tittelforbindelsen. tert-butylcarbazate and 12.3 ml (135.2 mmol) n-butanal the corresponding tert-butoxycarbonyl hydrazone (25 g, 99*) as crude product, which is then hydrogenated as described 1 example 4a) in the presence of 10 g 5 * -lg platinum-on-charcoal and below 4 atm. hydrogen pressure. Chromatographic purification of the crude product on silica gel with hexane:acetic acid (1:1) gives the title compound.
Rf(N) - 0,44, Rf(N) - 0.44,
<i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0,92 (t, J-7Hz, 3H), 1,43 (s, <i>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 0.92 (t, J-7Hz, 3H), 1.43 (s,
9H), 1,30 til 1,50 (m, 4H), 2,75 (t, J-7Hz, 2H). 9H), 1.30 to 1.50 (m, 4H), 2.75 (t, J-7Hz, 2H).
f) 2( R. S)-( N-( 2- morfolinoetvl)- karbamoyl)- 3- metvi- smørsvre: Analogt eksempel 9b) oppnår man fra 7 g (43,7 mmol) f) 2(R.S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methylbutyric acid: Analogous to example 9b) one obtains from 7 g (43.7 mmol)
racemisk isopropylmalonsyre-monometylester ("Chem. Ber.", 119, 1196 (1986)), 6,3 ml (48,1 mmol) aminoetyl-morfolin, 6,6 ml (43,7 mmol) cyanfosfonsyre-dietylester og 12,8 ml (91,8 mmol) trietylamin i DME, 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morfolino-etyl)karbamoyl)-3-metyl-smørsyre-metylester (isopropylmalonsyre-N-morfolinoetylamid-metylester). Denne omrøres i 5 timer 1 en blanding av 28 ml 2N natronlut og 28 ml racemic isopropylmalonic acid monomethyl ester ("Chem. Ber.", 119, 1196 (1986)), 6.3 ml (48.1 mmol) aminoethyl morpholine, 6.6 ml (43.7 mmol) cyanophosphonic acid diethyl ester and 12, 8 mL (91.8 mmol) of triethylamine in DME, 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholino-ethyl)carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid methyl ester (isopropylmalonic acid-N-morpholinoethylamide methyl ester). This is stirred for 5 hours in a mixture of 28 ml of 2N caustic soda and 28 ml
dioksan ved RT, surgjøres med 2N saltsyre og dampes fullstendig inn. Resten digereres med etanol, filtreres av og gir tittelforbindelsen efter lnndamping av filtratet. dioxane at RT, acidify with 2N hydrochloric acid and evaporate completely. The residue is digested with ethanol, filtered off and yields the title compound after evaporation of the filtrate.
<*>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 0,95 og 1,00 (2d, J-7Hz, 6H), 2,25 (m, 4H), 2,70 (m, 6H), 2,75 (d, J-8Hz, 1H), 3,45 (m, 2E), 3,75 (m, 4H). <*>H-NMR (200 MHz, CD30D): 0.95 and 1.00 (2d, J-7Hz, 6H), 2.25 (m, 4H), 2.70 (m, 6H), 2, 75 (d, J-8Hz, 1H), 3.45 (m, 2E), 3.75 (m, 4H).
Eksempel 62; Z-fLj-Val-CPhe^NleMft-CS-Ctetrazol-l-yl )-proplonyl)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,18 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>Nle]-H'2HCl (fra eksempel 61a), 65 mg (0,27 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-proplonyl)-(L)-valin fra eksempel 44a), 119 mg (0,27 mmol) 80P, 36 mg (0,27 mmol) HOBt og 2,1 ml 0,3M N-metylmorfolin 1 DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorld:DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan:tert-butanol (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved HPLC). Example 62; Z-(Lj-Val-CPhe^NleMft-CS-Ctetrazol-l-yl)-proplonyl)-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.18 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe <NN>Nle]-H'2HCl (from Example 61a), 65 mg (0.27 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-proplonyl)-(L)-valine from Example 44a), 119 mg (0.27 mmol) 80P, 36 mg (0.27 mmol) HOBt and 2.1 ml 0.3 M N-methylmorpholine 1 DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane: tert-butanol (2 diastereomers can recognized by HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 708; <t>Ret(I) - 20,3 og 20,6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 708; <t>Ret(I) - 20.3 and 20.6 min.;
Rf(D) - 0,43. Rf(D) - 0.43.
Eksempel 63: Z-(L)-Val- [Phe^NleXN-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridyl-metyl )-karbamoyl)-3-metyl)-butyryl) (dibenzen-sulfonat): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å gå ut fra 95 mg (0,17 mmol) Z-fD-Val-CPhe^Nle]-H*2HC1 fra eksempel 61a), 60 mg (0,26 mmol) (R,S)-isopropylmalonsyre-N-(2-pikolyl )-monoamid, 113 mg (0,26 mmol) BOP, 35 mg (0,26 mmol) HOBt og 2,0 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (15:1), som fritt amin. Dette oppløses i metylenklorld, det tilsettes 2 ekvivalenter benzensulfonsyre og produktet felles ut ved tilsetning av DIPE. LyofIllserlng fra tert-butanol gir dibenzensulfonatsaltet (2 diastereomerer kan erkjennes ved Example 63: Z-(L)-Val-[Phe^NleXN-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyridyl-methyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl)-butyryl) (dibenzene sulfonate) : Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained by starting from 95 mg (0.17 mmol) of Z-fD-Val-CPhe^Nle]-H*2HC1 from example 61a), 60 mg (0.26 mmol) (R, S)-isopropylmalonic acid-N-(2-picolyl)-monoamide, 113 mg (0.26 mmol) BOP, 35 mg (0.26 mmol) HOBt and 2.0 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (15:1), as free amine. This is dissolved in methylene chloride, 2 equivalents of benzenesulfonic acid are added and the product is precipitated by the addition of DIPE. Lyophilization from tert-butanol gives the dibenzenesulfonate salt (2 diastereomers can be recognized by
HPLC). HPLC).
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 703; "tRet^) " 17»7 °8 18»° min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 703; "tRet^) " 17»7 °8 18»° min.;
Rf(D) - 0,54. Rf(D) - 0.54.
a) Isopropylmalonsyre- N-( 2- pikol. vl ) mopn«niiri • a) Isopropylmalonic acid- N-( 2- picol. vl ) mopn«niiri •
Til en oppløsning av 15 g (93,6 mmol) lsopropylmalonsyre-monometylester (fremstilling: "Chem. Ber.", 119, 1196 To a solution of 15 g (93.6 mmol) of isopropylmalonic acid monomethyl ester (preparation: "Chem. Ber.", 119, 1196
(1986)) 1 150 ml THF settes 10,6 ml (103 mmol) N-metylmorfolln og derefter dråpevis 13,5 ml (103 mmol) isobutyl-klorformlat. Efter 30 min. setter man til 15,3 ml (150 mmol) 2-pikolylamin og det hele omrøres i 2 timer. Reaksjonsblandlngen fortynnes med metylenklorld, vaskes med IN natronlut og vann, den organiske fase filtreres gjennom vatt og dampes inn. KrystallIsering fra resten gir isopropylmalonsyre-N-(2-pikolylamid)-metylester som hydrolyseres som beskrevet 1 eksempel 61f) 1 2N natronlut og dioksan til tittelforbindelsen. (1986)) 10.6 ml (103 mmol) of N-methylmorpholin and then 13.5 ml (103 mmol) of isobutyl chloroformate are added dropwise to 1,150 ml of THF. After 30 min. 15.3 ml (150 mmol) of 2-picolylamine is added and the whole is stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with methylene chloride, washed with IN sodium hydroxide solution and water, the organic phase is filtered through water and evaporated. Crystallization from the residue gives isopropylmalonic acid N-(2-picolylamide) methyl ester which is hydrolysed as described in example 61f) 1 2N caustic soda and dioxane to the title compound.
tRet(II) - 16,0 min. tRet(II) - 16.0 min.
Eksempel 64; Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]*-(H-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl )-proplonyl)-(L)-Val) (benzensulfonat): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 100 mg (0,16 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H fra eksempel 22a), 59 mg (0,25 mmol) N-(3-(tetrazol-l-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valin fra eksempel 44a), 109 mg (0,25 mmol) BOP, 33 mg (0,25 mmol) HOBt og 1,19 ml 0,3M N-metylmorfolin i DMF, efter utfelling fra metylenklorld:DIPE, som fritt amin. Dette oppløses i metylenklorld:metanol, det tilsettes 1 ekvivalent benzen-sulf onsyre og det hele felles ut ved tilsetning av heksan. Lyofillserlng fra tert-butanol gir tittelforbindelsen som benzensulfonatsalt. Example 64; Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]*-(H-(3-(tetrazol-1-yl)-proplonyl)-(L)-Val) (benzenesulfonate): Analogous to Example 37 the title compound is obtained from 100 mg (0.16 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H from example 22a), 59 mg (0.25 mmol) N-(3- (tetrazol-1-yl)-propionyl)-(L)-valine from Example 44a), 109 mg (0.25 mmol) BOP, 33 mg (0.25 mmol) HOBt and 1.19 ml 0.3 M N- methylmorpholine in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE, as free amine. This is dissolved in methylene chloride:methanol, 1 equivalent of benzenesulfonic acid is added and the whole is precipitated by adding hexane. Lyophilization from tert-butanol gives the title compound as the benzenesulfonate salt.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 760; tRet(I) - 21,6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 760; tRet(I) - 21.6 min.;
Rf(B) - 0,49. Rf(B) - 0.49.
Eksempel 65: Metyl sul fonyl- tPhe^Phe]«-( N-fenylacetyl- (L )-Val): 132 mg (0,28 mmol) Metyl sul f onyl - [Phe^Phe]-H* 2HC1 omsettes analogt eksempel 7 med 197 mg (0,84 mmol) N-fenylacetyl-(L)-valin (fremstilling: "Mem. Tokyo Univ. Agric.", 20, 51 Example 65: Methyl sulfonyl-tPhe^Phe]«-( N-phenylacetyl-(L )-Val): 132 mg (0.28 mmol) Methyl sulfonyl - [Phe^Phe]-H* 2HC1 is reacted analogously to the example 7 with 197 mg (0.84 mmol) N-phenylacetyl-(L)-valine (Preparation: "Mem. Tokyo Univ. Agric.", 20, 51
(1978)), 317 mg (0,84 mmol) HBTU og 0,23 ml (1,67 mmol) trietylamin i DMF og gir tittelforbindelsen efter felling fra metanol ved tilsetning av eter. (1978)), 317 mg (0.84 mmol) HBTU and 0.23 ml (1.67 mmol) triethylamine in DMF and gives the title compound after precipitation from methanol by addition of ether.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 581; tRet(I) - 20,2 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 581; tRet(I) - 20.2 min.;
Rf(B) - 0,64. Rf(B) - 0.64.
a) Metyl sul f onyl - [ Phe^ Phe] - H • 2HC1: a) Methyl sulfonyl - [ Phe^ Phe] - H • 2HC1:
Analogt eksempel 2a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen efter Analogous to example 2a), the title compound is obtained as follows
lyofillserlng ved å gå ut fra 130 mg (0,28 mmol) metyl-sulfonyl-[Phe<NNp>he]-Boe. lyophilization starting from 130 mg (0.28 mmol) of methyl-sulfonyl-[Phe<NNp>he]-Boe.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 364; tRet(<I>I) - 28,5 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 364; tRet(<I>I) - 28.5 min.;
Rf(K) - 0,56. Rf(K) - 0.56.
b) Metyl sul f onyl - [ PheMPhe] - Boe: b) Methyl sulfonyl - [PheMPhe] - Boe:
Analogt eksempel 16a) oppnår man tittelforbindelsen ved å Analogously to example 16a), the title compound is obtained by
gå ut fra 1,1 g (4,56 mmol) 2(R)-[l'(S)-(metylsulfonyl-amino)-2'-fenyletyl]oksiran og 1,11 g (5,02 mmol) tert-butyl -3-benzyl -karbazat (fremstilling: "J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I", 1712 (1975)), som diastereomerblanding i forholdet 4:1. Ved krystallisering fra metylenklorld :heksan forbedres forholdet til 10:1 til fordel for 2S-dlastereomeren. start from 1.1 g (4.56 mmol) of 2(R)-[1'(S)-(methylsulfonyl-amino)-2'-phenylethyl]oxirane and 1.11 g (5.02 mmol) of tert- butyl 3-benzyl carbazate (preparation: "J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I", 1712 (1975)), as diastereomer mixture in the ratio 4:1. On crystallization from methylene chloride:hexane, the ratio is improved to 10:1 in favor of the 2S-dlaster isomer.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 464; tRet(I) - 21,3 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 464; tRet(I) - 21.3 min.;
Rf (N) - 0,26. Rf (N) - 0.26.
c) 2 ( R)- Tl'( S)-( metvlsulfonylamino)- 2•- fenvletvllokslran: c) 2 ( R )- Tl'( S )-(methylsulfonylamino)-2•- phenylmethylcyclohexane:
En oppløsning av 1 g (6,8 mmol) l-fenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amin fra eksempel 16b) 1 10 ml metylenklorld settes ved 0°C 2,36 g (13,6 mmol) metansulfonsyreanhydrid og 1,888 ml (13,6 mmol) trietylamin og det hele omrøres 1 1 time. Reaksjonsblandlngen vaskes med vann og mettet natrlum-blkarbonatoppløsning, den organIske fase filtreres gjennom vann og dampes inn og man oppnår 2(S)-metylsulfonylamino-1-fenyl-3-buten. 1 g (4,4 mmol) av dette råprodukt oppløses 1 30 ml metylenklorld, det tilsettes 3,05 g (17,7 mmol) 4-klorperbenzosyre ved RT og det hele omrøres i 18 timer. Reaksjonsoppløsnlngen vaskes fem ganger 10 £-lg vandig natrlumsulflttoppløsnlng, filtreres gjennom vatt og dampes inn fullstendig. Råproduktet gir 1 henhold til ^H-NMR de to (2R)- og (2S)-epimerer i forholdet 4:1. i-H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 2,30 og 2,52 (2s, til sammen 3E), A solution of 1 g (6.8 mmol) of 1-phenyl-3-buten-2(S)-amine from example 16b) in 10 ml of methylene chloride is placed at 0°C with 2.36 g (13.6 mmol) of methanesulfonic anhydride and 1.888 ml (13.6 mmol) of triethylamine and the whole is stirred for 11 hours. The reaction mixture is washed with water and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution, the organic phase is filtered through water and evaporated and 2(S)-methylsulfonylamino-1-phenyl-3-butene is obtained. 1 g (4.4 mmol) of this crude product is dissolved in 1 30 ml of methylene chloride, 3.05 g (17.7 mmol) of 4-chloroperbenzoic acid is added at RT and the whole is stirred for 18 hours. The reaction solution is washed five times with 10 µl aqueous sodium sulfate solution, filtered through water and evaporated completely. The crude product gives 1 according to ^H-NMR the two (2R)- and (2S)-epimers in the ratio 4:1. i-H-NMR (200 MHz, CD3OD): 2.30 and 2.52 (2s, total 3E),
2,6 til 3,2 (m, 5H), 3,55 (m, 1H), 7,32 (m, 5H). 2.6 to 3.2 (m, 5H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 7.32 (m, 5H).
Eksempel 66: Metoksykarbonyl - (L )-Val-[ PheIiNLeu]«-(N-met oksy-karbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 200 mg (0,55 mmol) H-[Phe^Leu]-H*3HC1 (fra eksempel 13a), 291 mg (1,66 mmol) N-metoksykarbonyl-(L)-valln (fremstilling: "Chem. Lett.", 705 (1980)), 735 mg (1,66 mmol) BOP, 225 mg (1,66 mmol) HOBt og 11 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorld:DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Example 66: Methoxycarbonyl - (L )-Val-[ PheIiNLeu]«-(N-methoxy-carbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogously to Example 37, the title compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.55 mmol) H-[Phe ^Leu]-H*3HC1 (from Example 13a), 291 mg (1.66 mmol) N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-vallin (Preparation: "Chem. Lett.", 705 (1980)), 735 mg (1 .66 mmol) BOP, 225 mg (1.66 mmol) HOBt and 11 ml of 0.3 M NMM in DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 566; tRet(<I>) " 18»6 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 566; tRet(<I>) " 18»6 min.;
Rf(U) - 0,33. Rf(U) - 0.33.
Eksempel 67: Metoksykarbonyl -(L )-Val- [Phe^p-F )Phe]«-(N-metoksykarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 200 mg (0,48 mmol) H-[Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H* 3HC1 (fra eksempel 42b), 255 mg (1,45 mmol) N-metoksykarbonyl-(L)-valln (fremstilling: "Chem. Lett.", 705 (1980)), 643 mg (1,45 mmol) BOP, 196 mg (1,45 mmol) HOBt og 9,7 ml 0,3M NMM 1 DMF, efter felling fra metylenklorld:DIPE og lyofillserlng fra dioksan. Example 67: Methoxycarbonyl -(L )-Val- [Phe^p-F )Phe]«-(N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-Val): Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.48 mmol) H-[ Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H* 3HCl (from Example 42b), 255 mg (1.45 mmol) N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-vallin (Preparation: "Chem. Lett.", 705 (1980) ), 643 mg (1.45 mmol) BOP, 196 mg (1.45 mmol) HOBt and 9.7 ml 0.3 M NMM 1 DMF, after precipitation from methylene chloride: DIPE and lyophilization from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 618; tRet(<I>) - 19•5 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 618; tRet(<I>) - 19•5 min.;
Rf(U) - 0,22. Rf(U) - 0.22.
Eksempel 68: Metoksykarbonyl - (L) - Val [ Phefflf( p-CN )Phe] «— Example 68: Methoxycarbonyl - (L) - Val [ Phefflf( p-CN )Phe] «—
(N-metoksykarbonyl)-(L)-Val): (N-Methoxycarbonyl)-(L)-Val):
Analogt eksempel 37 oppnår man tittelforbindelsen fra 200 mg (0,48 mmol) H-CPhe^p-CNjPheil-H-SHCl (fra eksempel 47a), 250 mg (1,43 mmol) N-metoksykarbonyl-(L)-valin (fremstilling: "Chem. Lett.", 705 (1980)), 631 mg (1,43 mg (1,43 mmol) BOP, 193 mg (1,43 mmol) HOBt og 9,5 ml 0,3M NMM i DMF, efter kromatograflsk rensing på silikagel med metylenklorld:metanol (15:1) og lyofillserlng av de produktholdige fraksjoner fra dioksan. Analogous to example 37, the title compound is obtained from 200 mg (0.48 mmol) H-CPhe^p-CNjPheil-H-SHCl (from example 47a), 250 mg (1.43 mmol) N-methoxycarbonyl-(L)-valine ( preparation: "Chem. Lett.", 705 (1980)), 631 mg (1.43 mg (1.43 mmol) BOP, 193 mg (1.43 mmol) HOBt and 9.5 ml 0.3M NMM in DMF , after chromatographic purification on silica gel with methylene chloride:methanol (15:1) and lyophilization of the product-containing fractions from dioxane.
FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 625; tRet(I) " 18 min.; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 625; tRet(I) " 18 min.;
Rf(U) 0,31. Rf(U) 0.31.
Eksempel 69: Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NH>(p-F)Phe]«-(N-(2(B,S)-(N-(2-morfol inoetyl) -karbamoyl) -3-metyl) -butyryl): Analogt eksempel 18 blir 23,0 mg (0,089 mmol) 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morfolinoetyl)-karbamoyl)-3-metyl-smørsyre (eksempel 61f) og 45 mg (0,081 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H (eksempel Example 69: Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NH>(p-F)Phe]«-(N-(2(B,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)- 3-methyl)-butyryl): Analogous to example 18, 23.0 mg (0.089 mmol) of 2(R,S)-(N-(2-morpholinoethyl)-carbamoyl)-3-methyl-butyric acid (Example 61f) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]-H (example
32) omsatt til tittelforbindelsen med 33,8 mg (0,089 mmol) 32) converted to the title compound with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol)
HBTU i 0,76 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M, hvorefter tittelforbindelsen felles om med DMF/DIPE. HBTU in 0.76 ml NMM/CH3CN 0.25M, after which the title compound is redissolved with DMF/DIPE.
DC Rf(P) - 0,42; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 795. DC Rf(P) - 0.42; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 795.
Eksempel 70: Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheliN(p-F)Phe]«-(N-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyr i dy Ime tyl)-karbamoyl)-3-metyl)-butyryl): Analogt eksempel 18 blir 21,0 mg (0,089 mmol) racemisk isopropylmalonsyre-N-(2-pikolyl)amid (eksempel 63a) og 45 mg (0,081 mmol) Z-(L)-Val-[(p—F)Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H (eksempel 32) omsatt med 33,8 mg (0,089 mmol HBTU 1 0,76 ml NMM/CH3CN 0,25M til tittelforbindelsen som så felles om med DMF/DIPE. Example 70: Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)PheliN(p-F)Phe]«-(N-(2(R,S)-(N-(2-pyr yl)-carbamoyl)- 3-methyl)-butyryl): Analogous to example 18, 21.0 mg (0.089 mmol) of racemic isopropylmalonic acid-N-(2-picolyl)amide (Example 63a) and 45 mg (0.081 mmol) of Z-(L)-Val- [(p—F)Phe^(p—F)Phe]-H (Example 32) reacted with 33.8 mg (0.089 mmol HBTU 1 0.76 mL NMM/CH 3 CN 0.25 M) to the title compound which was then re-dissolved with DMF /DIPE.
DC Rf(P) - 0,52; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 773. DC Rf(P) - 0.52; FAB-MS (M+H)<+> - 773.
TTk<g>f>mp«»1 71 « TTk<g>f>mp«»1 71 «
Analogt en av de ovenfor angitte fremgangsmåter kan følgende forbindelser fremstilles: a) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]<-((L)-Val)*-(N-morfolino karbonyl-Gly); b ) N-mor f ol inokarbonyl - (L)-Val - [ (p-F )PheNN( p-F )Phe]«-( (L) - ValK(N-morfolinokarbonyl-Gly); c) N-(kinolin-2-karbonyl)-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]<-( (L)-Val)-d) N- (mor f ol inosul f onyl )-(L) -Val - [PheNNLeu]*-( N- (morf ol ino-sulfonyl)-(L)-Val. Analogous to one of the methods stated above, the following compounds can be prepared: a) Z-(L)-Val-[(p-F)Phe<NN>(p-F)Phe]<-((L)-Val)*-(N-morpholino carbonyl-Gly); b ) N-morpho inocarbonyl - (L)-Val - [ (p-F )PheNN( p-F )Phe]«-( (L) - ValK(N-morpholinocarbonyl-Gly); c) N-(quinoline-2- carbonyl)-(L)-Asn-[PheNN(p-F)Phe]<-( (L)-Val)-d) N- (mor f ol inosul f onyl )-(L) -Val - [PheNNLeu]*- ( N - (morphol ino-sulfonyl)-(L)-Val.
Eksempel 72: Gelatinoppløsning: Example 72: Gelatin solution:
En sterilfUtrert vandig oppløsning med 2096 cyklodekstriner som oppløsningsformldler, av en av de i de ovenfor angitte eksempler nevnte forbindelser med formel I som aktiv bestanddel blandes under oppvarming med en steril gelatln-oppløsning som som konserveringsmiddel Inneholder fenol og under aseptiske betingelser, på en slik måte at 1,0 ml av oppløsningen har følgende sammensetning: Aktiv bestanddel 3 mg Gelatin 150,0 mg Fenol 4,7 mg Destillert vann med 20* cyklodekstriner som oppløsnlngsformldler 1,0 ml Eksempel 73; Sterilt terrstoff for injeksjon: Man oppløser 5 mg av en av de 1 de ovenfor angitte eksempler nevnte forbindelser med formel I som aktiv bestanddel i 1 ml av en vandig oppløsning med 20 ml manitt og 20* cyklodekstrln som oppløsnlngsformldler. Oppløsningen sterllfUtreres og fylles i 2 ml ampuller under aseptiske betingelser, dypfryses og lyofiliseres. Før bruk blir lyofilisatet oppløst i 1 ml destillert vann og 1 ml fysiologisk koksaltoppløsning. Oppløsningen anvendes lntramuskulært eller Intravenøst. Denne formulering kan også oppfylles 1 dobbeltkammersprøyte-ampuller. A sterile filtered aqueous solution with 2096 cyclodextrins as solution formulas, of one of the above-mentioned examples mentioned compounds with formula I as active ingredient are mixed under heating with a sterile gelatln solution which as a preservative contains phenol and under aseptic conditions, in such a way that 1.0 ml of the solution has the following composition: Active ingredient 3 mg Gelatin 150, 0 mg Phenol 4.7 mg Distilled water with 20* cyclodextrins as solvent formulas 1.0 ml Example 73; Sterile terrigen for injection: Dissolve 5 mg of one of the compounds of formula I mentioned in the above examples as active ingredient in 1 ml of an aqueous solution with 20 ml of mannitol and 20% cyclodextrin as solvent. The solution is sterile filtered and filled into 2 ml ampoules under aseptic conditions, deep-frozen and lyophilized. Before use, the lyophilisate is dissolved in 1 ml of distilled water and 1 ml of physiological saline solution. The solution is used intramuscularly or intravenously. This formulation can also be filled in 1 double-chamber syringe ampoule.
Eksempel_74: Nesespray: Example_74: Nasal spray:
Til en blanding av 3,5 ml Myglyol® og 0,08 g benzylalkohol suspenderes 500 mg flnoppmalt (< 5,0 pm) pulver av en av de i de ovenfor angitte eksempler nevnte forbindelser med formel I som aktiv bestanddel. Denne suspensjon fylles i en beholder med doseringsventil. I beholderen fylles også 50 g Freon 12® under trykk gjennom ventilen. Ved rysting oppløses "Freon" i Myglyol-benzylalkoholblandingen. Denne spraybeholder inneholder ca. 1.00 enkeltdoser som kan applikeres enkeltvis. To a mixture of 3.5 ml of Myglyol® and 0.08 g of benzyl alcohol, 500 mg of finely ground (< 5.0 µm) powder of one of the compounds with formula I as active ingredient mentioned in the above examples is suspended. This suspension is filled in a container with a dosing valve. The container is also filled with 50 g of Freon 12® under pressure through the valve. By shaking, "Freon" dissolves in the Myglyol-benzyl alcohol mixture. This spray container contains approx. 1.00 single doses that can be applied individually.
Tirkaftmpftl 7K: Lakktabletter: Tirkaftmpftl 7K: Varnish tablets:
For fremstilling av 10 000 lakktabletter, hver Inneholdende 100 mg aktiv bestanddel, bearbeides følgende bestanddeler: For the production of 10,000 varnish tablets, each containing 100 mg of active ingredient, the following ingredients are processed:
En blanding av de i de ovenfor angitte eksempler nevnte forbindelser med formel I som aktiv bestanddel, 50 g maisstivelse og den kolloide kiselsyre bearbeides med stivelsesklister fra 250 g maisstivelse og 2,2 kg deminera-lisert vann til en fuktig masse. Denne drives gjennom en sikt med maskevidde 3 mm og tørkes ved 45<*>C i 30 minutter i en hvirvelsjikttørker. Det tørkede granulat trykkes gjennom en sikt med 1 mm maskevidde, blandes med en på forhånd siktet blanding (1 mm sikt) av 330 g maisstivelse, magneslum-stearatet, stearinsyre og natriumkarboksymetylstivelsen og presses til svakt hvelvede tabletter. A mixture of the compounds mentioned in the examples given above with formula I as active ingredient, 50 g of corn starch and the colloidal silicic acid is processed with starch paste from 250 g of corn starch and 2.2 kg of demineralized water into a moist mass. This is run through a sieve with a mesh size of 3 mm and dried at 45<*>C for 30 minutes in a fluid bed dryer. The dried granules are pressed through a 1 mm mesh sieve, mixed with a previously sieved mixture (1 mm sieve) of 330 g of corn starch, the magnesum stearate, stearic acid and the sodium carboxymethyl starch and pressed into slightly domed tablets.
Claims (8)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CH196291 | 1991-07-03 |
Publications (4)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
NO922611D0 NO922611D0 (en) | 1992-07-02 |
NO922611L NO922611L (en) | 1993-01-04 |
NO178541B true NO178541B (en) | 1996-01-08 |
NO178541C NO178541C (en) | 1996-04-17 |
Family
ID=4222677
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
NO922611A NO178541C (en) | 1991-07-03 | 1992-07-02 | Pharmacologically active hydrazine derivatives |
Country Status (27)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP0521827B1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP3187535B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR100255099B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN1054598C (en) |
AT (1) | ATE143355T1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU660469B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2072785C (en) |
CZ (1) | CZ280651B6 (en) |
DE (1) | DE59207226D1 (en) |
DK (1) | DK0521827T3 (en) |
DZ (1) | DZ1591A1 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2093237T3 (en) |
FI (1) | FI114634B (en) |
GR (1) | GR3021169T3 (en) |
HU (1) | HU219915B (en) |
IE (1) | IE80471B1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL102354A (en) |
MA (1) | MA22581A1 (en) |
MX (1) | MX9203899A (en) |
NO (1) | NO178541C (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ243410A (en) |
PL (1) | PL171232B1 (en) |
RU (1) | RU2092492C1 (en) |
SA (1) | SA93140336B1 (en) |
SK (1) | SK279706B6 (en) |
TW (1) | TW309512B (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA924914B (en) |
Families Citing this family (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5753652A (en) * | 1991-07-03 | 1998-05-19 | Novartis Corporation | Antiretroviral hydrazine derivatives |
ATE253050T1 (en) | 1992-03-11 | 2003-11-15 | Narhex Ltd | AMINE DERIVATIVES OF OXO- AND HYDROXY-SUBSTITUTED HYDROCARBONS |
CA2130754C (en) * | 1992-03-11 | 2005-02-08 | Damian W. Grobelny | Amine derivatives of oxo- and hydroxy-substituted hydrocarbons |
US5888992A (en) | 1992-03-11 | 1999-03-30 | Narhex Limited | Polar substituted hydrocarbons |
US6071895A (en) | 1992-03-11 | 2000-06-06 | Narhex Limited | Polar-substituted hydrocarbons |
AU681342B2 (en) * | 1992-03-11 | 1997-08-28 | Narhex Limited | Amine derivatives of oxo- and hydroxy-substitued hydrocarbons |
US5559256A (en) * | 1992-07-20 | 1996-09-24 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Aminediol protease inhibitors |
ES2093394T3 (en) * | 1992-12-23 | 1996-12-16 | Ciba Geigy Ag | ANTIRETROVIRAL HYDRAZINE DERIVATIVES. |
US5461067A (en) * | 1993-02-25 | 1995-10-24 | Abbott Laboratories | Retroviral protease inhibiting compounds |
EP0626178A1 (en) * | 1993-05-17 | 1994-11-30 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Use of inhibitors of HIV-protease for the treatment of tumorous diseases |
IL110898A0 (en) * | 1993-09-10 | 1994-11-28 | Narhex Australia Pty Ltd | Polar-substituted hydrocarbons |
AU3150395A (en) * | 1994-08-09 | 1996-03-07 | Abbott Laboratories | Retroviral protease inhibiting 1,2,4-triazacycloheptanes |
WO1997019055A1 (en) * | 1995-11-21 | 1997-05-29 | Novartis Ag | Azahexane derivatives as substrate isosters of retroviral asparate proteases |
US5849911A (en) * | 1996-04-22 | 1998-12-15 | Novartis Finance Corporation | Antivirally active heterocyclic azahexane derivatives |
TW409125B (en) * | 1996-04-22 | 2000-10-21 | Novartis Ag | Antivirally active heterocyclic azahexane derivatives |
US6133296A (en) * | 1996-05-10 | 2000-10-17 | Bayer Aktiengesellschaft | Substituted pyridyl keto enols |
WO1997046514A1 (en) * | 1996-05-31 | 1997-12-11 | Novartis Ag | Process for the preparation of hydrazine derivatives useful as intermediates for the preparation of peptide analogues |
US6642261B2 (en) * | 1997-11-21 | 2003-11-04 | Athena Neurosciences, Inc. | N-(aryl/heteroarylacety) amino acid esters, pharmaceutical compositions comprising same, and methods for inhibiting β-amyloid peptide release and/or its synthesis by use of such compounds |
US7034182B2 (en) * | 2000-06-30 | 2006-04-25 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds to treat Alzheimer's disease |
WO2008011117A2 (en) | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Antiviral protease inhibitors |
CA2657821A1 (en) * | 2006-07-21 | 2008-01-24 | Gilead Sciences, Inc. | Aza-peptide protease inhibitors |
JOP20180009A1 (en) | 2017-02-06 | 2019-01-30 | Gilead Sciences Inc | Hiv inhibitor compounds |
TWI829205B (en) | 2018-07-30 | 2024-01-11 | 美商基利科學股份有限公司 | Anti-hiv compounds |
CN115197118B (en) * | 2022-06-21 | 2024-01-23 | 贵州医科大学 | Synthesis method of 3, 3-disubstituted vulcanized oxindole derivative |
Family Cites Families (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BE635585A (en) * | 1962-07-30 | |||
AR206201A1 (en) | 1972-06-29 | 1976-07-07 | Ciba Geigy Ag | PROCEDURE FOR OBTAINING ACID COMPOUNDS 7BETA-AMINO-3-CEFEM-3-01-4-CARBOXILICO0-SUBSTITUIDOS |
US5142056A (en) | 1989-05-23 | 1992-08-25 | Abbott Laboratories | Retroviral protease inhibiting compounds |
US4794109A (en) | 1982-11-16 | 1988-12-27 | Ciba-Geigy Corporation | 6-hydroxy-lower alkylpenem compounds, pharmaceutical preparations that contain these compounds, and the use of the latter |
EP0236734A3 (en) | 1986-02-07 | 1988-05-11 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | 5-Amino-4-hydroxyvaleryl derivatives substituted by s-containing groups |
EP0376040A3 (en) | 1988-12-27 | 1990-09-12 | American Cyanamid Company | N-phosphinyl di-and tripeptides as renin inhibitors |
-
1992
- 1992-06-25 DK DK92810490.0T patent/DK0521827T3/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1992-06-25 AT AT92810490T patent/ATE143355T1/en active
- 1992-06-25 ES ES92810490T patent/ES2093237T3/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-06-25 EP EP92810490A patent/EP0521827B1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-06-25 DE DE59207226T patent/DE59207226D1/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-06-29 FI FI923017A patent/FI114634B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-06-29 IL IL10235492A patent/IL102354A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-06-30 DZ DZ920076A patent/DZ1591A1/en active
- 1992-06-30 CA CA002072785A patent/CA2072785C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-07-01 SK SK2062-92A patent/SK279706B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-01 MA MA22864A patent/MA22581A1/en unknown
- 1992-07-01 CZ CS922062A patent/CZ280651B6/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-01 AU AU19373/92A patent/AU660469B2/en not_active Expired
- 1992-07-01 NZ NZ243410A patent/NZ243410A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-01 PL PL92295100A patent/PL171232B1/en unknown
- 1992-07-02 NO NO922611A patent/NO178541C/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-02 KR KR1019920011720A patent/KR100255099B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-02 IE IE922166A patent/IE80471B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-02 MX MX9203899A patent/MX9203899A/en unknown
- 1992-07-02 RU SU925052113A patent/RU2092492C1/en active
- 1992-07-02 TW TW081105239A patent/TW309512B/zh not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-07-02 CN CN92105373A patent/CN1054598C/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1992-07-02 ZA ZA924914A patent/ZA924914B/en unknown
- 1992-07-02 HU HU9202215A patent/HU219915B/en unknown
- 1992-07-03 JP JP17713592A patent/JP3187535B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1993
- 1993-11-08 SA SA93140336A patent/SA93140336B1/en unknown
-
1996
- 1996-09-26 GR GR960402471T patent/GR3021169T3/en unknown
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
NO178541B (en) | Pharmacologically active hydrazine derivatives | |
US5663200A (en) | Antiviral ethers of aspartate protease substrate isosteres | |
SK280292A3 (en) | New derivatives of 5-amino-4-hydroxyhexane acid effecting as therapeutic agents | |
NO310410B1 (en) | New <depar> -amino- <gamma> -hydroxy- <omega> -aryl-alkanoic acid amides, processes for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions and intermediates, and compounds for use as therapeutic agents | |
AU626361B2 (en) | Retroviral protease inhibitors | |
NO180442B (en) | Antiretroviral hydrazine derivatives | |
EP0876336B1 (en) | Azahexane derivatives as substrate isosters of retroviral asparate proteases | |
US5409927A (en) | Morpholin- and thiomorpholin-4-ylamides | |
CA2043603A1 (en) | Hiv protease inhibitors and processes for their preparation | |
CZ54194A3 (en) | Derivatives of acylhexanoic acid, process of their preparation, pharmaceutical preparations in which they are comprised and their pharmaceutical use | |
US8133864B2 (en) | PAR-2 agonist | |
TW213454B (en) |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MK1K | Patent expired |